阅读理解政治经济文化类第1关

Valentine's Day(情人节) is on February 14th every year. On this day, people send valentines(情人卡)to their loved ones, Valentine's Day is a special time to tell how much you care about a person. Many people send candy in hearted shaped("心"状的)boxes to people they love. Flowers are also presents that people send on Valentine's Day. Valentine cards with words are often used by many people. Can you guess who gets the greatest number of Valentine cards in the United States each year? Is it mother or father, sister or brother? Is it uncle or aunt? Is it the special friend? No, it isn't! Mothers get a lot of cards, but school teachers get the most each year. Do you know who sends the most? Children do. Children send five times as many on February 14th as adults do.

1 Valentines Day _____.: A.comes once a year
B.is on February 4th
C.comes twice a year
D.is on the first day of spring

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据文章内容Valentine's Day(情人节) is on February 14th every year可知答案为A

2 Teachers get the most Valentines because _____.: A.they send the most
B.students have too much money
C.so many students love their teachers
D.the valentines are only made for them

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据文章内容On this day, people send valentines(情人卡)to their loved ones, Valentine's Day is a special time to tell how much you care about a person.可知答案为C

Britain Today Food British people like good food, and more than half of them go to a restaurant every month. Fast food is also very popular— 30% of all adults have a hamburger every three months, but 46% have fish and chips! Sports British people don't do a lot of sports. Only 17% of people go swimming every week, about 9% go cycling and 8% play golf—and only 6% of people play football (but 32% go to watch it). Cinema and TV Films are very popular in Britain, and about 60% of people between 15 and 24 go to the cinema every month. At home, men watch TV for about three hours every day — two quarters more than women. Holidays British people love going on holiday, and have 56 million holidays every year. Most of these holidays aren't in the UK—27% are in Spain, 10% are in the USA, and 9% are in France. Maybe this is because the weather in Britain isn't very good!

3 Which food could be more popular among British adults, a hamburger or fish and chips?: A.A hamburger.
B.Fish and chips.
C.Both.
D.Neither.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
B 细节题。根据第一部分30% of all adults have a hamburger every three months, but 46% have fish and chips!说明fish and chips!更受欢迎，故B正确。

4 Those who are interested in movies are ____.: A.men
B.women
C.old people
D.young people

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
D 细节题。根据第三部分第二句and about 60% of people between 15 and 24 go to the cinema every month.说明年轻人喜欢看电影，故D正确。

5 How long do British women spend watching TV every day?: A.Three hours.
B.Three hours and a half
C.Two hours
D.Two hours and a half

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
D 计算题。根据第三部分At home, men watch TV for about three hours every day — two quarters more than women说明男性每天看3个小时，女性少半个小时，故女性看2个半小时。故D正确。

6 British people's favorite country for a holiday is ____.: A.Spain
B.France
C.America
D.Australia

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
.A 细节题。根据最后一部分27% are in Spain, 10% are in the USA, and 9% are in France.说明西班牙最受欢迎，故A正确。

What is a library for? Most libraries have books and other things to read. Many of them have things to listen to. Some libraries even have computers. Very few people would think of a library as a place to live in. One library in New York City turned into(变成)a home for 250 people for a few days. These were all people near the library. They slept on the floor. Why did the people move into the library? The people moved into the library because the city wanted to close it to save money. These 250 New Yorkers loved their library. They didn't want to lose it. So they moved in. They knew that the library couldn't be closed if they were living inside it. At last the city agreed to keep the library open, and the people all went home.

7 Where did the story happen?_________.: A.In most libraries in New York City.
B.In a school in New York City.
C.In the streets in New York City.
D.In New York City.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"One library in New York City turned into(变成)a home for 250 people for a few days."理解可知。这个故事发生在纽约，故选D。

8 The library had hundreds of ___________.: A.workers in it
B.policemen in it
C.people living in it
D.computers in it

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"One library in New York City turned into(变成)a home for 250 people for a few days."理解可知。在图书馆里住着250多个人，故选C。

9 The people in the story _______________.: A.were all the workers in the library
B.were all people near the library
C.didn't read any books
D.wanted to buy some computers

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"These 250 New Yorkers loved their library."理解可知。这250个人大都是附近的居民，故选B。

10 Why did 250 people move into the library? Because_____________.: A.these people wanted to save money
B.these people needed places to live in
C.the library was very quiet
D.they loved the library and they didn't want to lose it

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"They didn't want to lose it."理解可知。他们是不想让政府关掉这个图书馆。故选D。

Before I left to meet Lynne, my friend told me that I had better take some money, but I didn't listen to him. I thought that Lynne would pay because she invited me. I arrived at the restaurant on time because I knew Americans like to be on time. Lynne and I sat at a table near the door and soon we began to enjoy ourselves there. The food there was very delicious. I talked a lot about Saudi Arabia and Lynne told me all about herself. After two hours the waiter came and asked if we wanted one check(账单) or two. Lynne said two. Lynne paid her check, and the waiter gave me mine, I had no money. Then I had an idea, I called my friend. In a few minutes he arrived with some money. He laughed at me all the way home. Now, I think it's funny, but I guess you can understand how I felt at that time. So when you visit a foreign country, you have to learn their language and culture.

11 From the first paragraph, we mainly know____________.: A.I invited Lynne.
B.Lynne invited me.
C.Lynne was my best friend
D.I knew Lynne very much.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"I thought that Lynne would pay because she invited me."理解可知。这顿饭是Lynne邀请我，所以我认为应该由她来付钱。

12 After the meal,___________________________,: A.Lynne paid only for herself
B.Lynne paid for both of us.
C.I would like to pay for myself
D.I paid for both of us.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"After two hours the waiter came and asked if we wanted one check(账单) or two. Lynne said two. Lynne paid her check, and the waiter gave me mine, I had no money."理解可知。Lynne只付了他自己的单。故选A。

13 . From the passage we know, when we visit a foreign country,__________.: A.We'd better pay for ourselves.
B.We should learn their language well.
C.We'd better pay for others after meal.
D.We have to learn both their language and culture.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"So when you visit a foreign country, you have to learn their language and culture."理解可知。到外国必须了解他们的风俗习惯和文化背景，故选D。

Although English is not as old as Chinese, it is spoken by many people around the world every day. English speakers are always making up new words, and we are often able to know where most come from. Sometimes, however, no one may really know where a word comes from. Did you ever think about why hamburgers are called "hamburgers", especially when they are not made with ham(火腿)? About a hundred years ago, some men went to America from Europe. They came from a big city in Germany called Hamburg. They didn't speak good English, but they ate good food. When some Americans saw them eating round pieces of beef, they asked the Germans what they were. The Germans didn't understand the question and answered, "We come from Hamburg." One of these Americans owned a restaurant, and had an idea. He cooked some round pieces of bread with beef in them and started selling them. Such bread came to be called "hamburgers". Today, "Hamburgers" are sold in many countries around the world. Whether this story is true or not, it certainly is interesting. Knowing why any word has a certain meaning is interesting, too. This reason, for most English words, can be found in any large English dictionary.

14 English is spoken by many people around the world every day, but English is ______.: A.as old as Chinese
B.older than Chinese
C.younger than Chinese
D.older than German

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
.通过Although English is not as old as Chinese可知，英语不如汉语古老，所以不太选C。

15 Hamburg is ______.: A.a kind of food
B.a round piece of beef
C.the name of a country
D.a city in Germany

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
通过They came from a big city in Germany called Hamburg可知，Hamburg是德国的一个城市。所以本题选D。

16 According to the story, the word "hamburger" comes from ______.: A.English speakers because they're always making up new words
B.the round piece of beef which those people from Hamburg ate
C.English because Germans don't speak good English
D.a large English dictionary

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
通过They came from a big city in Germany called Hamburg. eating round pieces of beef和Such bread came to be called "hamburgers"可知，所以本题选B。

17 Which of the following is TRUE?: A.Few Americans like hamburgers.
B.Hamburgers are made with ham.
C.Hamburgers were first sold a century ago.
D.Hamburgers were some people.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
通过About a hundred years ago,"大约100年前"可知，汉堡包第一次被卖是在一个世纪前。故C项是正确的。所以本题选C。

18 Which of the following can be found in any large dictionary?: A.Where Germans came from.
B.Where all the new words came from.
C.The reason why a new word has a certain meaning.
D.Why English is spoken all over the world.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
通过Knowing why any word has a certain meaning is interesting, too. This reason, for most English words, can be found in any large English dictionary.可知，我们可以在字典中找到一个新词有某种意义的原因。所以本题选C。

Many students in China are learning English. Some of these students are small children. Others are teenagers(青少年). Many are adults(成年人). Some study at school, others learn by themselves. A few learn English language over the radio, on TV, or in the films. One must work hard to learn another language. Why do all these people want to learn English? It is difficult to answer that question. Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own(自己的) language and maths and English. Some people learn English because it is useful for their work. Many people often learn English for their higher studies, because at college or university(大学) some of their books are in English. Other people learn English because they want to read newspapers and magazines in English.

19 Are there many adults learning English in China?: A.No, they aren't.
B.No, they are.
C.Yes, there are.
D.Yes, there aren't.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据Many are adults(成年人).可知选C。

20 ________learn English.: A.Only teenagers.
B.Only adults.
C.Small children, teenagers and adults.
D.Only small children.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第一段描述可知选C，小孩子，青少年和成人都在学英语。

21 Which of the following is true?: A.Most people learn English over the radio.
B.All the people learn English at school.
C.Students only learn their own language at school.
D.Different people have different reasons for learning English.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据第一短后半部分描述可知学英语的途径有很多，故选C。

22 "Their own language" means_____________.: A.Chinese
B.English
C.French
D.Japanese

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
They study their own(自己的) language本句中的they指的是中国学生，他们的母语是中文，故选A。

23 What's the Chinese meaning of "learn by themselves"?: A.和他们一起学习
B.自学
C.向他们学习
D.通过学习

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
by在本句的含义是通过某种方式，反身代词themselves是自己的意思，通过自己学习，即自学，故选B。

If the rose can be said to be a special flower, then the apple can be said to be a special fruit. It is very important in American culture. American stories speak of Johnny Appleseed, who went throughout America collecting apple seeds and planting apple trees. He had a great love for nature and went through fields and farms adding richness and beauty to the country. One of the first sayings taught to school children is, "An apple a day keeps the doctor away." This short saying encourages children to eat fresh fruit to keep healthy. If someone always says good words to a person, people will call him an "apple polisher". This, however, is not a good name. If someone is very dear to us, we say that he or she is the "apple of our eye". Most people believe that the fruit which Eve gave to Adam was an apple, even though the Bible(圣经) never says so. The apple, therefore, is a deep part of the language and stories of America. An apple is also delicious. Apples can be cooked in many ways, used as a dessert, and made into sweet juice. In many parts of the country during the harvest season, a popular activity is to go into an apple garden to pick apples. Washington, D. C. and New York are both famous for their apples. Finally, when it's time to take a vacation to American cities, one can always visit New York, which is "the biggest apple" of all the American cities.

24 What does the underlined phrase "apple polisher" mean?: A.Something for cutting apples.
B.A person who likes to please others.
C.A person who is dealing with fruits.
D.A machine for cleaning apples quickly.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
本文第二段第三行有一句If someone always says good words to a person, people will call him an "apple polisher".意思为如果某个人对一个人说了好听的话，也就是说了会使那个人感到高兴的话，我们通常可以把这样的人称为"apple polisher"，故本题应选B。

25 Which of the following is TRUE with apples?: A.Apples are medicine.
B.Apples are the most important food.
C.New York is famous for its big apples.
D.The Bible says Adam was given an apple.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
本文最后两段最后一句是Washington, D. C. and New York are both famous for their apples.和one can always visit New York, which is "the biggest apple" of all the American cities.意思为华盛顿和纽约因苹果而闻名，纽约拥有美国最大的苹果，故本题描述正确的选项为C。

26 The passage is mainly about ____________.: A.stories about the apple
B.apples in American culture
C.some famous sayings of the apple
D.big cities that is famous for apples

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
本文谈论了有关苹果的各个方面，主要强调的是苹果是美国的一种文化，故本题最佳的选项为C。

What do you think are the most important inventions of the past 2,000 years? The TV? The printing? The telephone? Or the computer? A report shows that these are not the only important inventions. Here are four other important ones. Paper is one of the most important inventions. You can't have printing without paper. In 105 AD, Cai Lun invented paper in China. Long before the printing and Internet, Cai Lun's invention allowed us to write down information, stories and history. One of the simplest (最简单) inventions to save life is the toilet. Before toilets, waste ran into the rivers from people's houses. Illnesses were common (普通的) in big cities, and it was often difficult to find clean drinking water. Animal food is another invention. Before the invention, most animals were killed every autumn because there was not enough food for them in the winter. After hay (干草) became a kind of common animal food, animals could live through the long winter. Reading glasses is the fourth invention. People start getting far-sighted (远视) from the age of 45. Glasses mean that anyone can read, write and do "close work" after that age. Without glasses, the world would be difficult for the people above 45.

27 Cai Lun's invention of paper makes it possible to ______.: A.have printing
B.feed animals
C.drink clean water
D.do "close work"

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据Paper is one of the most important inventions. You can't have printing without paper.描述可知造纸术的发明让印刷成为可能。故选A。

28 The invention of the toilet can stop people from ______.: A.saving water
B.getting ill
C.living in big cities
D.finding clean water

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据Before toilets, waste ran into the rivers from people's houses.及下文描述可知厕所的发明可以防止人们得病。故选B。

29 Why couldn't the animals live through the winter?: A.It was very cold in winter.
B.They didn't have enough food to eat.
C.They had no drinking water.
D.They died of illness.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据Before the invention, most animals were killed every autumn because there was not enough food for them in the winter.描述可知选B。

30 From the last paragraph we learn that ______.: A.all people need reading glasses
B.anyone must do "close work" after 45
C.reading glasses are useful
D.life is more difficult for the people under 45

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据Glasses mean that anyone can read, write and do "close work" after that age.及上下文描述可知老花镜很有用。故选C。

Although English is not as old as Chinese, it is spoken by many people around the world every day. English speakers are always creating new words, and we should be able to know where most words come from. Sometimes, however, no one may know really where a word comes from. Did you ever think about why hamburgers are called hamburgers, especially when they are not made with ham( 火腿 )? About a hundred years ago, some men went to America from Europe. They came from a big city in Germany called Hamburger. They didn't speak good English, but they ate good food. When some Americans saw them eating round pieces of beef, they asked the Germans what it was. The Germans did not understand the question and answered. "We came from Hamburger." One of these Americans owned a restaurant, and had an idea. He cooked some round pieces of beef like what the men from Hamburger ate. Then he put them between two pieces of bread and started selling them. Today " hamburgers" are sold in many countries around the world. Whether this story is true or not, it certainly is interesting. Knowing why any word has a certain meaning is interesting, too. The reason may be found in any large English dictionary.

31 According to the writer, English ______.: A.is as old as Chinese
B.is not so old as Chinese
C.is older than German
D.is very difficult to learn

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节题：从第一段的句子：Although English is not as old as Chinese,可知英语没有汉语那么古老。选B

32 According to the story,_______.: A.few Americans like hamburgers
B.hamburgers are made with beef
C.hamburgers are made with ham
D.hamburgers were sold all over the world about a century ago

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节题：从第二段的：One of these Americans owned a restaurant, and had an idea. He cooked some round pieces of beef like what the men from Hamburgerate.可知汉堡包原来是牛肉做的。选B

33 According to the writer, which of the following can be found in any large English dictionary?: A.Where all the new words come from
B.Where those Germans came from
C.The reason why any word has a certain meaning.
D.The reason why English is spoken around the world

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节题：从最后一段的句子：The reason may be found in any large English dictionary.可知选 C

34 According to the story, the word "hamburger" comes from ________.: A.China because it has a long history
B.England because Germans don't speak good English
C.the round pieces of beef those people from Hamburger brought to America
D.English speakers because they always create new words

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节题：从第二段举的例子可知汉堡包来自于从Hamburger 来的人带到美国的牛肉。选C

Kitesurfing as a water sport began in the 1980s, but didn't get popular until the end of last century. It is also known as kiteboarding, and in some European countries as flysurfing. Kitesurfing works through wind power(动力) by using a large kite to pull a rider on the water at high speed. At first, kitesurfing was a difficult and dangerous sport. Now it is becoming easier and safer because of the safer kite design. For an able and strong person, kitesurfing can be a very fun, extremely exciting sport, just like skating on the water with a feeling of flying. It has become more and more popular. Compared with other water sports, kitesurfing is easier to learn. A beginner can understand how to operate the kite with 5--10 hours of training. And anybody aged from 13 to 65 can learn. It is not expensive to get the equipment for kitesurfing, which costs $1,000 to 82,500. Training lessons range from $200 to $500 for two or three hours. With the development of its equipment progress, kitesurfing is becoming even safer. After some training, you can enjoy its excitement and challenging feeling. With the rising popularity of kitesurfing, most major seaside cities have kitesurfing clubs. In China, Xiamen is the only place that has the kitesurfing club, which provides professional kitesurfing training and equipments.

35 Kitesurfing has a history of about________years.: A.30
B.50
C.100
D.130

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
A 根据第Kitesurfing as a water sport began in the 1980s, but didn't get popular until the end of last century。"冲浪风筝作为一种水上运动始于二十世纪八十年代，知道上个世纪末才流行起来。"可知，冲浪风筝离现在也就30多年。所以本题选A。

36 ________is mentioned in the passage as the power of kitesurfing.: A.Water
B.Wind
C.The sun
D.The kite

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第一段最后一句Kitesurfing works through wind power(动力) by using a large kite to pull a rider on the water at high speed."助风力的充气大风筝，带动冲浪者在水上全速前进的水上运动。"可知，所以本题选 B

37 The underlined word"range"in the passage means "________"in Chinese.: A.在……范围
B.按……顺序排列
C.向……方向延伸
D.根据……归类

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据Training lessons range from $200 to $500 for two or three hours."训练课每二到三小时200 到500 美元"可知，range是"在……范围"的意思。所以本题选A。

38 The most important reason for the popularity of kitesurfing is that _______.: A.its price is getting lower and lower
B.more and more people are enjoying its excitement
C.its equipment progress makes it easier and safer
D.all people can learn and take part in it

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第二段第二句Now it is becoming easier and safer because of the safer kite design."由于更安全的风筝设计使得这项水上运动更加容易和安全了。"可知，本题应该选C。

39 The main idea of this passage is about _______.: A.the way of operating kitesurfing
B.the progress of kitesurfing equipment
C.the history of kitesurfing in China
D.the development of kitesurfing

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
通读全文可知本文讲的是冲浪风筝的发展历史，答案D 正有此意，所以本题选D。

Many Chinese people like American country music(乡村音乐 ),such as（例如） the songs of John Denver. But still some people don't know when country music began. Country music is from the folk music （民间音乐）of the Appalachian Mountains in the east of America. There, people sang while playing the violin and guitar. They sang about everyday life, love and their problems. So the songs were sometimes a little sad. One of the most popular country music singers is John Denver, who is also quite famous to the Chinese. For Denver, music was a language that could bring the world together. He says music can bring people together. We will understand（理解） each other better through（通过） music. People are different in colour and they may speak different languages, but people are the same in mind and body（在心灵和精神方面）. All of them love music and can understand music. The world lost a great man when John Denver died in 1997. But his music and words will live on.

40 American country music is from the _______ music of America.: A.pop
B.jazz
C.light
D.folk

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Country music is from the folk music （民间音乐）of the Appalachian Mountains in the east of America."理解可知。乡村音乐起源于民间音乐，故选D。

41 "Music was a language that could bring the world together" means （意思是）people _______.: A.can sing songs together
B.from all over the world sing the same songs
C.show their feeling （感觉）through music and so they understand each other better
D.know language and music

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
句意理解题，根据文中语句"For Denver, music was a language that could bring the world together. He says music can bring people together. We will understand（理解） each other better through（通过） music."理解可知。音乐可以让人们之间更好的交流和沟通。故选C。

42 John Denver died in ______.: A.1997
B.1990
C.1996
D.1999

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"The world lost a great man when John Denver died in 1997."理解可知。John死于1997年，故选A。

43 Which sentence is right?: A.Everyone knows when country music began.
B.Country music is from the jazz music.
C.John Denver is famous to Chinese people, too.
D.John Denver doesn't think music can bring people together.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"One of the most popular country music singers is John Denver, who is also quite famous to the Chinese."理解可知。John是中国人比较熟悉的音乐家，故选C。

American people like to say "Thank you" when others help them or say something kind to them. People of many countries do so, too. It is a very good habit. You should say "Thank you" when someone passes you the salt on the table, when someone walking ahead of you keeps the door open for you, when someone says you have done your work well, or you have bought a nice thing, or your city is very beautiful. "Thank you" is used not only between friends, but also between parents and children, brothers and sisters. "Excuse me" is another short sentence they use. When you hear someone say so behind you, you know that somebody wants to walk past you without touching you. It's not polite to break others when they are talking. If you want to speak to one of them, say "Excuse me" first, and then begin talking. You should also do so when you begin to cough or make any noise before others. Let's learn to say "Thank you" and "Excuse me".

44 You should say "Thank you" when ______________.: A.you say something kind to others
B.you help others
C.someone helps you
D.you need others to help you

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据American people like to say "Thank you" when others help them or say something kind to them. People of many countries do so, too. It is a very good habit.及下文描述可知选C。

45 From the passage we know "Thank you" is _________.: A.widely used in the world
B.used more often than "Excuse me"
C.used only by American
D.used only between friends

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据People of many countries do so, too. 及下文描述可知选A。

46 You should say "Excuse me" if you want to __________.: A.cough
B.make some noise
C.go first
D.all of the above

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据短文后半部分描述可知当你想做选项ABC中的事情时，都要首先说打扰了，故选D。

47 When you are going to ask someone to tell you the way, you should say "_________": A.Thank you
B.That's very kind of you
C.Excuse me
D.I'm sorry

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据短文后半部分描述，向别人问路也是打扰别人，故应首先说打扰了。选C。

48 This passage mainly tells us the way _________.: A.to be happy
B.to be polite
C.to help others
D.to learn from Americans

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
通过阅读短文可知，无论是说谢谢还是对不起都是礼貌的一种表现，故选B，告诉我们怎样才能有礼貌。

The Dragon Boat festival is very popular in China, it usually comes in May or June. On that day, people eat a special food--- rice dumplings. It is known as dragon-boat racing. Dragon-boat racing is the most popular activity during the festival. A dragon boat looks like a dragon, and is painted in red, white, yellow or black. Usually, a dragon boat is 20 to 40 metres long, and needs 20 people to row. Boatmen row the boat in cadence (节奏) with the drumbeats(鼓点), and a man in the front of the boat waves a small flag to help coordinate(使动作协调) the rowing. Dragon-boat racing becomes a popular activity in South China. International(国际的) dragon-boat racing is held in Guangzhou and Hong Kong every year.

49 Which is the most popular activity during the Dragon Boat Festival ?: A.Eat rice dumplings
B.trick or treat
C.Pumpkin lantern
D.Dragon-Boat racing

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据Dragon-boat racing is the most popular activity during the festival.可知选D。

50 A Dragon boat needs ______________ people to row.: A.20
B.40
C.60
D.30

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据and needs 20 people to row.可知选A。

51 If you want to watch international dragon-boat racing, you can go to ______.: A.Guangxi and Guangzhou
B.Guangzhou and Fujian
C.Guangzhou and Hong Kong
D.Hong Kong and Guangxi

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据International(国际的) dragon-boat racing is held in Guangzhou and Hong Kong every year.可知选C。

52 This passage is about __________.: A.South China
B.Dragon-boat racing
C.how to row the boat
D.the Dragon Boat Festival

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据本文描述可知这篇短文只要描述了中国的端午节，故选D。

In Britain ,people often invite friends for a meal , a party or just coffee. People who know each other very well may visit each other's houses without an invitation(邀请),but if we invite new friends, usually an invitation is needed. When people invite someone to their homes , they often say ,"Would you like to come for dinner on Saturday ?" Answers are, "Thanks, we'd love to. What time?" or "I'm sorry, We'd love to ,but we have tickets for the concert." However, it is not polite to say,"No, we wouldn't." Sometimes, the British use expressions that sound like invitations but which are not invitations. For example. "You must come over for a drink sometime ." or "Let's go out for a meal one of these days." These are usually just polite ways of ending a talk . They are not real invitations because they don't mention an exact time or day. They just show that the person is trying to be friendly and the answers are ,"Yes , that would be nice ." or "OK, yes ,thanks." So next time you hear what sounds like an invitation, listen carefully. Is it a real invitation or is the person just being friendly?

53 It's always necessary for _________to visit each other's houses with an invitation.: A.close friends
B.family members
C.neighbours
D.new friends

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据but if we invite new friends, usually an invitation is needed.可知选D。

54 It is not polite to answer the real invitation by saying "___________": A.Sorry. We'd love to, but we have tickets for the concert .
B.Thanks. We'd love to, what time?
C.Sure. We'd like to. Thanks a lot.
D.No, we wouldn't!

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据However, it is not polite to say,"No, we wouldn't."可知选D。

55 If the British just want to end a talk politely, they may say,"_________": A.Would you like to come for dinner on Saturday?
B.Let's go out for a meal one of these days.
C.Let's go out for a meal on Saturday.
D.Shall we go for a drink this afternoon .

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据For example. "You must come over for a drink sometime ." or "Let's go out for a meal one of these days." These are usually just polite ways of ending a talk .可知选B。

56 The British often use " _________"to answer the invitations that are not real.: A.Yes , what time ?
B.No, that's not a real invitation.
C.OK, yes , thanks.
D.No, you just want to be friendly.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据They are not real invitations because they don't mention an exact time or day. They just show that the person is trying to be friendly and the answers are ,"Yes , that would be nice ." or "OK, yes ,thanks."可知选C。

57 Which is the best title for the passage?: A.Britain.
B.Invitation.
C.A Talk with Friends.
D.A Letter to Friends.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
这篇短文主要描述的是英语交际中如何邀请别人和拒绝邀请的问题，故选B，邀请。

If you are going to Europe, you might consider taking some time to visit Provence. Whether you are interested in beautiful places, ancient history, good food, or music and theater, Provence has something to offer to you. Provence once was a Roman province and is in the southeast of France now. You will be attracted by its green hills, olive* trees, and old towns with pretty houses. Visitors can find forests, colorful flowers, horses, and people with smiles there. Provence is also "the city of dream in Europe." Some people say it is Provence* that makes France so romantic. The palace should play an important part in the romantic stories. The Flowers: Provence is the hometown of lavenders* and sunflowers. Lavender means "waiting for love". It also means beautiful. The mountains of Lubero is the most beautiful area across France. And there are also many kinds of lavenders. Compared with the fantastic flowers Lavender, sunflower is a lot warmer. Under the sunlight, thousands of yellow sunflowers are smiling at the sun. The Food: The people there are well-known for keeping their traditional lifestyles. And in the restaurant, you will have the experience of eating the food that has the too much use of olive oil. The food is fresh and healthy. All the things make Provence become the heaven* to those who like delicious food. The other activities: Provence is the Kingdom of city. They hold many parties, dance, and festivals. You can even see a bullfight* in the towns of Arles and Nimes, or enjoy great shows with the famous stars. May to July are the best tourist months. Not only the red sky, the sweet smell of olive, but also the wonderful lavenders, make Provence send out the breath of romantic.

58 The Provence lies ___________.: A.in the southeast of France
B.in the northeast of France
C.in the southwest of France
D.in the northwest of France

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Provence once was a Roman province and is in the southeast of France now."理解可知。Provence在法国的东南部，故选A。

59 We can do following things EXCEPT____________ in Provence: A.watching a bullfight
B.enjoying great shows with the famous stars.
C.seeing beautiful sights
D.eating the food that has the too much use of fish oil

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"you will have the experience of eating the food that has the too much use of olive oil."理解可知。故选D。

60 According to the passage, which following statement is RIGHT?: A.Provence has green hills, olive trees, and new towns with pretty houses.
B.Lavender is warmer than sunflower.
C.If a person likes food, Provence is a wonderful place for him.
D.June is not a good time to visit Provence.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
理解判断题，根据文中语句"All the things make Provence become the heaven* to those who like delicious food."理解可知。Provence是饮食的好地方，故选C。

You want to know about my staying in America, right? Well, to tell you the truth, it is really an eye-opening experience to study here. In China, I had English classes five times a week since fifth grade. However, I didn't know how different textbook English could be from everyday English until I came to Hotchkiss School, Connecticut. When I first studied English, I was told to say, "I am fine." when people say "How are you?" But in the US, I found that people say, "I am good." or "I'm tired." One day, someone greeted me with "What's up?" It made me confused(不知所措). I thought for a moment and then smiled because I didn't know what to say. Since then, I have discovered more and more differences between Chinese and US cultures. To my surprise, US girls spend a lot of time in the burning sun to get a tan(晒黑). However, in China, girls try every possible way to get their skin paler, or "whiter". I was also surprised by how hard-working US students are. In China, schoolwork is almost everything, so we study hard and that's it. But here, a "good" student gets good grades, does a lot for the public and plays sports or music. The kids here are so talented, I am starting to be sorry that I gave up playing the piano at an early age and that I have never thought about sports.

61 According to the writer, textbook English is ______ everyday English.: A.quite different from
B.the same as
C.more difficult than
D.easier than

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据I didn't know how different textbook English could be from everyday English until I came to Hotchkiss School, Connecticut.及下文描述可知选A。

62 A good US student spends his / her time ______.: A.only in doing homework
B.only on sports or music
C.only in working for the public
D.on studies, sports or music and public work

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据But here, a "good" student gets good grades, does a lot for the public and plays sports or music.本句中here指的是美国，故选D。

63 Which of the following is NOT true ?: A.The writer is now staying in the US.
B.American girls love to have white skin.
C.The US students are hard-working.
D.Schoolwork is almost everything in China.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据US girls spend a lot of time in the burning sun to get a tan(晒黑).可知选项B，描述错误。

A video is very popular on the Internet these days. It's South Korean star PSY's Gangnam style 《江南style》 video. He stands above Justin Bieber and becomes the most popular singer on YouTube. In fact, the video sets the Guinness World Record(吉尼斯世界记录)in YouTube history. Gangnam Style was put onto the Internet on July 15，2012.What's catching the eyes in Gangnam style is PSY's special dance moves, funny horse riding poses and dancing in a towel. Many people may not understand the Korean language, they are still interested in the video The video also has many different versions now. The song has topped the iTunes charts(排行榜) in 31 countries, including the United States, United Kingdom, and Canada. The song tells us the rich people's lifestyle in today's Gangnam Block, South Korea. Psy looks at here as Seoul's Beverly Hills.(比弗利山庄)

64 Justin Biber is a ___________.: A.a singer
B.a teacher
C.a doctor
D.a swimmer

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据及下文描述可知贾斯汀比伯是美国一位著名的年轻歌手，故选A。

65 What's catching the eyes the Gangnanm style?: A.His special voice
B.His fat body
C.His dance moves
D.His strange clothes

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据What's catching the eyes in Gangnam style is PSY's special dance moves, 可知吸引人们眼球的是《江南style》的舞姿，故选C。

66 The song tells us _______.: A.the way to live as the rich
B.the way to sing as the poor
C.the way to dance as the poor
D.the way to sleep as the rich

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据The song tells us the rich people's lifestyle in today's Gangnam Block, South Korea.告诉了我们韩国Gangnam社区富人们的生活费方式，故选A。

American and British people use different greetings. In the USA the commonest greeting is "Hi". In Britain it is "Hello!" or "How are you?" "Hi!" is creeping（不知不觉地进入）into British, too. When they are introduced to someone, the Americans say, "Glad to know you. " The British say, "How do you do?" or "Pleased to meet you. " When Americans say "Good-bye", they nearly always add, "Have a good day. " or "Have a good trip. " etc. to friends and strangers alike. Britons are already beginning to use "Have a good day. " The British usually use "got" in the sense of "have". The Americans hardly ever do. AmE: Do you have a car, room, etc. ? Yes, I do. BrE: Have you got a car, room, etc. ? Yes, I have. There are a number of differences between American and British English in the spelling of words, e. g. check（US）/cheque（UK）. Many American words ending in "or", e. g. honor, labor are spelt in British English with an "our," e. g. honour, labour. Many verbs in American English with "ize" or "izing" forms, e. g. organize, realizing are spelt in BrE with "ise" or "ising", e. g. organise, realising. In American English, "practice" is used both for the verb and noun. In BrE, the verb is spelt "practise", and the noun "practice. " In AmE, one writes "traveler," while in BrE, one writes "traveller". It was once predicted that British and American English would become separate (各自的)languages finally. But the opposite has happened. The links（联系）between the two countries are so strong that linguistically（语言上）,and probably culturally（文化上）too, they are closer together than ever before. AmE—— American English BrE——British English

67 The Americans hardly say "_____": A.Good-bye. Have a good day!
B.Glad to know you!
C.Hi!
D.Have you got a car?

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据The British usually use "got" in the sense of "have". The Americans hardly ever do. AmE: Do you have a car, room, etc. ? Yes, I do.描述可知选D。

68 What does the 3rd paragraph talk about?: A.There are lots of differences in spelling between AmE and BrE.
B.Why do the Americans and the British use different spellings.
C.There are few differences in spelling between AmE and BrE.
D.The different usages of words in AmE and BrE.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据There are a number of differences between American and British English in the spelling of words,及下文描述可知，这段主要介绍了美国英语和英国英语在拼写上的不同。故选A。

69 Which of the following is TRUE?: A.The two languages will become separate languages.
B.American English will be used more and more.
C.The two languages will be closer and closer.
D.British English will be used more and more.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据they are closer together than ever before.联系上文描述，可知这两种语言变得越来越接近。故选C。

70 The underlined word "predicted" means ______ in Chinese.: A.解释
B.预言
C.考虑
D.证明

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
联系下文and American English would become separate (各自的)languages finally.可知这个单词时预言的意思。故选B。

There have been many great inventions or things that changed the way we live. The first great invention was the one that is still very important today——the wheel. This made it easier to carry heavy things and to travel long distance. For hundreds of years after that there were few inventions that had as much effect as the wheel . Then in the early 1800s the world started to change. There was little unknown land left in the world. People didn't have to explore much any more. They began to work instead to make life better. In the second half of the 19th century many great inventions were made. Among them were the camera, the light and the radio. These all play a big part in our daily life today. The first part of the 20th century saw more great inventions. The helicopter in 1909, movies with sound in 1926, the computer in 1928, jet planes in 1930. This was also a time when a new material was first made. Nylon came out in 1935. It changed the kind of clothes people wore. The middle part of the 20th century brought new ways to help people get over diseases. They worked very well. They made people healthier and allowed them to live longer. By the 1960s most people could expect to live to be at least 60. By this time most people in developed countries had a very good life. Of course new inventions continued to be made. But man now had a desire(渴望) to explore again. The earth was known to man but the stars were not. Man began looking for ways to go into space. Russia made the first step. Then United States took a step. Since then other countries , including China and Japan, have made their own steps into space. In 1969 man took his biggest step away from earth. Americans first walked on the moon. This is certainly just a beginning, though. New inventions will some day allow us to do things we have never yet dreamed of.

71 This passage talks mainly about _______________ .: A.why cars were very important
B.when light was invented
C.how inventions affect people's daily life
D.which country made the first step into space

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据There have been many great inventions or things that changed the way we live.及下文描述可知本文主要描述了发明是如何影响人们的日常生活的。故选C。

72 According to the passage man didn't have a desire to explore a lot ___________.: A.at the beginning of 1800s
B.in the 1960s
C.since the 1900s
D.from the 1800s to 1960s

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据Then in the early 1800s the world started to change. …… People didn't have to explore much any more.描述可知选A。

73 Nylon came out five years later than____________ .: A.radio
B.camera
C.jet planes
D.movies

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据jet planes in 1930. …… Nylon came out in 1935.1935-1930=5，故选C。

74 People can live longer lives because ________ that help cure diseases have worked very well.: A.doctors
B.new ways
C.medicines
D.new hospitals

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据The middle part of the 20th century brought new ways to help people get over diseases. They worked very well. They made people healthier and allowed them to live longer.描述可知选B。

In America, just as in Europe, men usually open doors for women, and women always walk ahead of men into a room or a restaurant, unless(除非) the men have to be ahead of the ladies to choose the table, to open the door of a car or do some other things like the above. In the street, men almost always walk or cross the street on the closer side of the ladies to the traffic. But if a man walks with two ladies, he should walk between them. Then if the host or hostess or both of them come in a car to get their guest(客人) for dinner, the guest should sit at the front seat and leave the back seat though（尽管）there is no people sitting on it.

75 In America men usually ______.: A.walk ahead of women
B.eat in a restaurant
C.walk behind women
D.drive a car to work

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"In America, just as in Europe, men usually open doors for women, and women always walk ahead of men into a room or a restaurant, unless(除非) the men have to be ahead of the ladies to choose the table, to open the door of a car or do some other things like the above."理解可知，男士一般在女士的后面，故选C。

76 If a man invites a lady for dinner, he should _________.: A.walk behind the lady
B.walk ahead of the lady
C.ask the lady to choose the table
D.ask the man to open the door

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"In America, just as in Europe, men usually open doors for women, and women always walk ahead of men into a room or a restaurant, unless(除非) the men have to be ahead of the ladies to choose the table, to open the door of a car or do some other things like the above."理解可知，一位男士邀请女士进餐的时候，男士要在女士的前面为她服务，故选B。

77 In the street men ______.: A.cross the street
B.walk on the right side of the ladies
C.walk on the closer side of the ladies to the traffic
D.walk near the ladies

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"In the street, men almost always walk or cross the street on the closer side of the ladies to the traffic."理解可知，在街上，男士一般在街道的内侧行走，故选C。

78 If a man walks with two ladies, he should ______.: A.walk between them
B.run before them
C.follow them
D.go away

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"But if a man walks with two ladies, he should walk between them."理解可知。与两个女士一起走的时候，男士在两位女士的中间，故选A。

79 If Mrs. Green wants you to visit her house in a car, you should ______.: A.sit beside a guest
B.sit at the front seat
C.sit at the back seat
D.drive the car

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Then if the host or hostess or both of them come in a car to get their guest(客人) for dinner, the guest should sit at the front seat and leave the back seat though（尽管）there is no people sitting on it"理解可知。别人邀请共进晚餐时，你应坐在前排座位上，故选B。

Everything has a name.All people，places，and things have names.For example，Jenny is the name of a student from England.England is the name of a country.Cities and towns have names，too.Schools and office buildings also have names.For example，tomato，potato and bean are names of vegetables.Apple，orange，and banana are names of fruit.Names are important.We use names every day.When we meet a new person，we usually ask，"What's your name?"It's important to learn a person's name.Most people have two names.Some people have more names.Names are different all over the world.In Jenny's class.Jenny must learn the names of the students from all over the world.This is very difficult because the names are very different. In the United States，most people have a first name，a middle name and a last name.Parents choose the first and middle names for their babies.There are names for boys and names for girls.The last name is the family name.Usually it is the father's family name.In a family，the mother, the father, and the children usually have the same last name. Sometimes a person has a nickname，too.A nickname is a special（特有的）name.It's not a person's real name.Abraham Lincoln's nickname was"Honest Abe".An honest person（一个诚实的人）always tells the truth，and Abe is short for Abraham.Because he was an honest person.his nickname was Honest Abe.Pele（贝利）is a nickname，too.The football player's real name is Edison Aeraesde Nascimento，but everyone calls him Pele.Do you have a nickname? Names are different all over the world.They can be long or short.but they are always very important

80 What is Jenny?: A.A student
B.A teacher
C.An American
D.A nickname

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据Jenny is the name of a student from England.可知选A。

81 What does the underlined(划线的) word "nickname" mean in Chinese?: A.乳名
B.真名
C.绰号
D.别名

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据A nickname is a special（特有的）name.及下文描述，可知选C。

82 What is Pele's real name?: A.Honest Abe.
B.Abraham Lincoln.
C.Edison Aeraesde Nascimento.
D.We don't know.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据Pele（贝利）is a nickname，too.The football player's real name is Edison Aeraesde Nascimento，可知选C。

83 Usually the last name is________ family name.: A.the father's
B.the mother's
C.the grandmother's
D.The teacher's

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据The last name is the family name.Usually it is the father's family name.描述可知选A。

84 Why is it difficult to learn names all over the world?: A.Some people have nicknames.
B.There are many names all over the world.
C.Some names are very long，and some are very short.
D.The names in different countries are different.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据Names are different all over the world.They can be long or short.描述可知选D。

Visitors to London often eat in restaurants. The owners(主人) and workers in them are all from other countries. The visitors say in these restaurants they don't feel they are in England. Most of English people eat at home as much as they can. Sometimes they themselves will think they are in another country when they are in restaurants. When an Englishman goes out of a restaurant, he may find that he doesn't understand why everything is written in French and Italian. Most of English people think it is better to eat at home, because it is cheaper. They don't want to spend much money on food and they like cooking at home. They like fast food. But for Christmas, they will spend two or three weeks getting ready for it, because they want to have good food.

85 Visitors to London often eat in restaurants because_________.: A.they don't like the food at home
B.their homes are not in London
C.it's cheaper
D.restaurants are beautiful places

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据Visitors to London often eat in restaurants. The owners(主人) and workers in them are all from other countries. 可知他们的家都不再伦敦。故选B。

86 When English people eat in restaurants, they sometimes think __________.: A.they are in another country
B.they are in the country
C.they are themselves
D.they love their country

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据The visitors say in these restaurants they don't feel they are in England.描述可知选A。

87 Some of English people don't know __________.: A.why everything comes from French and Italian
B.why people write everything in French and Italian
C.everything in restaurants
D.everyone in restaurants

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据When an Englishman goes out of a restaurant, he may find that he doesn't understand why everything is written in French and Italian.描述可知选B。

88 English people eat at home because __________.: A.it is fast
B.the food is expensive at home
C.it is very good
D.the food is very cheap at home

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据Most of English people think it is better to eat at home, because it is cheaper.描述可知选D。

89 _________ ,English people will spend much time for Christmas.: A.In order to（为了） get more food
B.In order to have much food
C.In order to get good food
D.In order to have enough food

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据But for Christmas, they will spend two or three weeks getting ready for it, because they want to have good food.描述可知选C。

Venice(威尼斯) is the "Queen" of the Adriatic Sea(亚得里亚海). Every year thousands of people from all over the world travel to Italy to visit the city. Do you know why they like to go there for a visit? Venice is a very beautiful city. It is quite different from other cities in the world. There aren't any roads or streets in the city, so there aren't any cars or buses. There are many canals（运河）in the city. There is one big canal and one hundred and seventy-seven small canals. People move up and down the canals in boats to go to work, go shopping or visit their friends. But Venice is sinking(下沉）It is going down and the water is going up. In 2040 Venice will be under water. The Adriatic Sea will cover (覆盖) the city. The Venetians(威尼斯人） love their city and want to stay there. So they want to save(拯救)Venice form the sea. They do not want to leave. How can they save Venice? They can build some strong huge walls and gates in the sea. The gates will close to keep too much water out. In this way Venice will not sink.

90 People from all parts of the world go to visit Venice because________.: A.it is beautiful and quite different from other cities
B.there are a lot of kinds of boats on the canals
C.there are 177 canals in the city
D.it is the most important city in Italy

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Venice is a very beautiful city. It is quite different from other cities in the world."理解可知。威尼斯与众不同，所以各国的人们都来参观。故选A。

91 The Venetians usually go to work or visit their friends________.: A.by bus
B.in boats
C.in cars
D.on foot

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"People move up and down the canals in boats to go to work, go shopping or visit their friends."理解可知。船只是他们的主要交通工具。

92 Year by year the Adriatic Sea ________ and Venice________.: A.is rising; is sinking
B.is going down; is going up
C.is going up; is going up
D.is sinking; is rising

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句""理解可知。

Japan is made up of a chain of islands that lie off the coast of Asia. People came to live in Japan from the nearby countries of China and Korea. From these older countries, the Japanese borrowed ideas, inventions and habits. For many years, the Japanese built houses like those in China. They dressed themselves like a Chinese. From China came their way of writing and their habit of drinking tea. In more recent times, the Japanese have borrowed things from our country, the United States. They have a government like ours. They do much work in science, as we do. Baseball is a favorite sport in Japan, just as it is here. Things change when they come to Japan. The Japanese improve on almost everything they borrow. The art of garden making came from Korea and China, but the Japanese gardens are special. Each garden has a waterfall, a pond, and small bridges. There are few flowers in Japanese gardens. But the gardens are green during all the year round because they have many evergreens. Japanese gardens have a different kind of beauty.

93 The first paragraph of the passage tells us that ________ centuries ago.: A.the Japanese borrowed ideas only from China and Korea
B.people came to live in Japan from neighbouring Asian countries
C.Japan is much older than Korea
D.many Japanese came from the United States

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
理解归纳题，根据文中语句"People came to live in Japan from the nearby countries of China and Korea."理解可知。日本人的祖先就是中国人和韩国人，故选B。

94 In the third paragraph of the passage the italic (斜体)words "just as it is here" mean"________": A.just as it is in the United States
B.just as it is in China
C.just as it is in Japan
D.just as it is in Asia

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
理解归纳题，根据文中语句"In more recent times, the Japanese have borrowed things from our country, the United States. They have a government like ours. They do much work in science, as we do. Baseball is a favorite sport in Japan, just as it is here."理解可知。日本人和美国人一样喜欢棒球，故选A。

95 Why did the Japanese change the things they had borrowed?: A.They wanted very much to be different from others.
B.They didn't like them the way they were.
C.They wanted visitors to like the change.
D.They tried to make them better.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
理解归纳题，根据文中语句理解可知，日本人把借用的东西继续改造，目的就是要把原来的东西变得更好，故选D。

96 From the passage we can see that ________.: A.Japanese gardens are different from those in other countries but not very beautiful
B.Japanese gardens are full of life during all the seasons
C.Japanese gardens are not very big
D.There are many flowers in Japanese gardens

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"But the gardens are green during all the year round because they have many evergreens. Japanese gardens have a different kind of beauty."理解可知。日本人的花园四季如春，故选B。

97 Choose a statement from the following sentences that is NOT true.: A.The government of Japan is like that of the United States.
B.People in the United States like playing baseball.
C.The Japanese invented the habit of drinking tea.
D.Japan is made up of many islands.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"From China came their way of writing and their habit of drinking tea."理解可知。日本人的饮茶习惯是从中国传入的，不是他们土生土长的东西，故选C。

Social customs and the ways of behaving change. Things that were considered impolite many years ago are acceptable . Just a few years ago, it was considered to be impolite behavior for a man to smoke on the street . No man who thought of himself as being a gentleman would make fool of himself by smoking when a lady was in the room. Customs are also different from country to country. Does a man walk on the left or on the right of a woman in your country? Or doesn't it matter? What about table manners? The Americans and the British not only speak the same language but also share a large number of social customs. For example, in both America and England people shake hands when they meet each other for the first time. Also, most Englishmen will open a door for a wonman or offer their seat to a woman , and so will most Americans. Promptness is important both in England and in America. That is , if a dinner invitation is for 6 o'clock , the dinner guest either arrives close to that time or calls up to explain his delay. The important thing to remember about social customs is not to do anything that might make other people feel uncomfortable especially if they are your guests. There is an old story about a man who gave a very formal dinner party. When the food was served, one of the guests started to eat his peas with a knife. The other guests were amused or greatly surprised , but the host calmly picked up his knife and began eating in the same way. I t would have been bad manners to make his guest feel foolish or uncomfortable.

98 The underlined phrase" make fool of himself" in the first passage means____: A.make himself strong
B.make himself rich
C.make himself comfortable
D.cause himself to seem like a fool

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
联系上文可知No man who thought of himself as being a gentleman would make fool of himself by smoking when a lady was in the room.的意思是，没有一个认为自己像个绅士的男人会在一个有女士的房间里面吸烟，从而让自己看起来像个傻瓜。故选D，让自己好像一个傻瓜。

99 According to the passage , the American and British _____: A.don't speak the same language
B.don't have social custom in common
C.do share a lot of social customs
D.do have the exactly same social customs

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第三段The Americans and British not only speak the same language but also share a large number of social customs .及本段描述，可知英美在社会习惯方面有很多形同之处。故选C。

100 If a dinner invitation is for six o'clock , the guest is supposed to arrive at ____ six: A.nearly a minute or two later than
B.a quarter to
C.a quarter to
D.much later than

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据That is , if a dinner invitation is for 6 o'clock , the dinner guest either arrives close to that time or calls up to explain his delay.描述，可知应该晚到一两分钟，故选A。

101 The last example in the passage shows____: A.The correct way to use a knife at table
B.that it is good manners not to make your guests feel foolish or uncomfortable
C.that social customs and ways of behaving change too fast
D.promptness is important both in England and in America

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据最后一段I t would have been bad manners to make his guest feel foolish or uncomfortable.描述，可知选B。

102 Which of the following do you think is the best title for this passage?: A.Social Customs and Customs
B.Social Life
C.American and British Customs
D.Promptness is Important

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
这篇短文主要描述了一些社会风俗和习俗方面的知识，故选A，社会风俗和习俗。

Singapore's public transport system (公共交通系统) is one of the best in the world, so you should have no problem finding your way around like a local (当地人). There are three main forms of public transport that you would find in any other major city—trains, buses and taxis. TRAINS Trains run from 6 a.m. to midnight. Single trip tickets start at 80 cents. If you buy an EZ-Link card for $15, you can ride the trains and buses all you like. If you need more information, just call Transit Link on 1800 767 4333. BUSES There are several bus services in Singapore and fares (车费) start at 80 cents. Be sure to always ask the driver the cost of your ticket as he can not give changes. If you need help, just call Transit Link on 1800 767 4333. TAXIS There are three main taxi companies—City Cab (6552 2222), Comfort (6552 1111) and Tibs (6552 8888). Booking (预订) can also be made easily by calling the numbers listed above. RENTAL (租) CARS Driving in Singapore is a pleasure and if you like to travel at your own pace, renting a car is a good choice. Renting takes away the trouble of getting to places around Singapore. Just sit back and enjoy the city. It also means you'll get to see a lot more that a train or a bus won't let you see. For car rental, call Avis on +65 6737 1668.

103 If you need to find the bus number, you may call____________.: A.+65 6737 1668
B.6552 8888
C.1800 767 4333
D.6552 2222

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节题。根据第三段BUSES. If you need help, just call Transit Link on 1800 767 4333.这段介绍的是公共汽车系统，如果你需要帮助的话，只需拨打交通运输电话1800 767 4333.故选C

104 By an EZ-Link card, you can take____________.: A.both buses and trains
B.only trains
C.both buses and taxis
D.only rental cars

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节题。根据第二段If you buy an EZ-Link card for $15, you can ride the trains and buses all you like.如果你花15美元买一个易通卡，你就能乘坐所有你喜欢的公车和火车。故选A

105 When you take a bus there, always remember to ____________.: A.take your own license with you
B.ask the driver how much your ticket is
C.buy the bus map of Singapore
D.book your ticket ahead of time

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节题。根据第三段There are several bus services in Singapore and fares (车费) start at 80 cents. Be sure to always ask the driver the cost of your ticket as he can not give changes.在新加坡有很多种服务巴士，车票起价是80美分。一定要记得问司机你的票是多少钱，因为他不会给你找零的。故选B

106 What do you know about traveling in Singapore from the passage?: A.A local has no trouble finding his way around.
B.It's much cheaper to go around by bus than by train.
C.You can see a lot more in Singapore only by renting a car.
D.It's very convenient（方便的） for visitors to travel in Singapore.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
主旨题。根据文章第一句Singapore's public transport system is one of the best in the world, so you should have no problem finding your way around like a local .新加坡的公共交通系统是世界上最最好的系统之一，所以你可以像当地人一样轻松的找到你的路线。故D正确。A错误。根据文章可知，公车和火车的票价起价是一样的。比起乘坐火车和公车，租车自驾游看的风景要多很多。故B,C错误。所以，本题选D

Do you know Eskimos? Let me tell you something about their lives. Eskimos live near the North Pole(北极).There are only two seasons there, winter and summer. There is no spring or autumn there. The winter nights are long. You can't see the sun for more than two months, even at midday. The summer days are long. For more than two months, the sun never goes down and there's no night. Eskimos have warm clothes. They make their clothes from the skins of animals. From skins(皮毛) they make coats, caps and shoes. Near the North Pole trees can't grow, for it is too cold there. The Eskimos have to make their houses from skins, snow or stone. When they got out in storms and can't get back home, they make houses of snow. They leave these houses when the storm is over. Life is hard for the Eskimos, but they still like to live there.

107 Near the North Pole there are _______ in a year.: A.two seasons—winter and summer
B.two seasons – spring and autumn
C.four seasons
D.two seasons sometimes and four seasons sometimes

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"There are only two seasons there, winter and summer."理解可知。在北极只有两个季节，冬天和夏天，故选A。

108 How long does the longest day or night last(持续) near the North Pole?: A.24 hours
B.Over a week
C.A month
D.Over two months

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"The winter nights are long. You can't see the sun for more than two months, even at midday. The summer days are long. For more than two months, the sun never goes down and there's no night."理解可知。北极的极昼极夜现象分别长达2月之久，故选D。

109 Eskimos use skins to make________.: A.clothes
B.houses
C.trees
D.both A and B

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"They make their clothes from the skins of animals. From skins(皮毛) they make coats, caps and shoes.和The Eskimos have to make their houses from skins, snow or stone."理解可知。爱斯基摩人常用皮做衣服或房子，故选D。

110 There are no ______ near the North Pole.: A.days
B.nights
C.trees
D.animals

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Near the North Pole trees can't grow, for it is too cold there."理解可知。在北极附近没有树木，故选C。

111 Eskimos make houses of snow to protect(保护) themselves from______.: A.animals
B.storms
C.snow
D.rain

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"When they got out in storms and can't get back home, they make houses of snow."理解可知。

On New Year's Eve, people in Italy throw out all the old things. So there are chairs , beds, clothes and plates in the street. In Spain, the new year comes in more quietly. In the evening people come together to the streets .Each holds a bag of grapes. When twelve o'clock comes, people start eating the grapes. In Japan, people eat noodles on New Year's Eve. This food is said to bring long life. Early the next morning, some families climb Mount Fuji. There they watch the first sunrise of the new year.

112 This story is about New Year's Eve in ______.: A.Italy
B.Spain
C.Japan
D.All of the above

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，这篇文章主要讲了意大利，西班牙，日本的除夕夜。故本题选D

113 People in Spain welcome New Year by _______ after twelve.: A.eating grapes
B.eating noodles
C.throwing the old things
D.watching the sunrise

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章In Spain, the new year comes in more quietly. In the evening people come together to the streets .Each holds a bag of grapes. When twelve o'clock comes, people start eating the grapes.可知，在西班牙，在除夕夜，每个人带一带葡萄到大街上，当12点来到是，人们开始吃葡萄。故选A

114 People in both Spain and Japan ______ to welcome the new year.: A.throw things away
B.get together
C.eat some food
D.climb a mountain

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，日本人在除夕夜吃面条。可知，西班牙人和日本人在除夕夜的共同点是都要吃东西。故选C

115 Japanese climb Mount Fuji to ________ .: A.look at the stars
B.look for New Year's wishes
C.see the sun coming up
D.have a rest

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章There they watch the first sunrise of the new year.他们爬上富士山去看新年的第一个日出。故选C

116 The people in ______ get long life from their New Year's food.: A.Japan
B.China
C.Spain
D.Italy

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章In Japan, people eat noodles on New Year's Eve. This food is said to bring long life.在日本，人们在除夕夜吃面条，据说，面条可以给人们带来长寿。故选A

"Cool"is a word with many meanings.Its old meaning is used to express （表达）a temperature that is a little bit cold.As the world has changed，the word has had many different meaning. "Cool"can be used to express feelings of interest in almost anything.When you see a famous car in the street，maybe you will say，"It's cool."You may think，"He's so cool，"when you see your favourite footballer. We all maximize（扩大） the meaning of"cool".You can use it instead of many words such as "new" or "surprising".Here's an interesting story we can use to show the way the word is used.A teacher asked her students to write about the waterfall（瀑布）they had visited.On one student's paper was just the one sentence（句子），"It's so"cool".Maybe he thought it was the best way to show what he saw and felt. But the story also shows a scarcity（缺乏）of words.Without "cool"，some people have no words to show the same meaning.So it is quite important to keep some credibility（可信性）.Can you think of many other words that make your life as colourful as the word "cool"？ I can.And I think they are also very cool.

117 We know that the word "cool has had ________.: A.only one meaning
B.no meanings
C.many different meanings
D.the same meaning

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据"Cool"is a word with many meanings.可知cool可知表达多种含义，故选C。

118 In the passage，the word "express" means"________".: A.see
B.show
C.know
D.feel

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
词义辨析。See看见；show展示，显现；know知道；feel感觉。根据express （表达）汉语提示，可知选B。

119 If you are _______ something，you may say，"It's cool.": A.interested in
B.angry about
C.afraid of
D.unhappy with

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据第二段"Cool"can be used to express feelings of interest in almost anything.When you see a famous car in the street，maybe you will say，"It's cool.描述，可知选A。

120 The writer takes an example to show he is ________ the way the word is used.: A.pleased with
B.strange to
C.worried about
D.careful with

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据短文第四段的描述，可以看出作者对这个单词用法的担心，故选C

121 In the passage，the writer suggests（暗示）that the word "cool"________.: A.can be used instead of many words
B.usually means something interesting
C.can make your life colourful
D.may not（可能不） be as cool as it seems

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据最后一段So it is quite important to keep some credibility（可信性）.及下文描述，可知cool这个单词在表示含义的时候，具有一定的模糊性，故选D，可能不像它看起来那么好。

Australia is the largest island in the world. It is a little smaller than China. 1t is in the south of the earth. Australia is big, but its population is small. The population of Australia is nearly as large as that of Shanghai. Enough laws (法律)have been made to fight against pollution. The cities in Australia have got little air or water pollution. The sky is blue and the water is clean. You can clearly see fish swimming in the rivers. Plants grow very well. Last month we visited Perth， the biggest city in Western Australia, and went to a wild flower exhibition (展览). There we saw a large number of wild flowers we had never seen before. We had a wonderful time. Perth is famous for its beautiful wild flowers. In spring every year Perth has the wild flower exhibition. After visiting Perth we spent a day in the countryside. We sat down and had a rest near a path(小路) at the foot of a hill. It was quiet and we enjoyed ourselves. Suddenly we heard bells ringing at the top of the hill. What we saw made us pick up all our things and run back to the car as quickly as we could. There were about three hundred sheep coming towards us down the path. Australia is well-known for its sheep and kangaroos. After a short drive from any town, you will find yourself in the middle of white sheep. Sheep, sheep, everywhere are sheep.

122 Australia is ________.: A.the largest country in the world
B.larger than China
C.as large as Shanghai
D.not as large as China.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据第一段It is a little smaller than China. 描述，可知澳大利亚不如中国大，故选D。

123 Enough laws have been made to ________.: A.increase the population
B.grow more plants
C.fight against pollution
D.show wild flowers

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第二段Enough laws (法律)have been made to fight against pollution.描述，可知选C。

124 Perth is ________.: A.the capital of Australia
B.in the west of Australia
C.in the east of Australia
D.the biggest city in Australia

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第三段Last month we visited Perth， the biggest city in Western Australia,可知选B。

125 In Perth you may visit a wild flower in ________.: A.October
B.January
C.May
D.July

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据In spring every year Perth has the wild flower exhibition.描述，可知选C，五月。

126 Which of the following sentences is true?: A.All the big cities in Australia are seriously polluted.
B.Australia is well-known for its sheep, kangaroos and large population.
C.We ran back to the car because we were in the middle of white sheep.
D.If you go to the town in Australia, you will see a large number of white sheep.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据最后一段After a short drive from any town, you will find yourself in the middle of white sheep.描述，可知选D。

One day a man found a cocoon(茧) of a butterfly in the forest. He sat there for several hours and watched the butterfly. Suddenly a small opening appeared, and the butterfly made its great effort to force its body through that little hole. Then it seemed to stop making any progress. It appeared as if it had gotten as far as it could and it could go no further. So the man decided to help the butterfly. He cut off the remaining bit of the cocoon so that the butterfly could come out easily. But to his surprise, the butterfly got a heavy body and very small wings when it came out of the cocoon. The man continued to watch the butterfly because he expected that the body would grow smaller at any moment and the wings would become larger and be able to fly. But neither happened! In fact, the butterfly spent the rest of its life crawling (爬) around with a heavy body and small wings. It was never able to fly. The man was in his kindness, but he did not understand the nature rules. Before the butterfly came out of the cocoon, fluid(流体) from its body must be forced into its wings, and then it would be ready for flying. It must have a hard struggle (拼搏) to get through the small opening to get its freedom from the cocoon. Sometimes struggles are exactly what we need in our life. If God allowed us to go through our life without any difficulties, it would make us fail. We would not be as strong as we could have been; we could never fly.

127 What was the butterfly doing at the beginning of the story ?: A.It was trying to make a cocoon for itself.
B.It was struggling to get out of its cocoon.
C.It was flying among the trees in the forest.
D.It was crawling around quietly on the ground.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第一段Suddenly a small opening appeared, and the butterfly made its great effort to force its body through that little hole.描述，可知这只蝴蝶正努力从它的茧里面出来，故选B。

128 The man cut off the remaining bit of the cocoon: A.to take the butterfly home
B.to help the butterfly come out easily
C.to kill the butterfly
D.to stop the butterfly growing bigger

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第二段He cut off the remaining bit of the cocoon so that the butterfly could come out easily.描述，可知选B。

129 What do you think of the man?: A.Patient but cruel.
B.Careful and wise.
C.Kind but unwise.
D.Brave and funny.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第四段The man was in his kindness, but he did not understand the nature rules.及上下文描述，可知选C。

130 What does the last paragraph（段落） tell us?: A.Struggles are sometimes necessary in our life.
B.Nothing is difficult if we put our heart into it.
C.Every good deed will come back with good result.
D.The greatest happiness in the world is to help others.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据最后一段Sometimes struggles are exactly what we need in our life.及下文描述，可知选A。

131 What is the best title for the story?: A.The Love for the Cocoon.
B.The Joy of Helping Each Other.
C.The Lesson of the Cocoon.
D.The Expectation for the Butterfly.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
这篇短文中好心的人帮助一只正在破茧的蝴蝶，结果最终却害了这只蝴蝶，从而昭示了一个深刻的人生哲理。故选C，一只茧子的教训。

Most American families are smaller than the families in other countries. Most American families have one or two parents and one or two children each. Children in the US will leave their parents' home when they grow up. They usually live far from their parents because they want to find good jobs. They often write to their parents or telephone them. And they often go to visit their parents on holiday. Parents usually let their children choose their own jobs. Americans think it important for young people to decide on their lives by themselves. Children are asked to do some work around their house. And in many families, children are paid for doing some housework so that they learn how to make money for their own use.

132 The size of most American families is _________that of other countries.: A.larger than
B.smaller than
C.as big as
D.as small as

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Most American families are smaller than the families in other countries."理解可知。美国的家庭比其他国家的家庭都小，故选B。

133 When children grow up, they leave their parents' home to _________.: A.go to better schools
B.make more friends
C.find jobs
D.spend a holiday

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"They usually live far from their parents because they want to find good jobs."理解可知。美国青年人远离父母的主要原因就是找工作，故选C。

134 They visit their parents _________.: A.on weekdays
B.on weekends
C.every day
D.on holiday

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"And they often go to visit their parents on holiday."理解可知。他们在假期去探望父母，故选D。

135 Which of the following statements is NOT true?: A.Children have the freedom to choose their own job.
B.Parents don't ask their children to do the housework.
C.Parents think it important for children to make their own decision.
D.When children grow up, they usually live far away from their home.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Children are asked to do some work around their house."理解可知。有时家长让年轻人做点家务，因此不让学生做家务的句子是错误的，故选B。

136 Some parents pay their children for doing housework because _________.: A.children can learn how to make money for themselves
B.their children wanted them to do so
C.they are rich
D.they live far from each other

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"And in many families, children are paid for doing some housework so that they learn how to make money for their own use."理解可知。给孩子做家务的费用是让他学会自己挣钱，故选A。

Every country has its own way of cooking.Ameri can people have their own way of cooking，don't they?Most people in the United states like fast food，but if you think that American people don't 1 ike cooking，you are wrong.It's true that most Americans eat fast food for their breakfast and lunch，but they also think cooking is interesting.Parents see the importance of teaching their children how to cook，and most Americans say that home—cooked meals are the best. Americans have their own way of cooking.For example，baking(烘烤)is the most popular way of cooking in America.Most American families have ovens(烤炉).American cooks(厨师)pay attention to(注意)the balance of food.When planning a big meal，they try to cook meat，a few vegetab]es，some bread and sweet food.They also like to make the meal look beautiful.There are so many kinds of colorful foods，so the meal is healthy and look beautiful，too.

137 Most Americans ______.: A.don't like cooking
B.cook food in the morning
C.1ike home-cooked meals
D.1ike having a picnic

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第一段and most Americans say that home—cooked meals are the best.描述，可知选C。

138 What does the sentence"It's true that most Americans eat fast food for their breakfast and lunch"mean?It means______.: A.they don't eat dinner
B.they like eating fast food
C.they only eat fast food
D.they can't cook

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
联系下文but they also think cooking is interesting.可知他们喜欢吃快餐，故选B。

139 ______is the most popular way of cooking jn the US: A.Baking
B.Cutting
C.Frying
D.Boiling

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据第二段For example，baking(烘烤)is the most popular way of cooking in America.描述，可知选A。

140 How does an American cook balance different kinds of food?: A.He cooks a lot of meat.
B.He cooks meat，regetables，bread and sweet food for a big meal.
C.He makes the food delicious.
D.He cooks a lot of vegetables.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第二段American cooks(厨师)pay attention to(注意)the balance of food.When planning a big meal，they try to cook meat，a few vegetab]es，some bread and sweet food.描述，可知选B。

141 Which is TRUE according to the passage?: A.The meal looks beautiful because the foods are in different colors.
B.American people only cook at home in the evening.
C.American parents don't like to teach their children to cook.
D.Most people in the United states don't 1ike fast food at a11.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据第二段There are so many kinds of colorful foods，so the meal is healthy and look beautiful，too.描述，可知选A。

Expressions cover all parts of our life. They may be around your ears every day. You may know a lot of Chinese expressions that describe how you feel. Here are some English ones for your enjoyment. Have Your Heart in Your Mouth This expression means that you're really afraid or anxious about something. When your heart starts beating so much that you can feel a thumping(怦怦跳) in your throat, it may feel like you "have your heart in your mouth." Have Butterflies in the Stomach How did butterflies get in your stomach? Well, those really aren't butterflies in there. It is a way of describing those nervous feelings you might get before a test or a very important decision. These stomach flutters (跳动) are normal and happen to many people. Some people believe having a few butterflies might even help you perform better. Sick as a Dog If you've ever been very sick, you may have used this expression. Because dogs eat just about anything they find, they often get sick. So it's all right to describe someone who's not feeling well as being "sick as a dog". Under the Weather When it's rainy all day outside, how would you feel? This expression comes from the idea that bad weather might hurt a person's health and mood(心情).

142 The expression "__" is most probably used while you are watching a thriller.: A.have your heart in your mouth
B.sick as a dog
C.under the weather

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"This expression means that you're really afraid or anxious about something. When your heart starts beating so much that you can feel a thumping(怦怦跳) in your throat, it may feel like you "have your heart in your mouth."理解可知。恐怖片让人胆颤心惊，故选A。

143 Someone believes__ if you "have butterflies in the stomach" before a test.: A.you're sure to fail
B.you will forget everything
C.you might do better

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Some people believe having a few butterflies might even help you perform better."理解可知。选择C。

144 It's __ to say somebody is "sick as a dog" when he is not feeling well.: A.impolite
B.suitable
C.wrong

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"So it's all right to describe someone who's not feeling well as being "sick as a dog"."理解可知。这种描述是可以的，故选B。

145 When somebody says "under the weather", he must feel: A.upset
B.happy
C.calm

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"This expression comes from the idea that bad weather might hurt a person's health and mood(心情)."理解可知。坏天气让人的心情也随之变坏，故选A。

146 All expressions discussed in this passage are about: A.health
B.habits
C.feelings

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
理解归纳题，根据文中语句理解可知，这些语句都是与心情有关系，故选C。

Hearst Castle is in California, America. A person called William Randolph Hearst built it between 1922 and 1939, at a cost of more than $30 million. Last year, I had a trip to that castle. I spent the whole day looking around. But there was much to see, and a day wasn't enough. Hearst Castle has four houses. The main house, "Casa Grande", is the biggest one. Visitors can live in the other three ones. Many of them are Hollywood film stars, and they often come to the parties there. At Hearst Castle, there are also beautiful gardens and two swimming pools, one inside and a larger one outside. I loved the one outside, the "Neptune Pool". It was a pity that we couldn't go swimming there! The guide told us that Mr. Hearst travelled around Europe with his mother at the age of ten and looked at paintings and castles. He never forgot that tour and wanted his house to look like a castle. When Mr Hearst died in 1951, his family gave Hearst Castle to the people of California. Now it's a museum.

147 The underlined word "Castle" in the first paragraph means _____.: A.城堡
B.胜地
C.城垛
D.楼阁

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
词义理解推断题，根据文中第一自然段的语句理解可知，此词的含义是城堡，故选A。

148 "Casa Grande" is _____ the other three ones at Hearst Castle.: A.younger than
B.bigger than
C.older than
D.smaller than

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"The main house, "Casa Grande", is the biggest one."理解可知。Casa Grande是最大的一个，故选B。

149 There are _____ at Hearst Castle.: A.beautiful gardens
B.one swimming pool inside
C.one swimming pool outside
D.all the above

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"At Hearst Castle, there are also beautiful gardens and two swimming pools,one inside and a larger one outside."理解可知。在赫斯特城堡,也有美丽的花园和两个游泳池,一内一外，故选D。

150 _____ made Mr. Hearst build this wonderful castle.: A.A tour around Europe
B.The paintings and castles in Europe
C.His mother
D.His dream

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"he guide told us that Mr. Hearst travelled around Europe with his mother at the age of ten and looked at paintings and castles. He never forgot that tour and wanted his house to look like a castle."理解可知。去欧洲旅游使他有了建造城堡的想法，故选A。

151 Which of the following sentences is TRUE?: A.Hearst Castle in California was cheap to build.
B.Hearst Castle is on a mountain near the sea.
C.Many Hollywood film stars come to Hearst's parties.
D.After Mr. Hearst died, his family lived at Hearst Castle.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Many of them are Hollywood film stars, and they often come to the parties there."理解可知。C是正确的答案。

In America, street dancing is a great outdoor sport for young people to do with a group of friends. Many people bring their radios out onto the streets, and then wait for others to join in. Step 1 Wear comfortable clothes. Also wear comfortable running shoes that allow (允许) you to jump easily. Dancing needs a lot of movements, so it is smart to take care of your feet. Step 2 Get some music that you can dance to and bring a radio or a CD player. Step 3 Invite some friends to street dance. Put some music on and start dancing to it. Use your feet as much as possible and make quick movements. Step4 Put your arms up to the right, and then move them quickly to the left while turning your body. This will make others start street dancing. Step5 Try different movements if possible. Street dancing is all about free-style dancing. You can enjoy yourself while getting exercise by street dancing.

152 Street dancing is a kind of_________sport for young people.: A.indoor
B.outdoor
C.ball
D.difficult

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第一段In America, street dancing is a great outdoor sport for young people to do with a group of friends.描述,可知选B.

153 The underlined word "movements" means ________in Chinese.: A.转动
B.活泼
C.迁移
D.方向

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
联系下文so it is smart to take care of your feet.因此要巧妙地注意你的脚,可知选A.

154 If you want to street dance, you don't need to _________.: A.wear comfortable clothes
B.have a radio or a CD player
C.invite some friends
D.ask your parents to dance with

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据短文描述,可知跳街舞需要穿宽松的衣服,有一台录音机或者CD,以及邀请一些朋友,没有提及必须邀请父母跟着跳.故选D.

155 Which of the following is NOT right?: A.Young people like to street dance.
B.When you street dance, you need music.
C.You must be careful with your arms while moving.
D.Move your arms quickly while turning your body.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据Dancing needs a lot of movements, so it is smart to take care of your feet.描述,可知选项C描述错误.

156 The best title for the passage may be ________.: A.How to street dance
B.Young people and street dancing
C.How many steps for street dancing
D.Street dancing in America

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
这篇短文主要介绍了跳街舞的一些注意事项,故选A,如何跳街舞.

"Cool" is a word with many meanings. It means a little cold at first. As time changes, the word gets many different meanings. We can use "cool" when we talk about something wonderful or somebody looking smart. For example. When you see a beautiful and expensive car in the street, you can say, "It is cool." You may think the famous film star Keanu Reeves is cool. You can also use the word to mean something new and surprising. Here is an example. One day a teacher took the students to a farm and then asked them to write something about the visit. One of her students just wrote, "The farm is so cool." Because he thought " cool" was the best word to show what he saw and felt. It also shows some people don't have enough words. Without "cool", they seem to have no other words to use. Can you think of any other words like "cool: with so many meanings? If you can they are also very "cool".

157 The meaning of the word "cool" ______.: A.is always the same
B.changes a lot
C.is "wonderful or smart"
D.is "new and surprising"

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章As time changes, the word gets many different meanings.可知，随着时间的推移，cool这个词有着许多不同的意思。故选B

158 "You may think the famous film star Keanu reeves is cool". Here "cool" means ______.: A.a little cold
B.a little hot
C.new and surprising
D.good-looking

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知"cool"可以形容看起来很好看的人。所以，如果你认为电影明星基努?里维斯很cool，这里的意思应该是他看起来很好看。故选D

159 "It also means some people don't have enough words". Here "it" means_____.: A.the example
B.the student
C.the word "cool"
D.the visit to the farm

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章Because he thought " cool" was the best word to show what he saw and felt. It also shows some people don't have enough words.如果一个人认为cool是展示他的所看和所想最好的词语，这也展示了一些人没有足够的词汇。可知，这里It指代的是前面这个例子。故选A

160 When some people use "cool" everywhere they don't have other words, the writer seems a little ______.: A.excited
B.happy
C.surprised
D.worried

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推断题。根据文章作者认为一些人用"cool"来表达自己的观点时，这也是缺乏词汇的表现。作者对此很担心。故选D

161 The best title is _____.: A.Something about the word "Cool"
B."Cool", the Best Word to Use
C.People use "Cool" Too Much
D."Cool' Is A New Word

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
主旨题。这篇文章讲述了"cool"这个词语的一些意思。故选A

Americans usually eat three meals a day. Breakfast usually comes before eight o'clock in the morning. They usually have eggs, some meat, bread, fruit juice and coffee. Lunch is between twelve and one o'clock. It is like a light meal and working people must take lunch with them or get it near workplace. Children in school take sandwiches, fruit, and cookies with them or eat in school. Supper, the main meal, is between six and eight in the evening. People cook it carefully. They may have meat or chicken, turkey and duck. They may all have potatoes or rice, vegetables or salad. The drink is coffee, tea or milk. Then comes the dessert.

162 Americans have breakfast ________.: A.after eight o'clock
B.at eight o'clock
C.before eight o'clock in the morning
D.in the morning

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Breakfast usually comes before eight o'clock in the morning.可知，美国人通常在早上八点之前吃早餐。故选C

163 ________is the most important meal in a day.: A.Breakfast
B.Lunch
C.Meals
D.Supper

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Supper, the main meal, is between six and eight in the evening.可知，在美国，晚餐是最重要的一餐。故选D

164 "light" mean ________in Chinese.: A.重的
B.有用的
C.轻的
D.不太重要的

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Lunch is between twelve and one o'clock. It is like a light meal and working people must take lunch with them or get it near workplace.可知，午餐是一顿不是很重要的饭，上班族必须带午餐或者在附近吃。故选D

165 Americans usually have breakfast and supper at ________.: A.home
B.office
C.in school
D.workplace

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章可知，美国人通常在家里吃早餐和晚餐。故选A

166 When Americans have supper, ________ comes last.: A.drink
B.meat
C.dessert
D.Vegetables

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Then comes the dessert.可知，当美国人吃晚餐的时候，最后都是吃甜点。故选C

boomerang The Aborigines (澳洲土著) have lived in Australia for about 60,000 years. They painted pictures inside caves, and these are the rock paintings that have given us so much information about Aboriginal life. For example, some of the paintings that are about 10,000 years old show men with boomerangs. From this we know that the Aborigines started using boomerangs for hunting at that time. Other pictures show kangaroos, so we know that there were kangaroos at that time. The Aborigines believed that spirits made people, animals and plants, and that these spirits still live in the earth. For Aborigines, no one can own the earth—the earth belongs to the spirits. In 1700, there were many Aboriginal groups with a population of 750,000 all over Australia, and there were probably more than 240 different Aboriginal languages. The groups did not have a leader. Instead, things were decided by the older men in a group. People from different groups often travelled hundreds of miles to meet each other. Aboriginal life changed when an English boat arrived in Australia in 1770. Many Aborigines were killed in the wars that they had with the English. More Europeans came, and they started taking land from the Aborigines. The Europeans also brought new illnesses that killed the Aborigines. The result is that today there are only about 300,000 Aborigines in Australia.

167 The Aborigines painted pictures ________.: A.on animals' fur
B.on the land
C.on the tree
D.on the rock

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章They painted pictures inside caves, and these are the rock paintings that have given us so much information about Aboriginal life.可知，土著人在岩石上画画。故选D

168 What do you think the Aborigines used boomerangs to do?: A.To paint.
B.To hunt.
C.To fight.
D.To play.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章From this we know that the Aborigines started using boomerangs for hunting at that time.可知，土著人使用回旋镖捕猎。故选B

169 The Aborigines thought ________were the most important on the earth.: A.people
B.animals
C.spirits
D.plants

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章第二段可知，土著人认为灵魂是地球上最重要的东西，地球属于灵魂。故选C

170 In an Aboriginal group decided things.: A.the older men
B.the leader
C.the English
D.the Europeans

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章Instead, things were decided by the older men in a group.可知，在一个土著群通常是由年龄比较大的人决定事情的。故选A

171 The number of the Aborigines is small today ________.: A.because their living condition was very bad
B.because the English killed a lot of them in the wars
C.because of the new illnesses the Europeans brought them
D.because of the wars and the new illnesses

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节题。根据文章最后一段可知，很多欧洲人杀害了土著人，并带来一些疾病，导致了土著人数量的减少。故选D

Beijing Opera is also called Peking Opera.. It came into being after 1790 when the famous four Anhui opera troupe(戏班) came to Beijing. Its music and singing(唱腔) came from Xipi and Er-huang in Anhui and Hubei. Its costtumes are all fascinating and artistic.It is the highest expression of the Chinese culture. It's full of famous stories , beautiful facial paintings, and wonderful gestures and fighting. This kind of opera is very popular with Chinese people. There are four main roles in Beijing Opera: Sheng ,Dan, Jing and Chou. Sheng is the leading male(男性) actor。For example , a Wusheng is a soldier or fighter .A Xiaosheng is a young man . A Laosheng is the comedy actor or clown.Dan is the female (女性)role 。 Jing，mostly male , is the face-painted role and Chou is the comedy actor or clown. Stories in Beijing Opera are very intetesting . Some of them are from the history book ,but most of them are from the literature , especially famous novels . The people in the story usually have some disagreements. They become angry and uhappy . They are sad and lonely . Sometimes they are nervous and worried. Then they find a way to make peace . The stories usually end with happiness and lunghter and people are all happy in the end.

172 Beijing Opera's singing is from _______.: A.Anhui and hubei
B.Beijing and Anhui
C.the history book
D.the literature and novls

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据Its music and singing(唱腔) came from Xipi and Er-huang in Anhui and Hubei.描述，可知选A。

173 The second paragraph(段落) of the reading is about the______of Beijing Opera.: A.stories
B.roles
C.gestures
D.Paintings

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据There are four main roles in Beijing Opera:及下文描述，可知本段主要讲述的是京剧中的角色，故选B。

174 From the reading ,we know the the Chou most probably has a(n) _____feature.: A.honest
B.funny
C.dull
D.serious

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据and Chou is the comedy actor or clown.丑角指的是喜剧演员或者小丑，故选B，有趣的。

175 Which of the following statements is TURE?: A.Peking Opera is full of different gestures.
B.There are only four roles in Beijing Opera.
C.Beijing Opera is the most popular in the world.
D.The people in the story usually are in agreement.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据第一段It's full of famous stories , beautiful facial paintings, and wonderful gestures and fighting. 描述，可知选A。

176 What role is Sheng ?: A.the eading male actor
B.the female role
C.the comedy actor or clown
D.the face-painted role

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据最后一段Sheng is the leading male(男性) actor。描述，可知选A。

You may know the English letters A, B and C. But do you know there are people called ABC? You may like eating bananas. But do you know there is such a thing a "banana person"? How strange! Are these people from "another earth"? No, they are just Chinese people like you and me. ABC means American–born Chinese. An ABC is a Chinese, but was born in the United States. Sometimes, people call an ABC a "banana person". A banana is yellow outside and white inside — looking like a Westerner and yellow outside — looking like a Chinese. Do you know why? Usually, ABCs know little about China or the Chinese language. Some of them don't speak Chinese. Also, they are not interested in Chinese politics. But if ABCs can not speak Chinese, can we still call them Chinese people? Yes, of course. They are Chinese. They are overseas Chinese. These people may be citizens (公民)of another country like the US, Canada or Singapore. But they have Chinese blood.Their parents, grandparents or even great-grandparents were from China. They all have black eyes and black hair. But they are not Chinese citizens. They are not people of the People's Republic of China. For example, we all know the famous scientist C .N.Yang (杨振宁). H e got the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1957. Chinese people love him. But he is an American citizen.

177 "ABC" in this passage means "____________".: A.three English letters
B.a kind of banana
C.Chinese born in America
D.Americans born in China

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据第二段ABC means American–born Chinese. 描述，可知这个单词指的是在美国出生的中国人，故选D。

178 Chinese in Western countries are called "banana persons" because _______.: A.their bodies are white inside but yellow outside
B.they think like Westerners but look like Chinese
C.they were born in China but got to study in America
D.they like to eat bananas

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第二段A banana is yellow outside and white inside — looking like a Westerner and yellow outside — looking like a Chinese.描述，可知选B。

179 He underlined word "blood" may probably mean__________.: A.国籍
B.血统
C.爱心
D.皮肤

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
联系上下文，可知指的是这些人含有中国血统。故选B。

180 N.Yang is mentioned (提到) here to show that ____________: A.American Chinese are great.
B.We love American Chinese.
C.Chinese people can win Nobel Prizes.
D.American-Chinese are not Chinese citizens.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据But he is an American citizen.描述，可知杨振宁是个美国人。故选D。

181 This passage mainly talks about _____.: A.different kinds of bananas
B.overseas Chinese
C.the Nobel Prize
D.the life story of C.N. Yang

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
这篇短文重要给我们介绍了生活在国外的华人，故选B，海外华人。

Nothing beats sitting down in front of the TV with some delicious candy or tasty French fries. Recently, an online list of favorite snacks in China became popular. It says that peanuts (花生), walnuts (核桃) and chocolate are good for our health, but jelly (果冻), potato chips and lollipops (棒棒糖) are "bad" for us. Kids, though, hardly care if the snacks are good or bad for their health. They love them either way. Some snacks often have special importance in a certain country or culture. Potato chips and French fries are very popular in the US. They are cheap and tasty. People don't need to wait for a long time to eat it. Popcorn is another common snack. People love eating it when they are watching sports games or visiting the amusement park. Most cinemas sell it to attract customers. In the UK, kids often sit down for snacks after school. They call this "afternoon tea". A traditional afternoon tea includes biscuits (饼干) and tea. People also have scones (烤饼) with jam and cream, which is probably the most classic English snack. In South Korea, Choco Pie is one of the most popular snacks. It's also a favorite of soldiers. The sweet snack makes them happy and helps them get through hard times. However, it is not just about what you eat as a snack – it's how much you eat and when. Chips and French fries are high in calories(卡路里) and eating too much may make you fat. Sweet snacks like candy and chocolate are high in sugar and eating a lot may give you bad teeth.

182 From the passage, we can know popular snacks in different countries except_______.: A.China
B.Canada
C.America
D.England

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
通过阅读短文，可知本文没有提及加拿大的小吃，故选B。

183 The Chinese meaning of the phrase "get through" in this passage is probably________.: A.通过
B.完成
C.熬过
D.穿越

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
联系下文hard times 艰难时刻，可知选C。

184 Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?: A.The snacks including peanuts, walnuts and jelly are bad for our health.
B.People love to eat popcorn when they are watching movies.
C.A traditional afternoon tea includes pies and tea.
D.If you want to have good teeth, you can have more candy and chocolate.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据Popcorn is another common snack. People love eating it when they are watching sports games or visiting the amusement park.推理可知，人们看电影时也喜欢吃爆米花。故选B。

185 According to the passage, we need to care about ____________: A.why we eat snacks
B.where we eat snacks
C.who we eat snacks with
D.how much snacks we eat

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据最后一段However, it is not just about what you eat as a snack – it's how much you eat and when.及下文描述，可知选D。

Hi, everybody! Welcome to our newly-opened Richards Cinema Bookstore! Now let me introduce some of the new film books in our store to you. Are you Chinese film fans? OK, here comes the latest 25 New Takes about Chinese films. It is a collection of 25 fresh readings of different Chinese films from the 1930s to the present. In recent years, Chinese films are very popular in the States, such as Crouching Tiger and Hidden Dragon, Hero, and Flowers of Shanghai. Do you like French films? Well, here is The French Cinema Book. It covers French films from the 1890s to the beginning of the 21st century. It is written for all lovers of French films: students and teachers, experts (专家) and fans, and so on. Maybe you are Indian film fans and star fans. Then here is Encyclopedia (百科全书) of Indian Cinema. The book is a complete introduction to all the best Indian films. It also offers a full list of names of the famous and successful film stars in the past ten years. You know, the Indian film industry is the largest in the world after our Hollywood. If you like British films, we have The British Cinema Book. It is a good review of British films. In our bookstore, you can also find books about Japanese, Australian, German and Italian films. Well, please help yourselves to some coffee or tea, and have a good time here!

186 The speaker of the passage is most probably ________.: A.the writer of 25 New Takes
B.a tourist in the cinema bookstore
C.the manager of the cinema bookstore
D.a reader of Encvclopedia of Indian Cinema

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据Welcome to our newly-opened Richards Cinema Bookstore!及下文描述，可知演讲者最可能是书店的经理，故选C。

187 How many Asian countries does the speaker refer to when he talks about the film books?: A.Two.
B.Three.
C.Four.
D.Nine.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据短文描述，可知演讲中提到了中国，印度和日本三个亚洲国家，故选B。

188 Which of the following statements is NOT mentioned in the passage?: A.Indian Cinema is second only to Hollywood.
B.The British Cinema Book includes a complete list of names of stars.
C.Crouching Tiger and Hidden Dragon is well received in the States.
D.The French Cinema Book covers over a century's French films.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据It is a good review of British films.描述选项B描述错误。

189 The purpose of the speaker is ________.: A.to make the readers into film makers
B.to let the writers stay in the cinema bookstore
C.to offer the tourists chances to meet the film stars
D.to satisfy(满足) the customers' different kinds of tastes

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
这篇演讲中，经理介绍了各种各样的关于电影的书籍，主要是为了满足不同顾客的不同爱好。故选D。

When visiting Beijing, the Palace Museum is a must-see for many people. Last year, the museum received 14.2 million visitors, which is twice the number of visitors in 2002. This year it is expected to increase by 10 percent. Compared with other popular museums around the world, the number of visitors at the Palace Museum is very high. Last year the Louvre(罗浮宫) in Paris welcomed 8.8 million visitors and the British Museum in London received 5.8 million. A large number of visitors can bring a lot of money from ticket sales. But there are also worries that people will do demage(破坏) to relics(文物) and old buildings. To solve the problem, some people suggested taking cultural objects out of the Palace Museum. In this way, visitors coming for ancient buildings and cultural objects will go to different places. "It is a sign of progress. Letting more people see these treasures is more important than keeping them in their original(原始的) place," said Song Xiangguang, a professor at Peking University. However, Shan Jixiang, director of the Palace Museum, doesn't agree on this idea. He thinks that the most important thing in protecting the Palace Museum is to keep it complete. "The 1.8 million cultural relics and the historical buildings are two key parts of the museum. They can't be separated." he said. Shan said that they are planning to increase the space that is open to the public. This will not only feed visitors' curiosity(好奇), but also spread them out so they are not putting too much pressure on one area. Shan also wanted to set up an appointment system. " If visitors make an appointment before they come, we can make better and different visiting routes(路线) for them." Shan said.

190 How many visitors did the Palace Museum welcome in 2002?: A.14.2 million
B.8.8 million
C.5.8 million
D.7.1 million

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据第二段Last year, the museum received 14.2 million visitors, which is twice the number of visitors in 2002.计算可知，选D。

191 Why did some people suggest taking cultural objects out of the Palace Museum?: A.To let more people see the relics.
B.To bring less damage to the relics.
C.To make more money from ticket sales.
D.To keep the Palace Museum original.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第二三段A large number of visitors can bring a lot of money from ticket sales. But there are also worries that people will do demage(破坏) to relics(文物) and old buildings.To solve the problem, some people suggested taking cultural objects out of the Palace Museum。描述，可知选B。

192 The underlined word "separated" means ______ in Chinese.: A.分离
B.破坏
C.偷窃
D.压迫

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
联系前文The 1.8 million cultural relics and the historical buildings are two key parts of the museum.描述，可知这个单词时分离的意思，故选A。

193 By reading the article, we can know that______________.: A.the Palace Museum has an appointment system now.
B.relics are the only important part of the Palace Museum.
C.the Louvre welcomed the most visitors in the world last year.
D.Shan thought that more areas of the palace should be open to public.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据倒数第二段Shan said that they are planning to increase the space that is open to the public.描述，可知选D。

Take a look at teenagers around, dressed in baggy-pants (宽松裤), drinking soft drinks such as coke, reading Japanese cartoons. Whether you are in Beijing, Wuhan or Hong Kong, you will get the same impression. But should we copy others or should we maintain (保留) our differences? It sounds convenient that people around the world speak the same language, dress in the same style, eat the same food and play the same games. If the world was like this, you won't feel strange in any corner of world. But just imagine living in such a strange world. How dull and colorless it would be! Different kinds of food that people can taste, the colorful and fashionable clothes that we dress in and different languages we speak are all part of the different cultures that our ancestors left us. These differences represent their creativity (创造力) and talent. And we all enjoy different cultures in our daily lives. When you travel to other places, you want to see different things. When you talk to foreigners you expect to listen to interesting stories. These differences in culture are what make life colorful. But the whole world is shrinking into a small village as globalization (全球化) takes effect and many different cultures are disappearing. In most big cities around the world people wear the same clothes. Fast food stores are everywhere. Hollywood movies are kicking traditional performing arts out of our lives. The colors of our life are disappearing. There is joke that even the panda and zebra want to live a colorful life. So let's take action to protect our colorful culture before it becomes as simple as black and white. It's not difficult. Learning some folk songs, trying on a traditional clothing and even eating local food instead of going to KFC can help. And we're sure you will enjoy it.

194 The passage is written to _______.: A.explain cultural differences
B.convince readers to maintain cultural differences
C.predict the future of globalization
D.show some cultural phenomena(现象)

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
这篇短文主要讨论了我们是该模仿他人还是保持自己的文化差异，并建议我们保持自己的文化差异。故选B。

195 The author thinks that cultural differences _______.: A.make the world colorful
B.make communication difficult
C.only exist in food and clothing
D.will never fade away

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据第二段These differences in culture are what make life colorful. 及本段描述，可知正是文化差异才让我们的世界多姿多彩。故选A。

196 The author starts the argument by ________.: A.mentioning certain cultural phenomena
B.mentioning his view at the very beginning
C.mentioning the opposite view at the very beginning
D.giving examples of cultural differences

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据短文第一段描述，可知作者首先列出了一些现象，继而才提出问题，故选A。

197 The underlined word "shrink" probably means "_______".: A.expand
B.disappear
C.become smaller
D.grow in number

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
联系下文into a small village as globalization (全球化)描述，可知此处指的是整个世界正在变小，故选C，变得更小。

198 The author talks of all the following cultural phenomena except _______.: A.food
B.clothing
C.language
D.architecture

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
这篇短文主要讨论了人们在饮食，服装及语言方面的文化差异，没有提及建筑上的差异，故选D。

There are many wetlands（湿地） in China and some of them have become the world‘s important wetlands. The Chinese Yellow Sea Wetlands are among them. They are in Yancheng， Jiangsu Province. They are home for many different kinds of birds and animals. The world's largest Milu Deer Nature Reserve（自然保护区） is in them. More than 700 milu deer live freely there. There are not many red-crowned cranes in the world， but every winter you can see some in the Red-crowned Cranes Nature Reserve in the Yellow Sea Wetlands. The temperature in the wetlands is usually neither too high nor too low. There is a lot of rain and sunshine， too. They are really good places for wildlife（野生生物）。 Offering food and home for some special kinds of animals and birds is not the only reason why we need to protect wetlands. Wetlands are important because they also prevent flood. But some people want to change the wetlands to make more space for farms and buildings. This means there will be less and less space for wildlife. Luckily， more and more people are beginning to realize the important of wetlands and wildlife. Every year， on February 2nd， many activities are held to tell people more about wetlands.

199 The Chinese Yellow Sea Wetlands are in the _______ of China.: A.east
B.south
C.west
D.north

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据The Chinese Yellow Sea Wetlands are among them. They are in Yancheng， Jiangsu Province.描述，结合常识江苏在中国东部，可知选A。

200 Usually the weather in the wetlands is _______.: A.hot
B.pleasant
C.cold
D.dry

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第二段The temperature in the wetlands is usually neither too high nor too low.描述，可知选B。

201 The World Wetlands Day is on _______.: A.April 22
B.June 25
C.February 2
D.March 22

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据最后一段Every year， on February 2nd， many activities are held to tell people more about wetlands.描述，可知选C。

202 We must protect wetlands because _______.: A.they are home for wildlife
B.they can prevent flood
C.they can offer food to the animals and birds
D.all of the above

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据短文第二段描述，可知湿地不但为动物提供家园和食物，还能防止洪水泛滥，故选D。

203 The best title for the passage is _______.: A.China‘s Wetlands Have All Entered the World's List
B.Wetlands—Home for Wildlife and Human Beings
C.Special Animals in the Chinese Yellow Sea Wetlands
D.Wetlands—Valuable Recourses（珍贵资源） of Land on the Earth

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
这篇短文重点介绍了中国的湿地保护问题，告诉我们湿地是动物们和人类的共同家园。故选B。

On Thanksgiving Day, a teacher asked her class of firstgraders to draw a picture of something they were thankful for. She thought that these children from poor families actually had little to be thankful for. And she found most of them drawing pictures of flowers or tables with food. The teacher was very surprised to see the picture Douglas handed in. It's a hand,a simple hand. But whose hand? The class were very interested in the strange picture. "I think it must be the hand of God that brings us food," said one child, "A farmer's," said another, "Because he grows beautiful flowers. " Finally when the others were at work ，the teacher went over to Douglas' desk and asked whose hand it was. "It's your hand, Teacher," he said quietly and shyly. She remembered that she had often taken Douglas, a dirty lonely child, by the hand while having a class break. She often did that with the children. But it meant so much to Douglas. Perhaps this is everyone's thanksgiving，not for the material things we get，but for the chance，in whatever small way, to give to others.

204 When did the story happen?: A.On Christmas Day.
B.On Teachers' Day.
C.On Mother's Day.
D.On Thanksgiving Day.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据第一段On Thanksgiving Day, a teacher asked her class of firstgraders to draw a picture of something they were thankful for.描述，可知这个故事发生在感恩节，故选D。

205 why did Douglas draw a simple hand?: A.He was good at drawing it.
B.His teacher asked him to draw it.
C.He wanted to show his thanks to his teacher
D.He hoped to get his teacher's praise.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据"It's your hand, Teacher," he said quietly and shyly. 及下文描述，可知这个小男孩是为了表示对老师的感谢，故选C。

206 What do you learn about Douglas from the passage?: A.He liked drawing hands
B.He was very active in class.
C.He always kept his hand clean
D.His family was not rich.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据She remembered that she had often taken Douglas, a dirty lonely child,描述，可知道格拉斯可能来自一个不太富有的家庭，故选D。

207 According to the passage, which of the following is an opinion,but not a fact?: A.The teacher went over to Douglas' desk and talked to him.
B.Different people show their thanksgiving in different ways.
C.The teacher often took Douglas by the hand after class while having a class break.
D.Most of the students were drawing the pictures of flowers or tables with food.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
这篇短文主要描述了在感恩节孩子们表达感恩的不同方式，故选B，不同的人用不同的方式表示他们的感恩。

208 We can infer from the passage that Douglas is a ____boy.: A.shy
B.foolish
C.clever
D.kind-hearted

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据"It's your hand, Teacher," he said quietly and shyly. 描述，可知他是个害羞的男孩。故选A。

"ABC"and "Banana Persons" You may know the English letters A, B and C. But do you know there are people called "ABC"? You may like eating bananas. But do you know there are people called "banana persons"? If you don't know, I will tell you. They are Chinese people like you and me, but they aren't in China.Why do people call them like that? "ABC" means American-born Chinese. An "ABC" is a Chinese, but was born in the United States. Sometimes, people also call them "banana persons". A banana is yellow outside and white inside. So when a person is a banana, he or she is white (American) inside and yellow (Chinese)outside. They are born in America and they live in America for a long time. Even their nationality(国籍) is American. So they think like Americans and do things like Americans. But they still have Chinese blood(血). Their parents, grandparents or even great-grandparents were from China.They all have black eyes and black hair. So they look like us Chinese people. For example, we all know the famous scientist C.N.Yang. He is an "ABC" and he is a "banana person". We like him, although(虽然) his nationality isn't Chinese.

209 What does "ABC" mean?: A.American-born Chinese
B.American-born Canadian
C.Australian-born Chinese
D.Chinese-born Chinese

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句""ABC" means American-born Chinese."理解可知。"ABC"指的是美籍华人，故选A。

210 Why do people call an "ABC" a "banana person"?: A.They look like Americans but they think like Chinese.
B.They look like Chinese but they think like Americans.
C.They like to eat bananas.
D.They can speak "ABC" very well.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Even their nationality(国籍) is American. So they think like Americans and do things like Americans."理解可知。他们的思想和做事风格是美国人，但血统是中国人，故选B。

211 Why do ABCs think like Americans?: A.Because they live in America for a long time
B.Because they are born in America.
C.Because they want to be Americans.
D.Both A and B.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"They are born in America and they live in America for a long time. Even their nationality(国籍) is American. So they think like Americans and do things like Americans."理解可知。因为他们出生在美国，生活在美国受到了教育也是美国式的教育，故选D。

212 What colour are their eyes and hair?: A.Their eyes and hair are black.
B.Their eyes and hair are yellow.
C.Their eyes and hair are white.
D.Their eyes and hair are black and yellow.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"They all have black eyes and black hair.So they look like us Chinese people."理解可知。他们的外貌特征还是一个中国人，故眼睛和头发都是黑色的，故选A。

213 Which person of the following is a "banana person"?: A.杨利伟
B.科比
C.杨振宁
D.姚明

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"For example, we all know the famous scientist C.N.Yang. He is an "ABC" and he is a "banana person". We like him, although(虽然) his nationality isn't Chinese."理解可知。杨振宁就是一个ABC人。故选C。

Beijing is the capital of China. It is also one of the birthplaces of the Chinese civilization (文明) and one of the six ancient capital cities in China. It is the second biggest city with an area of 17,020 square kilometers. Beijing is changing every day and it is becoming more and more beautiful. Now there are a lot of new buildings, modern shopping malls and large markets. In the past, Beijing was very clean and quiet and most people went to work or school by bike. Things have changed a lot. Now people can take the bus, the underground or the taxi to go to work or school. It is fast and convenient. The changes in Beijing have brought many advantages but they have also caused some problems: air pollution, noise pollution, sandstorms and lots of traffic.

214 How many ancient capital cities are there in China?: A.one
B.five
C.six
D.seven

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第一段and one of the six ancient capital cities in China. 描述，可知选C。

215 How many kinds of problems are mentioned in this passage?: A.four
B.five
C.six
D.seven

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据最后一段caused some problems: air pollution, noise pollution, sandstorms and lots of traffic.描述，可知本文提到了四种问题。故选A。

216 In the past, people went to work or school ___________.: A.by car
B.by taxi
C.by underground
D.by bike

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据第二段In the past, Beijing was very clean and quiet and most people went to work or school by bike.描述，可知选D。

217 Which statement is the right?: A.Beijing is the biggest city of China.
B.There were many tall buildings in Beijing in the past.
C.The transport in Beijing is fast and convenient.
D.The changes to Beijing have only brought advantages.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第二段It is fast and convenient.描述，可知选C。

218 Which is the best title of this passage?: A.Beijing is the capital of China.
B.Birthplace of China.
C.The problems Beijing have now.
D.Beijing's past and present.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
这篇短文主要介绍了北京从过去到现在的一些变化。故选D。

Television has taken the place of schools as the main educator(教育者) in America. There are several reasons for this. First, there is the number of hours. While Americans spend about 13,000 hours in schools, they spend 15,000 to 16,000 hours in front of a TV set. Second is the age at which viewers(观看者) start watching TV. People start watching and understanding TV at about the age of 3, which is several years before they start to do school work. Finally, there is the number of viewers. About 90,000,000 young people are attending school, but most of the Americans watch TV every day. It seems, then, that TV shows are taking the place of teachers and professors as the educators in America.

219 The main idea of this passage is ___________.: A.TV is more important than school
B.fewer and fewer children go to school
C.There is not a school which has no TV set in America
D.TV plays a great part in American people's life

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据Television has taken the place of schools as the main educator(教育者) in America.及下文描述，可知本句主要意思是电视在美国人的生活中扮演重要角色。故选D。

220 How many reasons why television has become the main educator are mentioned in the passage?: A.Two
B.Three
C.Four
D.Five

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据First,…… Second …… Finally,描述，可知作者列出了三条原因，故选B。

221 The first reason shows ____________.: A.now children go to school less often than their parents did
B.in his life an American spends more time watching TV than at school
C.a TV program usually gives lessons of 15,000--16,000 hours
D.parents think 13,000 hours of school is not enough

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据While Americans spend about 13,000 hours in schools, they spend 15,000 to 16,000 hours in front of a TV set.描述，可知选B。

222 In American, a child starts going to school _________.: A.when he is 3
B.when he is about 6 or 7
C.when he is able to understand TV
D.after he starts to do school work

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据People start watching and understanding TV at about the age of 3, which is several years before they start to do school work.描述，可知美国人大约在六七岁上学，故选B。

223 Every day in America ______________.: A.teachers and professors watch TV
B.90,000,000 young people watch TV
C.not only young people watch TV
D.15,000--16,000 people each hour watch TV

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据but most of the Americans watch TV every day.描述，可知选C。不只是年轻人看电视。

Canada, the second largest country in the world, lies in the north of America. The population of Canada is about 29 million and the capital is Ottawa. The country covers about 9,980,000 square kilometers and six of the world's 24 time areas (时区) as well. There are two official languages spoken in Canada: French and English. Many people can speak both English and French. More than 60% of Canadians speak English as their language. About 25% of the Canadians speak French. In one province of Canada where French is the common language, the programmes on TV and radios as well as the teaching in schools are all in French. Today, Chinese has become the first inofficial(非官方的) language in Canada. Canada's climate is not as cold all year around as some may believe. In winter, temperatures fall below freezing point throughout most of Canada. In summer, the southern provinces often experience high levels of temperatures that can reach over 30℃ regularly. The weather in Canada is just like the weather in China. It is rather cold in the north while it is fairly warm in the south. Winters in the north last long with snow for half a year. As the cold northern climate, only one-fifth of the land is suitable for farming. As it is known to all, Canada has one-third of the world's supply of fresh water. It has many great lakes. There are five great lakes in the south. And there are many others, especially in the north. It is also rich in natural resources, such as coal, oil, natural gas of which Canadians make use to produce energy. People of northern Canada are called Inuit (因纽特人), who came from Asia and settled in Canada about 4,000 years ago. They used to travel around from place to place with teams of dogs which pulled their baggage. Now, they seldom move. There are about 2,500 Inuit in all. The government has started a new school project in which Inuit teach their own young children. So it is hoped that the way of Inuit life will be kept alive for more centuries.

224 How many people are there living in Canada?: A.About 24 million.
B.About 29 million.
C.About 25 million.
D.About 9,980,000.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第一段The population of Canada is about 29 million 描述，可知选B。

225 Today, most Canadians speak _________ as their first language.: A.French
B.Chinese
C.English
D.Japanese

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第二段More than 60% of Canadians speak English as their language.描述，可知选C。

226 Only ________ of the land is fit for farming because of the cold northern climate.: A.15%
B.20%
C.30%
D.50%

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第三段As the cold northern climate, only one-fifth of the land is suitable for farming.描述，可知选B。

227 Which statement about Inuit is NOT right?: A.They settled in Canada about 4,000 years ago.
B.Dogs could help them pull their baggage when they had to travel years ago.
C.They can teach their own young children according to the new school project.
D.They way of Inuit life may disappear in the future.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据最后一段So it is hoped that the way of Inuit life will be kept alive for more centuries.描述，可知选项D描述错误。

228 From the passage we can know _________.: A.Canada lies in the south of America
B.Canada has many different kinds of natural resources.
C.the weather in Canada is so cold the whole year as some people think
D.the Canadians government pays little attention to Inuit's education.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第四段It is also rich in natural resources, such as coal, oil, natural gas of which Canadians make use to produce energy.描述，可知选B。

Beijing is facing severe (严重的) traffic problems."Roads are wider now, but traffic jams (堵塞) often happen every day. " Yuan, a Beijing taxi drivers said. Beijing government is trying to do something to make traffic jams less. Before 2007, there were a few subway lines in Beijing. There was only line 1, line 2, line 13 and Batong Line. But now there is line 5, line 10, line 4, the airport fast -track and the Olympic branch line. And there will be 13 subway lines under construction in Beijing at the same time at the end of this year. The opening of the new subway line is convenient to tourists. Before, arriving in Beijing, many visitors would usually take a taxi to interesting places of Beijing. Today, as soon as people get off the plane, they can take the Airport Express Line, going to different interesting places through the subway lines. The government also strives to open a new line each year from now until 2015. The subway of Beijing reached 300 kilometers in 2010 and it will reach 561 kilometers in 2015. Miss Xiao, who lives in South Water Bridge and works at Hepingli, said that traveling by her car still took her at least one hour from home to work because of traffic jams. Now, because of the railway line 5, Miss Xiao can arrive at her office in less than haft an hour.

229 What are the trafc problems in Beijing now?: A.Drivers drive too fast.
B.Roads are not wide enough.
C.Traffic jams often happen.
D.Traffic lights are always broken.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据"Roads are wider now, but traffic jams (堵塞) often happen every day. " Yuan, a Beijing taxi drivers said.描述，可知选C。

230 What does the underlined phrase "under construction" mean in Chinese?: A.在学习
B.在建造中
C.在应用中
D.在控制中

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
联系上下文，可知此处指的是再今年年底在北京将会有十三条地铁同时处于建设当中，故选B。

231 Why is the opening of the new subway line convenient to tourists?: A.Because the new subway line is very interesting.
B.Because the new subway line's ticket is very cheap.
C.Because people in Beijing can cost less money than that before.
D.Because visitors can take the subway to many different interesting places.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据第三段The opening of the new subway line is convenient to tourists. Before,……Today, as soon as people get off the plane, they can take the Airport Express Line, going to different interesting places through the subway lines.描述，可知选D。

232 Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?: A.Visitors like to take a taxi in Beijing better.
B.The subway of Beijing will reach 300 kilometers in 2015.
C.There will be 15 subway lines in Beijing at the end of the year.
D.It takes Miss Xiao less time to get to her workplace by railway line 5.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据最后一段Now, because of the railway line 5, Miss Xiao can arrive at her office in less than haft an hour.描述，可知选D。

233 What is the main idea of the passage?: A.People in Beijing invented high -speed trains.
B.Railway lines in Beijing only covers some areas.
C.Beijing welcomes visitors from different places.
D.Beijing government has done something to make traffic jams less.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
这篇短文主要介绍了北京市政府已经采取了一些措施来降低北京的交通拥堵问题。故选D。

Before you go to another country it is a great help if you know the language and some of the customs of the country. When people meet each other for the first time in Britain, they say "How do you do?" and shake hands. Usually they do not shake hands when they just meet or say goodbye. But they shake hands after they haven't met for a long time or when they will be away from each other for a long time. Last year a group of German students went to England for a holiday. Their teacher told them that the English people hardly shake hands. So when they met their English friends at the station, they kept their hands behind their backs. The English students had learned that the Germans shake hands as often as possible, so they put their hands in front and got ready to shake hands with them. It made both of them laugh.

234 It is ______ if you know the language and some of the customs of the country.: A.not useful
B.not helpful
C.very helpful
D.very bad

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第一段it is a great help if you know the language and some of the customs of the country 描述，可知选C。

235 English people usually shake hands when they ______.: A.meet every time
B.meet for the first time
C.say goodbye to each other
D.say hello to each other

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第二段When people meet each other for the first time in Britain, they say "How do you do?" and shake hands.描述，可知选B。

236 Usually English people don't shake hands ______.: A.when they will be away for a long time
B.when they say "How do you do?"
C.when they just meet or say goodbye
D.after they haven't met for a long time

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第二段Usually they do not shake hands when they just meet or say goodbye.描述，可知选C。

237 Which of the statements is RIGHT?: A.German people shake hands as often as possible.
B.English people shake hands as often as possible
C.German people hardly shake hands
D.Neither English people nor Germans shaking hands.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据最后一段The English students had learned that the Germans shake hands as often as possible,描述，可知选A。

238 The story is about ______.: A.shaking hands
B.languages
C.customs
D.languages and customs

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
这篇短文中主要谈论了不同国家在交际中的一些习惯，故选C。

The word "day" has two meanings. When we talk about the number of days in a year, we are using"day"to mean 24 hours. But when we talk about day and night, we are using"day"to mean the time between sunrise and sunset. Since the earth looks like a ball, the sun can shine on only half of it at a time. Always one half of the earth is having day and the other half night. A place is moved from day into night and from night into day over and over by the spinning（旋转）of the earth. At the equator（赤道）day and night are sometimes the same length（长度）. They are each twelve hours long. The sun rises at 6 o'clock in the morning and sets at 6 o'clock in the evening. For six months the North Pole is tilted（倾斜）toward the sun. In those months the Northern Hemisphere（半球）gets more hours of sunlight than the Southern Hemisphere. Days are longer than nights. South of the equator nights are longer than days. For the other six months the North Pole is tilted away from the sun. Then the Southern Hemisphere gets more sunlight. Days are longer than nights. North of the equator nights are longer than days. Winter is the season of long nights. Summer is the season of long days.

239 A place is moved from day into night and from night into day over and over by ____ of the earth.: A.the pushing
B.the pulling
C.the spinning
D.the passing

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据A place is moved from day into night and from night into day over and over by the spinning（旋转）of the earth.描述,可知选C.

240 At the equator day is as long as night ________.: A.sometimes
B.never
C.usually
D.always

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据At the equator（赤道）day and night are sometimes the same length（长度）.描述,可知选A.

241 When the North Pole is tilted toward the sun, the Northern Hemisphere gets _______ sunlight.: A.less
B.more
C.all
D.no

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据For six months the North Pole is tilted（倾斜）toward the sun. In those months the Northern Hemisphere（半球）gets more hours of sunlight than the Southern Hemisphere.描述,可知选B.

Eating out is more popular in Britain today than it has ever been. It is reported that British people spend more eating out than cooking for themselves and eating at home. It seems that many British people are becoming more and more interested in how good their food tastes, and also how healthy it is. However, eating out can also be expensive, so British people do not eat out every night. When having a date with friends, or having a birthday, many people like to go to a restaurant, and people often also eat in a restaurant before going to the cinema or the theater. As in all cultures, there are many rules of manners about eating. The knife and fork should be used in the correct way. It is also impolite to speak with your mouth full when you are eating. Most British cities have a large collection of food as well as British food, from the very cheap to the very expensive---French, Italian, Indian, Chinese, Thai, Japanese and many, many more. When people are too tired to cook after work, they often get a "take-away". This means that they order from a take-out restaurant by telephone, and then go to get it. Many take-out restaurants also send it to your house. All you have to do is to open the door, pay and eat!

242 When do British people often eat in a restaurant?: A.After having a birthday.
B.Before watching a movie.
C.When they feel tired.
D.If they want to have natural food.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第二段and people often also eat in a restaurant before going to the cinema or the theater.描述，可知选B。

243 Many people prefer to eat out nowadays because __________.: A.eating out is cheaper than cooking at home
B.they can learn more manners in the restaurant
C.people care more about their food than before
D.people don't like to stay at home after work

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第一段It seems that many British people are becoming more and more interested in how good their food tastes, and also how healthy it is.描述，可知选C。

244 From the fourth paragraph, we can learn that _________.: A.British dishes are very expensive
B.Japanese dishes are most expensive
C.British people like foreign food
D.French food is most popular

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据本段描述，可知英国人也喜欢外国食品，故选C。

245 What is the best title of the passage?: A.British restaurant culture
B.British table manners
C.Best restaurants in Britain
D.Best food in Britain

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
这篇短文主要介绍了英国人的饮食文化，故选A，英国人的餐馆文化。

Different countries have different customs. When you travel to another countries，please follow their customs，just as the saying goes，"_________ ." Very often people who travel to the United States forget to tip（付小费）.It is usual to tip porters who help carry your bags，taxi drivers and waiters. Waiters expect to get a 15% tip on the cost of your meal. Taxi drivers expect about the same amount. In England，make sure to stand in line even if there are only two of you. It's important to respect lines there. It's a good idea to talk about the weather. It's a favorite subject of conversation with the British. In Spain，it's a good idea to have a light meal in the afternoon if someone invites you for dinner. People have dinner very late，and restaurants do not generally open until after 9 pm. In Arab countries，men kiss one another on the cheek（脸颊）. Your host may welcome you with a kiss on both cheeks. It is polite for you to do the same. In Japan，people usually give personal or business cards to each other when they meet for the first time. When a person gives you a card，don't put it into your pocket right away. The person expects you to read it. Don't forget to be careful of your body language to express something In conversation. A kind of body language that is acceptable in one culture may be impolite in another.

246 When you travel to the USA，you don't need to tip __________.: A.porters
B.waiters
C.taxi drivers
D.conductor

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据短文第二段描述，可知在美国旅行要注意给搬运工人，服务员和出租司机小费，没有提及给售票员，故选D。

247 The missing sentence in the first paragraph should be" __________ .": A.Love me，love my dog .
B.He who laughs last laughs best
C.When in Rome，do as the Romans do
D.Where there is a will，there is a way

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
联系前文描述，可知这句话的意思是：入乡随俗。故选C，当你在罗马时，按照罗马人做的方式做。

248 The underline word "porters" in the passage means __________.: A.搬运工
B.清洁工
C.接线员
D.售票员

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
联系下文who help carry your bags, 可知此处指的是搬运工人，故选A。

249 Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage ?: A.In Spain，People usually have dinner very early.
B.In England it's a not polite to talk about the weather.
C.In Arab countries，men kiss one another on the cheek .
D.In Japan you should not read the business card as soon as you get it.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据In Arab countries, men kiss one another on the cheek. 描述，可知选C。

250 What's the best title of the passage ？: A.How to Tip
B.Body Language
C.When to Have Dinner
D.Advice to International Travelers

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
这篇短文主要描述了世界上一些不同国家的风俗习惯，故选D，给国际旅行者的建议。

Many children use the Internet to get useful knowledge and information, and to relax in their free time. But some of them are not using in a good way. Here are some rules to make sure you are safe and have fun on the Internet. Make rules for Internet use with your parents. For example, when you can go online, for how long and what activities you can go online. Don't give your password (密码) to anyone else, and never leak out the following information---your real name, home address, age, school, phone number or other personal information. Check with your parents before giving out a credit (信用) card number. Never send a photo of yourself to someone in e-mail unless your parents say it's OK. Check with your parents before going into a chat room. Different chat rooms have different rules and attract different kinds of people. You and your parents must make sure it's a right place for you. Never agree to meet someone you met on the Internet without your parent's permission (允许). Never meet anyone you met on line alone. Always remember that people online may not be who they say they are. Treat everyone online as strangers. If something you see or read online makes you uncomfortable, leave the site. Tell a parent or teacher right away.。Treat other people as you'd like to be treated. Never use bad language. Remember—not everything you read on the Internet is true.

251 If you want a true friend on the Internet , you can ____________ .: A.tell the people what your name is .
B.meet the people on line alone.
C.write an e-mail about yourself .
D.get your parent's permission.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据短文描述,可知如果要交一个真正的网友,需要得到父母的同意,故选D.

252 It's good for children to ________ on the Internet.: A.give password to others
B.get useful knowledge and information
C.give out a credit card number
D.go into a chat room as they'd like to

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据Many children use the Internet to get useful knowledge and information,及下文描述,可知作者认为孩子们上网获取有益信息是有好处的.故选B.

253 The underlined phrase "leak out" in the second paragraph may mean "________.": A.赠送
B.泄露
C.拿走
D.出示

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
联系下文the following information,可知此处指的是泄露信息的意思,故选B.

254 If your parents don't agree, never ________.: A.read anything on the Internet
B.relax in your free time
C.have a face-to face meeting with anyone you met online
D.treat other people as you'd like to be treated

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据Never agree to meet someone you met on the Internet without your parent's permission.描述,可知选C.

255 This passage is mainly about "________".: A.How to use Computers
B.Surfing on the Internet
C.Information on the Internet
D.Internet Safety Rules

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
这篇短文主要针对青少年上网问题,向他们提出了几点需要注意的上网安全规则.故选D,网络安全守则.

In 1826, a Frenchman named Niepce needed pictures for his business .But he was not a good artist. So he invented a very simple camera. He put it in a window of his house and took a picture of his garden. That was the first photo. The next important date in the history of photography (摄影术) was in 1837. That year, Daguerre, another Frenchman, took a picture of his reading room. He used a new kind of camera in a different way. In his picture you could see everything very clearly, even the smallest thing. This kind of photo was called a Daguerreotype. Soon, other people began to use Daguerre's way. Travelers brought back wonderful photos from all around the world. People took pictures of famous buildings, cities and mountains. In about 1840, photography was developed.Then photographers could take pictures of people and moving things.That was not simple. The photographers had to carry a lot of films and other machines. But this did not stop them, for example, some in the United States worked so hard. Mathew Brady was a famous American photographers. He took many pictures of great people.The picture were unusual beause they were very lifelike(栩栩如生的). Photographers also became one kind of art by the end of the 19th century. Some photos were not just copies of the real world. They showed the ideas and feelings, like other kinds of art.

256 The first photo taken by Niepce was a picturte of ____________: A.his business
B.his garden
C.his window

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据He put it in a window of his house and took a picture of his garden.描述可知选B。

257 The Daguerreotype was____________.: A.a Frenchman
B.a kind of picture
C.a kind of camera

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据In his picture you could see everything very clearly, even the smallest thing. This kind of photo was called a Daguerro type.描述可知选B。

258 If a photographer wanted to take pictures of moving things in the year of 1840, he had to__________.: A.watch lots of films
B.buy an expensive camera
C.take many films and something else with him.

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据That was not simple. The photographers had to carry a lot of film and other machines.描述可知选C。

259 Mathew Brady______________.: A.was very lifelike
B.was quite strong
C.was famous for his unusual pictures

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据Mathew Brady was a famous American photographer. He took many pictures of great people. The pictures were unusual because they were very lifelike 描述可知选B。

260 This passage tells us_____________.: A.how photography was developed
B.how to show your ideas and feelings in pictures
C.how to take pictures in the world

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
这篇短文主要描述了摄影术的发展历史，故选A，摄影术是怎样发展的。

Teahouses in Chengdu There is a saying, "China has the best teahouses in the world and Chengdu has the best teahouses in China."Chengdu has not only many teahouses but also the special ways of serving and drinking tea. As soon as the visitors enter the teahouses, the waiters or waitresses will greet them with teapots and cups in their hands. The cups often have special covers and saucers(茶碟). The covers can keep the water warm. People who go to the teahouses are not all thirsty. Retired(退休)people pay a little money to the teahouses and then sit there all day long to chat with others. Sometimes, people have parties in the teahouses. They eat fruit and sunflower seeds(瓜子)while they chat and return home when they are tired. Teahouses are also good places for people to talk about businesses. Some of the teahouses even have stages for performances, such as storytelling, cross talk and Sichuan Opera. Sometimes when people have a quarrel, a mediator(调解员)will bring them to the teahouse. After their problem is solved, the person who is wrong will pay for the tea. It is interesting that as soon as the quarrelers enter the teahouse and sit down to drink tea, they have almost calmed down. With the help of the mediator, their problems can be easily solved then. Maybe we can say the teahouses have some special social functions.

261 Chengdu has the best teahouses in China because _____.: A.the serving of the teahouses in Chengdu is very special
B.there are many people in Chengdu teahouses
C.there are many old men in Chengdu teahouses
D.the cups in Chengdu teahouses are old

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据第一段Chengdu has not only many teahouses but also the special ways of serving and drinking tea.描述，可知选A。

262 People in Chengdu's teahouses may _____ while they are drinking according to the passage.: A.enjoy interesting stories
B.watch movies
C.listen to Beijing Opera
D.quarrel in loud voice

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据第三段Some of the teahouses even have stages for performances, such as storytelling, cross talk and Sichuan Opera.描述，可知选A。

263 Who will pay for the tea after the mediator solve some problems?: A.The mediator himself
B.The person who caused the problem
C.All the persons in the teahouse
D.The owner of the teahouse

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第三段After their problem is solved, the person who is wrong will pay for the tea.描述，可知选B。

264 This passage is taken from some newspaper. Which part do you think it is from?: A.The sports part.
B.The news part.
C.The culture part.
D.The education part.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
这篇短文主要讲述的成都的茶文化，故选C，文化部分。

265 This passage mainly talks about _______.: A.how to make tea
B.how to open a teahouse
C.the special functions of the teahouses
D.the special way of enjoying tea

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据短文第三段描述，可知本文重点内容讲述的是成都的茶文化对于社会生活的影响，故选C。

You probably know you should say" please" and "thank you " at restaurants. You probably know the rules of a library. You know you should respect and be nice to your classmates. But do you have music manners? Keep It Down! You have to notice the volume of your music. You should not play your music so loud that everyone around you can hear it. Some people might even get angry. Usually, when you play the music loud on an MP3 player, other people can't hear the words of the song. They just hear a loud sound. Not one wants to listen to this. Very loud music can also be bad for your ears, so even if you are alone when listening to our MP3 player, you shouldn't have it turned up too high. Take Them off! You need to know when to turn your MP3 player off and put it away. Libraries and schools don't allow MP3 players. There are other places, like museums, that don't have rules, but it would be rude to have your MP3 player on. Sometimes, it just doesn't make sense to listen to your MP3 player at event. Why would you listen to music at a play, a movie or a sporting event? You would miss what is going on and others would wonder why you even came. Take One Out! Once in a while it's okay just to take out one earphone and not other. Imagine you are listening to your MP3 player when someone asks you the way. It would not be rude to take out one earphone, tell him the way, and put back the earphone and continue listening. You can also do this when you order food at a fast-food restaurant or when you answer the telephone and it's not for you. It's Your Choice! There are times when you need to decide what is best. For example, some people can listen to music on their MP3 Players when read books, while others think it is disturbing. In cases like this, you need to do what seems right for you.

266 The underlined word "volume" in Paragraph Two probably means" _____.: A.the type of music
B.the amount of a sound
C.the length of a song
D.the colour of and MP3 player

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
联系后一句You should not play your music so loud that everyone around you can hear it.描述，可知此处指的是音量的含义，故选B。

267 No one wants to listen to _____ from others' MP3 player.: A.a loud sound
B.sad stories
C.a long movie
D.the words of a song

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据第二段Usually, when you play the music loud on an MP3 player, other people can't hear the words of the song. They just hear a loud sound. Not one wants to listen to this.描述，可知选A。

268 We can take one earphone out when we _____.: A.show others the way
B.talk to fiends on the phone
C.watch a sporting event
D.have dinner with our parents

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据短文倒数第二段描述，可知选A。

269 It's all right to use our MPS player in _____.: A.schools
B.libraries
C.restaurants
D.museums

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据You can also do this when you order food at a fast-food restaurant or when you answer the telephone and it's not for you.描述，可知选C。

270 What can be the best title of this passage?: A.Music Lovers
B.Music Manners
C.MP3 Players
D.MP3 Earphones

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
这篇短文主要讲述了我们在听音乐时应该注意的一些社会礼貌问题，故选B，音乐礼仪。

Did you visit the Shanghai World Expo last summer? What impressed (给……留下印象) you? 21st Century Kids invites four kids to talk about their experiences. They are back from the Expo. What did they bring us? Let's see what they have to say. I went to the SAIC-GM Pavilion (上汽集团通用汽车馆). I found my dream car there. It is a green car. Its name is "Leaf". Chinese engineers made the car. Its roof is in the shape of a leaf. The roof takes in CO2 and changes it into electricity for the car. The Japan Pavilion is full of high technology. The "Wonder Camera" is cool. It can find a smiling face in a crowd. When you're smiling, it takes a photo of you. I want to invent something like that in the future. My favorite pavilion is the Germany Pavilion. I watched the Energy Source show. Visitors made a ball swing back and forth (来回摇摆) by using only their voices. It's amazing! Although we had waited for quite a long time before we entered the hall, I think it is well worth seeing with your own eyes. I like painting, so my parents took me to the France Pavilion to see the famous paintings. But the French cooks caught my eye. I saw them cook. My mom told me that they are some of the best cooks in the world. The dish they cooked looked like a painting. So, being a cook is my second dream job.

271 The 21st Century Kids seems to be _____.: A.a travel service
B.a newspaper
C.a group of tourists
D.four children

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据第一段21st Century Kids invites four kids to talk about their experiences.描述，可知这可能是一家报纸，故选B。

272 What does the underlined word "electricity" mean in the passage?: A.电
B.汽油
C.灯光
D.指示

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
联系前文The roof takes in CO2 and changes it into 描述，可知此处指的是把二氧化碳转变成电能，故选A。

273 What activity did the writer experience in the France Pavilion?: A.Using the "Wonder Camera"
B.Driving the green car "Leaf".
C.To have delicious French dishes.
D.To see cooks painting.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段描述，可知作者在法国馆里面见到了法国美食，故选C。

274 What made the ball in the Germany Pavilion swing?: A.Visitors' smiling faces
B.CO2 from cars
C.Some secret power
D.Noise made by visitors

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据短文第四段Visitors made a ball swing back and forth (来回摇摆) by using only their voices.描述，可知选D。

275 The trip to the Shanghai World Expo made the four kids _____.: A.hardworking and polite
B.amazed and frightened
C.patient and cheerful
D.excited and curious

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据这四个孩子对他们参观过程的描述，可知他们是又兴奋又紧张，故选D。

Americans with small families own a small car or a large one. If both parents are working, they usually have two cars. When the family is large, one of the cars is sold and they will buy a van (住房汽车). A small car can hold (容纳) four persons and a large car can hold six persons but it is very crowded(拥挤). A van hold seven persons easily, so a family with three children could ask their grandparents to go on a holiday travel. They could all travel together. Mr Hagen and his wife had a third child last year. This made them sell a second car and bought a van. The sixth and seventh seat are used to put other things, for a family of five must carry many suitcases(衣箱) when they travel. When they arrive at their grandparents' home, the suitcases are brought into the home and the two seats can then carry the grandparents. Americans call vans motor homes. A motor home is always used for holidays. When a family are traveling to the mountains or to the seaside, they can live in their motor home for a few days or weeks. All the members of a big family can enjoy a happier life when they are traveling together. That is why motor homes have become very popular. In America there are many parks for motor homes.

276 From the passage, a van is also called _________。: A.a motor car
B.a motor home
C.a motorbike
D.a big truck

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据Americans call vans motor homes.描述可知选B。

277 Before Mr Hagen and his wife bought a van, they _________。: A.sold their old house
B.moved to their grandparents' house
C.built a new place for a ran
D.sold their second car

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据This made them sell a second car and bus a van.可知选D。

278 A motor home is usually owned by a family with _________。: A.a baby
B.much money
C.more than two children
D.interest in van

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据so a family three children could ask their grandparents to go on a holiday travel They could all travel together.及上下文描述可知选C。

279 Americans usually use motor homes _________: A.to travel with all the family members on holiday
B.to do some shopping with all the family members
C.to visit their grandparents at weekends
D.to drive their children to school every day

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据A motor home is always used for holidays.可知选A。

280 Motor homes have become popular because_________: A.they can take people to another city when people are free
B.they can let families have a happier life when they go out for their holidays
C.some people think motor homes are cheap
D.big families can put more things in motor homes

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据All the members of a big family can enjoy a happier life when they are traveling together. That is why motor homes have become very popular.描述可知选B。

Hello, everyone. Because of the high rate of school violence(暴力) in some areas, teenagers' safety becomes a serious problem. We are planning to set up an organization named School Watch to make sure that students have a safe school environment. Please be part of our plan! What is School Watch? School Watch is a volunteer project in our school. It helps us stop violence and improve the quality of school life. It will keep yourself and your schoolmates safe. The other members of School Watch care for you and your classroom, and you do the same for them. Is it for everyone? Anybody can become a member of School Watch because everyone has something to offer. What else can it do? School Watch makes it possible for us not only to help each other but also to make friends with each other. Some members may offer to help the schoolmates who have problems with their homework. Who is the School Watch? Our school will look for the School Watcher and give him or her lots of prizes. You could be the one! How do you start? To be part of this plan, the only thing you need to do is to talk to the director of the plan in your grade. You can check the official website at www.schoolwatch.com if you want to get more information.

281 School Watch can help its members_______.: A.save the environment
B.go to school on time
C.improve the quality of school life
D.organize the sports activities

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据School Watch is a volunteer project in our school. It helps us stop violence and improve the quality of school life.描述,可知选C.

282 The members of School Watch are probably______.: A.teenagers
B.doctors
C.parents
D.policemen

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据The other members of School Watch care for you and your classroom, and you do the same for them.描述,可知他的成员都是青少年.故选A.

283 Anyone can become a member of School Watch because ______.: A.everyone may have problems
B.everyone can give help to others
C.everyone doesn't go to school
D.everyone isn't busy

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据Anybody can become a member of School Watch because everyone has something to offer.描述,可知选B。

284 The best School Watcher will get a lot of prizes from_____ every year.: A.the website
B.the school
C.the parents
D.the director

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据Our school will look for the School Watcher and give him or her lots of prizes. 描述，可知选B。

285 If you want to become a member of School Watch, you should ______.: A.check the website
B.talk to the director of the plan in your grade
C.be good at school work
D.go to the police

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据To be part of this plan, the only thing you need to do is to talk to the director of the plan in your grade. 描述，可知选B。

Every morning my father buys a newspaper on his way to work. Every evening my mother looks through magazines at home. And every night, I look at the posters with photos of David Beckham and Yao Ming on my bedroom wall before I go to sleep. Can we imagine life without paper or print? Paper was first created about 2,000 years ago, and has been made from silk, cotton, bamboo, and, since the 19th century, from wood. People learned to write words on paper to make a book. But in those days, books could only be produced one at a time by hand. As a result, they were expensive and rare. And because there weren't many hooks, few people learned to read. Then printing was invented in China. When printing was developed greatly at the beginning of the 11th century, books could be produced more quickly and cheaply. As a result, more people learned to read. After that, knowledge and ideas spread quickly. Today information can be received online, downloaded from the Internet rather than found in books, and information can be kept on CD-ROMs or machines such as MP3 players. Computers are already used in classrooms, and newspapers and magazines can already be read online. So will books be replaced by computers one day? No, I don't think the Yao Ming poster on my bedroom wall will ever be replaced by a computer two metres high!

286 What does the writer do before he goes to sleep'?: A.He reads books.
B.He reads newspapers
C.He looks through magazines
D.He looks at the posters on the wall.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据第一段And every night, I look at the posters with photos of David Beckham and Yao Ming on my bedroom wall before I go to sleep.描述，可知作者在睡觉前都要看着墙上的海报，故选D。

287 When was paper first created?: A.About 2.000 years ago.
B.In the 19th century.
C.About 1.000 years ago.
D.In the 11th century.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据第二段Paper was first created about 2,000 years ago,描述，可知报纸是在大约两千年前产生的。故选A。

288 Why were books expensive and rare before the invention of printing?: A.People could not read.
B.People could not write words on paper.
C.People could not find silk, cotton or bamboo.
D.D People could only produce books one at a time by hand

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：D
系统解析：
根据短文第二段But in those days, books could only be produced one at a time by hand. As a result, they were expensive and rare.描述，可知书籍贵的原因是因为，书籍那时只能手写。故选D。

289 What happened after books became cheaper?: A.People didn't want to buy books.
B.Printing was invented in China.
C.Knowledge and ideas spread quickly.
D.The Internet was introduced to people soon

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据短文第三段As a result, more people learned to read. After that, knowledge and ideas spread quickly.描述，可知在书籍变得便宜之后，知识和思想传播的更快乐。故选C。

290 What is the writer's opinion about books and computers'?: A.People won't need books any more
B.Books won't be replaced by computers.
C.People prefer to find information in books.
D.Computers have already replaced books.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据短文最后一段描述，可知作者认为电脑不会代替电脑，故选B。

Mother's Day is a holiday for mothers. It is celebrated in the United States, England, India and some other countries. In a short time, it becomes widely celebrated. Mother's Day falls on the second Sunday in May. On that day, many people send gifts of love to their mothers, those whose mothers are still living often wear a pink or red rose or carnation, while those whose mothers are dead wear a white one. The idea of a Day for mothers was first given by Miss Anna Jarvis of Philadelphia. As a result of hard work, the celebration of the first American Mother's Day was held in Philadelphia on May 10th, 1908. Soon the holiday became popular all over the country and all over the world. In China, people do the same or the day for mothers, and in some cities, people sometimes ask a song to be broadcasted for his or her mother only. This might cost a little money for some of them. But it is said "Love is invaluable."On May 8, 1999, just the day before the Mother's Day, this year, just a Chinese mother was killed in criminal bombling. Her name is Shao Yunhuan, a heroic mother. All the Chinese will remember her forever.

291 Mother's Day ________________________.: A.is a holiday for mothers.
B.is celebrated in the United States only.
C.falls on May 10th every year.

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段Mother's Day is a holiday for mothers.描述，可知母亲节是一个给母亲们的节日。故选A。

292 What was the date of the Mother's Day this year in the passage?: A.May 7, 1999
B.May 8, 1999
C.May 9, 1999

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第一段Mother's Day falls on the second Sunday in May. 描述结合日历表，可以推断1999年五月份的第二个星期日是9日，故选C。

293 On Mother's Day, people ______________.: A.wear a pink or red rose or carnation
B.wear a white flower
C.send gifts of love to their mothers.

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段On that day, many people send gifts of love to their mothers, 描述，可知在母亲节那天，人们给母亲们赠送礼物。故选C。

294 "Love is invaluable " Here the word "invaluable" means _________.: A.美好的
B.无价的
C.永恒的

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
词义猜测题。联系上下文描述，可知此处指的是母爱是无价的。故选B。

295 Maybe you have known the criminal bombing, which of the following ideas do you agree to ?: A.Shao Yunhuan is a great mother.
B.A Chinese mother is the same as an American mother.
C.Both A and B

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据最后一段及前文描述，可知邵云环是一位伟大的母亲，她和美国的母亲们一样都应该受到人们的尊重。故选C。

Every year people celebrate the Spring Festival in China.Usually it is in January or February.It's the most important (重要的) festival in China.So before it comes，everyone buys many things，and they often make a special kind of food called dumplings—It means(意思是) "come together".Parents always buy new clothes for their children and children also buy presents for their parents.On the Spring Festival eve (除夕)，all the family come back home. They sing, dance and play cards.When they enjoy the meal，they give each other the best wishes for the coming new year.All of them have a good time.

296 Which is the most important festival in China?: A.The Mid-Autumn Festival.
B.The Spring Festival.
C.Children's Day.
D.May Day.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。文中Every year people celebrate the Spring Festival in China. It's the most important (重要的) festival in China.在中国每个人都庆祝春节，它是中国最重要的节日。故选B。

297 The Chinese usually have their Spring Festival in ________.: A.January or February
B.February or March
C.September or October
D.December or January

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。文中Usually it is in January or February，它经常在一月或二月。故选A。

298 What's the special kind of food for the Spring Festival in China?: A.Fruit.
B.Fish.
C.Dumplings.
D.Chicken.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。文中描述…they often make a special kind of food called dumplings,他们经常做一种特殊的食物叫做饺子，故选C。

299 The food "dumplings" means "________".: A.be nice
B.be hungry
C.come together
D.come back

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。文中描述…they often make a special kind of food called dumplings—It means(意思是) "come together", 他们经常做一种特殊的食物叫做饺子，它意味着团聚。故选C。

300 From this passage, we know ________.: A.Chinese Spring Festival is children's festival.
B.Sometimes Chinese Spring Festival comes in October.
C.The children don't get any presents from their parents at Spring Festival.
D.All the family usually get together and have a big dinner on the Spring Festival Eve.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
判断推理题。文中描述On the Spring Festival eve (除夕)，all the family come back home，在除夕夜，所有家人都回到家里，从而判断D正确。

Americans are very direct people. When they want something, they say"Yes"， and when they don't, they say "No".If they want something different from what is given, they ask for it. Here's an example : I arrive at someone's house and he or she gives me wine, but I don't want wine. Maybe I don't like it or maybe I just don't want it. I will say "No thanks". If everyone around me is drinking something, I would ask for something else,"No thanks. But I'll take a bit of tea if you have some." It's a polite way to ask something you really want. If I really want wine, I just say "Yes, thank you". Unless they happen know the Chinese customs(风俗；习惯)，westerners will not ask you again and again after you to eat or drink something.

301 If Americans want something, they would say"＿＿".: A.yes, thank you
B.No, thanks
C.No, I'm sorry
D.Yes, why not

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。文章第一段When they want something, they say"Yes"如果他们想要什么东西，他们会说"好的"，故选A"好的，谢谢"。

302 When Americans don't want what is given, they would say"＿＿": A.No, I don't
B.No，thanks
C.Yes, thanks
D.No, I'm sorry

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。文章描述Maybe I don't like it or maybe I just don't want it. I will say "No thanks"如果我不喜欢或是不想要，我会说"不，谢谢"，故选B。

303 In this passage,"westerners" means＿＿.: A.the people who lives in the west of their county
B.the visitors who go to the western countries
C.the people who lives in the western countries
D.the people who know the customs of the west

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
词意猜测题。Westerns西方人，选C，指住在西方国家的人。

304 The Chinese people might ＿＿if you don't want something given.: A.be glad
B.say"thank you"
C.Get angry
D.Ask you again to take it

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
判断推理题。根据文中最后一句Unless they happen know the Chinese customs(风俗；习惯)，westerners will not ask you again and again after you to eat or drink something.除非是知道中国人的风俗，西方人是不会一遍又一遍的要不吃点或喝点东西。由此判断D正确。

305 From this passage we know that ＿＿.: A.the Chinese people are direct
B.The Chinese customs are better
C.the westerners are more polite
D.Different countries have different customs

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
判断推理题。根据文中最后一句Unless they happen know the Chinese customs(风俗；习惯)，westerners will not ask you again and again after you to eat or drink something.除非是知道中国人的风俗，西方人是不会一遍又一遍的要不吃点或喝点东西。可知中西方文化有差异，故选D。

My interest in Chinese food started many years ago, when I had my first job. I was a young reporter for the Daily Journal in San Francisco. Our office wasn't far from Chinatown. I usually managed to arrange my time so that I could go there at least two or three times a week for a good meal. The first time I ever ate Chinese food I loved it. And since then, it just tastes better and better to me. The first thing I noticed was the fresh tastes of the meat and vegetable. When I learned more about the food, I began to understand why it has this special feature. About 5000 years ago, China lost much of its wood because of over population and poor management of its forest. This loss was very bad for the country, of course, but it turned out to be very good for the food. Wood became very expensive and hard to get, so the Chinese had to learn how to use it better. In order to use less wood in cooking, they started to cut their meat and vegetable into small pieces before they put them in the hot oil. That way, the food cooked faster and they saved their fuel. The food prepared in the manner kept its fresh flavor(风味)--- and its this flavor that attracts people to the art of Chinese cooking. I often wonder if the Chinese appreciated their solution to that ancient energy problem as much as I do now --- whenever I eat Chinese food.

306 This passage is mainly about ___________.: A.why Chinese food tastes fresh
B.what Chinese food tastes like
C.how Chinese food is cooked
D.what makes Chinese food special

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。结合文章内容可知，这篇文章主要讲述了为什么中国食物食物尝起来那么新鲜。故选A。

307 The author got to know Chinese food _______________.: A.when he worked as a reporter in China
B.from a news story in the Daily Journal
C.after he got a taste of it in the Chinatown
D.before he got his first job in San Francisco

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
判断推理题。从文中第一段得知，作者在靠近唐人街的报社当记者，所以经常去唐人街吃中国食物，The first time I ever ate Chinese food I loved it.当他第一次吃中国食物时就喜欢上了。由此可判断C正确。

308 The author thought the Chinese cut meat and vegetable into small pieces in order to _____________.: A.keeping its fresh flavor
B.saving their hard –to-get wood
C.producing a different kind of food
D.attracting westerners to their food

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中第四段In order to use less wood in cooking, they started to cut their meat and vegetable into small pieces before they put them in the hot oil.为了节省做饭的木材，他们把肉和蔬菜切成小块再放到油里炒；由此判断B正确。

309 The word " fuel" in the 4th paragraph most probably means ____________.: A.fresh flavor
B.meat and vegetable
C.hot oil
D.firewood

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
词义猜测题。结合前文，为了节省木材他们把肉和蔬菜切成小块，由此可判断此句意为：通过这种方式，食物可以熟得更快些，也可以节约木材；此处的fuel指的是firewood柴火，故选D。

310 According to the passage, the special freshness of Chinese food is the result of _______________.: A.the wood used to make the cooking fire
B.the fast speed at which it is cooked
C.the high quality of Chinese meat and vegetable
D.the well –developed art of Chinese cooking

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
判断推理题。根据文中描述That way, the food cooked faster and they saved their fuel. The food prepared in the manner kept its fresh flavor(风味)可判断，通过这种方式，食物很快就熟了，以这种方式做好的食物保持了鲜美，所以选B，快速的烹饪保持了食物的鲜美。

The favorite food in the United States is the hamburger. The favorite place to buy a hamburger is a fast food restaurant. At fast food restaurant, people order their food, wait a few minutes, and carry it to their tables themselves. People also take their food out of the restaurant and eat it in their cars or in their homes. At some fast food restaurant, people can order their food, pay for it and pick it up without leaving their cars. There are many kinds of fast food restaurants in the United States. The greatest in number sell hamburgers, French fries and so on. They are popular among Americans. Besides, fast food restaurants that serve Chinese food, Mexican food, Italian food, chicken, seafood and ice-cream are very many. The idea of a fast food restaurant is so popular that nearly every kind of food can be found in one. Fast food restaurants are popular because they reflect(反映) American lifestyle. Customers (顾客)can wear any type of dress when they go to a fast food place. Second, they are fast. People who are busy do not want to spend time preparing their own food or waiting while someone prepares it. In fast food restaurants, food is not expensive. Therefore, people often buy and eat at a fast restaurant, while they may not be able to go to a more expensive restaurant very often.

311 In the United States the favorite food is ____.: A.Chinese food
B.Mexican food
C.French fries
D.the hamburger

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据首句"The favorite food in the United States is the hamburger.在美国最喜欢的食物是汉堡"可知答案，故选D。

312 Americans like to go to fast food restaurants because they _______________.: A.can easily find fast food restaurant
B.like to eat hamburger and French fries
C.are too busy to want to spend time preparing or waiting
D.are so rich that they don't want to do cooking themselves

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。由"Second, they are fast. People who are busy do not want to spend time preparing their own food or waiting while someone prepares it. 第二，他们很快。很忙的人不想花时间准备自己的食物或是等待某人做。"可得出答案，故选C。

313 _______ of fast food restaurants sell hamburgers and French fries.: A.All
B.Most
C.Few
D.None

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。由"The greatest in number sell hamburgers, French fries and so on，大多数都卖汉堡和炸薯条等等"可以得出答案，故选B。

314 The food in fast food restaurant is ____ ready before the customers order it.: A.always
B.usually
C.seldom
D.never

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。由"Second, they are fast. People who are busy do not want to spend time preparing their own food or waiting while someone prepares it. 第二，他们很快。很忙的人不想花时间准备自己的食物或是等待某人做。"特别是"while someone prepares it等待某人做"可以推测出是准备好的，一直always不符合情理，故选B。

315 The best title for the passage is ______.: A.The Fast Food Restaurants in the U.S.
B.The Hamburger in the U.S.A.
C.American Life Style
D.All Kinds of Food in the U.S.A.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
标题归纳题。结合全文，由最喜爱的食物引出最主要的美国快餐店，全文都是围绕快餐店展开介绍，故选A 。

There is one language, and people, young and old , men and women, use it very often, in every country in the world. It is everyone's second language . You can't hear it, but it is very easy to understand . It is sign （手势）language. When you wave（招手）to a friend in the street, you are using sign language. When you put up your hand in class, you are saying "Please ask me, I think I know the right answer". When a police officer wants to stop cars or buses, he puts up his hand. He's using sign language. Churchill's famous "V for Victory（胜利）"is also sign language. Sign language is useful（有用的）in quite places full of noise (吵闹声). Even when you are swimming with your friends , you can have a talk under water.

316 _________in the world use sign language.: A.Many people
B.Police officers
C.All people
D.Students and teachers

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文的第一句话世界所有的人都用肢体语言，可知答案选C。

317 You can't hear sign language because it's_________language.: A.a difficult
B.not a
C.an easy
D.not a spoken

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据You can't hear it, but it is very easy to understand . It is sign （手势）language.肢体语言不能听到原因是它不发声音。所以选B。

318 When you put up your hand in class, you mean _________.: A.you can answer the question
B.you want to write a question
C.you can use sign language
D.both A and B

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文的第二段第二句话当你在课堂上举手时，表明自己能够回答问题，可知答案为A。

319 In a noisy place the best way to talk is to _________.: A.speak louder（大声）
B.use sign language
C.speak in a low voice（小声）
D.stop the noise

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文的第二段倒数第二句话可知在噪音比较大的地方用肢体语言是最好的，故选B。

320 Which of the following is TRUE?: A.People often use sign language.
B.Only Churchill used "V for Victory".
C.Teachers don't know sign language.
D.To nod one's head（点头）isn't sign language.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文讲述人们经常用肢体语言，可知答案为A。

British English and American English A student is studying British English. He wonders: Can I have a talk with Americans? Can they catch me? Learners of English often ask--what are the differences between British English and American English? How important are these differences? Certainly, there are some differences between British English and American English. There are a few differences in grammar（语法）. For example, speakers of British English say "in hospital" and "Have you a pen?" Americans "in the hospital" and "Do you have a pen?" Pronunciation (发音) is sometimes different. Americans usually sound the "r" in words like "car" and "farm". Some speakers of British English do not sound the "r" in these words. There are differences between British English and American English in spelling and vocabulary. For example, " colour" and " honour" are British English spellings. "Color" and "honor" are American English spellings. These differences are in grammar, pronunciation, spelling and vocabulary. However, they are not important. For the most part, British English and American English are the same language.

321 In American English, we can say, " _________ ? ": A.Have you a new book
B.Do you have a new book
C.Are you have a new book
D.Can you to have a new book

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Americans "Do you have a pen?" （美国人说Do you have a pen?）可知选B。

322 Between British English and American English, sometimes pronunciation is __________.: A.poor
B.different
C.high
D.short

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Pronunciation (发音) is sometimes different.（发音有时不同。）可知选 B。

323 In American English, the word "favourite"can be spelt ___________ .: A.favoruite
B.favurite
C.favorite
D.favorite

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据"Color" and "honor" are American English spellings. （"Color" 和"honor"是美国英语的拼写形式。）可知选C。

324 Englishmen say "in hospital", while Americans say ___________ .: A.at the hospital
B.in the hospital
C.by hospital
D.to hospital

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Americans "in the hospital"（美国人说in the hospital。）可知选 B。

325 The main idea of the passage is that __________ .: A.there are no differences between British English and American English
B.British English and American English are two different languages
C.speakers of British English and American English speak the same language
D.we shouldn't speak English

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据最后一句For the most part, British English and American English are the same language. （大体说来，英国英语和美国英语是同一个语言。）可知选C。

Tibet is in the southwest of China. It is the home to many natural wonders, such as valleys, mountains, lakes and even deserts. Tibet is very large, so it is perfect for traveling, especially the bike tour(旅游). You can start the wonderful bike tour in Tibet's capital, Lhasa. It is 3600 metres above the sea level. It's very high, isn't it? So it is important to spend a few days there to get used to（习惯） the thin air there, or you may feel sick and get hurt. The bike tour will pass rivers, large open grassland and high mountains, including the world's famous Mount Everest(珠穆朗玛峰). After finishing the bike tour, people will feel quite successful. They will also have hundreds of photos of the wonderful places.

326 Tibet is the home to _____________ .: A.valleys
B.mountains
C.deserts
D.many natural wonders

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据It is the home to many natural wonders.（它是许多自然奇观的发源地）可知选D。

327 Tibet is a perfect place for the bike tour ___________.: A.because of the old people there
B.because bike is cheap
C.because it is very rich
D.because it is large

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Tibet is very large, so it is perfect for traveling, especially the bike tour(旅游).（西藏很大，所以旅游，尤其是骑自行车旅游是最理想的旅游方式。）可知选D。

328 Why do people have to stay in Lhasa for a few days?: A.To meet friends there.
B.To get used to the thin air there.
C.To go home in the first week.
D.To wait until it rains.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据So it is important to spend a few days there to get used to（习惯） the thin air there,（因此，花几天的时间去适应那里稀薄的空气很重要。）可知选B。

329 People usually feel __________ after the bike tour.: A.unhappy
B.sad
C.blue
D.successful

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据After finishing the bike tour, people will feel quite successful. （完成自行车旅行后，人们将会感到很成功。）可知选D。

330 People often have _______ when they finish the difficult journey.: A.a bad cold
B.a broken bike
C.hundreds of photos
D.a lot of new friends

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据They will also have hundreds of photos of the wonderful places.（他们也将有成百上千张美丽图片的照片。）可知选C。

1. The Dream It is everyone's dream to work at home or not work at all. You can plan your own hours and work when you want to. There is no more rush hour and no hours that people waste when they get to and from a job every day. 2. The Fact The fact is that this dream can be attained. You can stay at home, work when you want to and make money when you need to. There are plenty of chances for you to make money at home, just by using your computer and the Internet. 3. Start Today! Educate yourself, look closely into all the chances and decide on what works best for you. It will not happen during one night, but you can make the decision today and start to make it happen today. 4. How Could You Do It? Do you have a blog, miniblog or a personal website like millions of other people? Are you using it to make money? Most of these blogs and website owners are not. But you can do that! 5. _________When you have your computer and the Internet working for you, your businesses will be working for you 24 hours a day, seven days a week. You will make money while you sleep, travel or do whatever you want to do all day long. 6. Get Going! There are many ways you can make money with your computer. And you can begin your stay-at-home businesses with just a little money. What are you waiting for?

331 In which part of a newspaper would you most probably read this passage?: A.Sports.
B.News.
C.Culture.
D.Business.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
D推理判断题。In which part of a newspaper would you most probably read this passage?本句问的是"在报纸的哪个部分你最可能读到这一段文字？"这篇文章讲的是赚钱之道。选项A. Sports运动， B. News新闻， C. Culture文化都不符合意思，D. Business生意，商业。所以答案是D。

332 What does the underlined word "attained"in Point 2 mean?: A.Broken.
B.Achieved.
C.Lost.
D.Destroyed ( 毁坏 ).

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
B词义猜测题。What does the underlined word "attained"in Point 2 mean?本句问"划线的词是什么意思/"A.Broken破坏；B. Achieved达到；实现；C. Lost失去；D. Destroyed ( 毁坏 )。B. Achieved的意思是实现，根据下文的内容You can stay at home, work when you want to and make money when you need to.可知，可以呆在家里不出门，通过电脑和网络实现赚钱的梦想。可知答案是B。

333 What's the best title for Point 5?: A.Sleep 24 Hours a Day.
B.Make Money Every moment.
C.Play All Day Long.
D.Travel Around the World .

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
B段落大意题。What's the best title for Point 5?本句的问题是"第五点的题目是什么？"A. Sleep 24 Hours a Day.每天睡24小时；B. Make Money Every moment.每时每刻都挣钱； C. Play All Day Long.整天玩；D. Travel Around the World .环游世界。该段的下文讲的是"每周七天，每天24小时，无论在睡觉、出行还是做别的事时，都可以赚钱。"根据You will make money while you sleep, travel or do whatever you want to do all day long.可知答案是B.

334 Which of the following is NOT TRUE according to the passage?: A.People need a lot of money to start a stay-at-home business.
B.People can even use their blogs to make money.
C.People can plan their own time when they work at home.
D.People can make the best decision and start to make it happy today.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
A推理判断题. 问题是"根据短文下面那一句不实？"A.People need a lot of money to start a stay-at-home business.人们需要很多钱来开始在家做生意；B.People can even use their blogs to make money.人们甚至可以用博客赚钱；C.People can plan their own time when they work at home.人们在家工作时可以在家安排时间；D.People can make the best decision and start to make it happy today.人们可以作出最佳决定今天就开始使它幸福。根据最后一段中" you can begin your stay-at-home businesses with just a little money."一句可判断A答案不符合文章大意。可知答案是A。

New York City is a very large city with 8 million people. How do so many people move on their way to work and school? In New York you can travel by subways, bus, taxi and private (私人的) car. The subway runs on the railroad lines under the city. It crosses the city at different points and goes to all parts of the city. Travelling by subway is the fastest way to get around the city. The second way to travel is by bus. It is a slower way to travel. You can also travel by taxi. This is very expensive, but the taxi will take you to every place you want to go to. If traffic is heavy, the taxi will be slow. During the mornings and afternoons, there is the "rush hour". This is the time when the traffic is very heavy with people going to and from work.. The last way is to use your private car. It's not good to drive during the "rush hour". If there is an accident on the road, you will have to wait for a long time. The best time to travel is from 9 a.m to 4.pm . Traffic will be less crowded during this time because most people are already at school or at work at that time.

335 How many ways of travelling are mentioned (提到) in the passage?: A.Two
B.Three
C.Four
D.Five

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。从In New York you can travel by subways, bus, taxi and private (私人的) car. .得知答案，故选C。

336 The word "rush hour" in Chinese means _____________.: A.高峰时间.
B.匆忙时间
C.冲刺时间
D.繁忙时间

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。从This is the time when the traffic is very heavy with people going to and from work..得知答案，故选A。

337 From the last paragraph we know that in New York City ____________.: A.there is no "rush hour" from 9.am to 4 p.m.
B.traffic is heavy at noon.
C.most Americans have lunch at home.
D.people go to work and school at 9:00.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。从 The best time to travel is from 9 a.m to 4.pm 得知答案，故选A。

338 Why do so many people go to work or school by subway, taxi, bus and private car?: A.Because New York City is a modern city.
B.Because New York City is a very large city.
C.Because New York City is new.
D.Because the people in New York City are very busy.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。从 New York City is a very large city with 8 million people.可得知答案，故选A。

For the British, the home is a private place in which he or she goes to hide away from the troubles of life. It is very seldom that one would be invited to a British person's home. It is rude to knock on a person's door if you are not invited. If you are invited, don't ask to see more than the downstairs that your British host invites you into. Never ask how much the house or any of the items in it cost. To the American, most of them want their home to be a place where they can entertain (款待) and share their lives with their friends. They may be delighted to give you a full tour of their houses. They may also be pleased when you show your interest and pleasure in their houses. Both British and American people will engage in quite a bit of chat and a drink or two before the meal is served. After the first mouthful, you should say how delicious the food is and ask something about it. Remember, never eat with your mouth open and make very little noise while eating. It would be nice of you to help your host in any way. Maybe offer to pour some drinks or clear up after the meal.

339 British people _______ invite friends to their home.: A.often
B.always
C.seldom
D.never

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
C细节理解题根据第一段的第二句"It is very seldom that one would be invited to a British person's home."可知。

340 If your British friend invites you to his home, you can ____.: A.see anything you like
B.ask how much his house is
C.ask the cost of any of the items in it
D.only see the downstairs that you are invited into

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
D细节理解题根据第一段的倒数第二句"If you are invited, don't ask to see more than the downstairs that your British host invites you into."可知。

341 When you show your interest and pleasure in American people's house, they may be _____.: A.angry
B.happy
C.sad
D.worried

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
B细节理解题根据第二段的最后一句"They may also be pleased when you show your interest and pleasure in their houses."可知。

342 What does the underlined "engage in" mean in Chinese?: A.陷入
B.参与
C.回避
D.限制

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
B语义推断题根据句意可知在吃饭之前，英美的人们都会交谈或者喝点东西。

343 What's the main idea of the passage?: A.Some manners on visiting British and American people's home.
B.Different table manners between British and American people.
C.Different ideas about the home between British and American people
D.Different ideas about how to get along well with neighbors between British and American people.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
A主旨大意题本文介绍了拜访英国或者美国朋友需要注意的问题。

You may know May Day, but do you know Lei Day? Like May Day, Lei Day is also celebrated (庆祝) on May 1st. People wear leis (花环) on this day. A lei is a big circle usually made of flowers . On Lei Day, people give leis to each other. Where do you know this holiday is celebrated? Hawaii, of course! People give leis on birthdays, weddings (婚礼) and as a way to say "I love you". In 1928, a writer, Don Blanding, wrote an article saying that this tradition should become a holiday. Another writer, Grace Tower Warren, thought of the idea of celebrating this day on May 1st and said, "May Day is Lei Day."On this day in 1928, people wore leis and celebrated with music, dancing and a lei-making competition. The next year, Lei Day became a public (公共的) holiday. Today, people still celebrate Lei Day in Hawaii. We hope they all have a happy May Day and a happy Lei Day!

344 The underli ned word "circle" can be replaced (替代) by "_________".: A.ring
B.card
C.garden
D.watch

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据"花环"这个汉语解释可知选A（圈，环）。而B. 卡片；C. 花园；D. 手表。

345 What do people give each other on Lei Day?: A.Clothes.
B.Books.
C.Leis.
D.Cakes.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据On Lei Day, people give leis to each other.（在花环节，人们送给彼此花环。）可可知选C。

346 Lei Day became a public holiday in _____.: A.1928
B.1929
C.1930
D.1931

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据On this day in 1928, people wore leis and celebrated with music, dancing and a lei-making competition. The next year, Lei Day became a public (公共的) holiday.（1928 年这一天，人们戴上花环、用音乐、舞蹈和制作花环比赛庆祝花环节。第二年，花环节就成了一个公共的假期。）可知选 B（1929年Lei Day成为一个公共的假期。）。

347 Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?: A.Lei Day is on the day after May Day.
B.Lei Day was first celebrated in 1928.
C.Don Blanding said "May Day is Lei Day".
D.People all over the world celebrate Lei Day.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据On this day in 1928, people wore leis and celebrated with music, dancing and a lei-making competition. （1928 年这一天，人们戴上花环、用音乐、舞蹈和制作花环比赛庆祝花环节。）可知选B。根据Grace Tower Warren said, "May Day is Lei Day."可知A、C错；根据today, people still celebrate Lei Day in Hawaii. 可知D错；

348 What is the passage about?: A.Lei Day in Hawaii.
B.May Day in Hawaii.
C.How to make a lei.
D.How to celebrate May Day.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
主题归纳题。根据文章介绍可知，本文主要是介绍了夏威夷人的Lei Day，故选 A。

When you are in England, you must be very careful in the streets because the traffic drives on the left. Before you cross the street, you must look to the right first and then the left. If the traffic lights are green, the traffic can go. People on foot mustn't cross. In the morning and in the evening when people go to or come from work, the streets are very busy. The traffic is the most dangerous then. When you go by bus in England, you have to be careful, too. Always remember the traffic moves on the left. So you must be careful. Have a look first or you will go the wrong way. In many English cities, there are big buses with two floors. You can sit on the second floor. From there you can see the city very well. It's very interesting.

349 The traffic in England __________ that in China.: A.is the same with
B.is different from
C.is better than
D.is worse than

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。从When you are in England, you must be very careful in the streets because the traffic drives on the left.当你在英国时，因为行车驾驶是左侧通行，在街上你必须非常小心，但中国是右侧通行，可知答案选B。

350 You can cross the road when _____________.: A.there is little traffic
B.the traffic lights are green
C.you've looked to the right
D.the traffic lights are red

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。红灯停，绿灯行，是世界通用的规则，可知答案选B。

351 The visitors to English cities usually like to ______ when they go by bus.: A.ride a bicycle
B.take a car
C.sit on the second floor
D.sit on the first floor

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。从You can sit on the second floor. From there you can see the city very well. It's very interesting.你可以坐在二层，从上面可以很好地欣赏这个城市，非常有趣，可知答案选C。

Driving a car at a high speed along a highway seems to be fun. You only need to follow the bright traffic signs beside the highway and it will take you where you wish to go. But to a London taxi driver, driving is not an easy job. A taxi driver needs to have not only good driving skills but also a good knowledge of the city of London, from the loneliest street to the most popular restaurant around. He has to be at the service of all kinds of passengers at all times. A London taxi driver said the following about his job. During the night it is usual for him to stop two or three times for some food. He said," I never drink when I am driving, or I would lose my license." He normally goes home between two and three o'clock in the morning. There are times he has to stay longer and try to make more runs. He said, "That's the worst thing about working for yourself. If you don't make money, no one is gong to give it to you." London taxi drivers not only "take" but also "give". Every summer hundreds of poor children from London go for a day at the sea-by taxi. Their rides are paid by the taxi drivers. At the sea, they are met by the mayor(市长),and a lunch party is also held for the taxi drivers and the children. After a happy day's running around the beaches and visiting the market there, the children go home again by taxi, free of charge of course.

352 London taxi drivers try to make more runs sometimes mainly because_______.: A.they make a living by driving
B.they like to work for themselves better
C.they want to help more passengers
D.they always working deep into the night

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第五段If you don't make money, no one is gong to give it to you可知出租车司机之所以每天工作到很晚是因为他们不得不这样做，因为他们就是以此为生的。故选A。

353 How do London taxi drivers "give"?: A.They give poor children a lunch party at the sea each summer.
B.They give poor children the chance to meet the mayor.
C.They pay for some poor children's rides for a day's tour each summer.
D.They play with some poor children at the sea for a day each summer.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章最后一段可知，在伦敦当出租车司机，不仅会赚钱，还要往外拿钱，这是因为每年夏天他们要免费搭载贫穷的孩子去海边。故选C。

354 Which of the following words can be used to describe London taxi drivers?: A.Brave and cheerful
B.Rich an generous
C.Modest and easy-going
D.Hard-working and kind.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据文章中对出租司机的描述我们可知伦敦的出租车司机工作很辛苦，这一点可以从第四、五段中看出；而且他们很善良，这可以从最后一段的描述中看出。所以他们是hard-working and kind。故选D。

355 The passage is most likely to be found from_______.: A.an advertisement of a taxi company
B.an online travel guide
C.a website about the taxi drivers in London
D.a report about living conditions in London

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这是一篇介绍出租车司机工作的文章，让我们了解了伦敦出租车司机的工作情况，所以我们应该是可以从一个关于伦敦出租车司机的网站上看到这篇文章。故选C。

If someone asks me, "Do you like music? " I am sure 1 will answer him or her. "Of course, I do." Because I think music is an important part of our lives. Different people have different ideas about music. For me, I like rock music because it's so exciting. And my favourite rock band(摇滚乐队), the "Foxy Ladies" is one of the most famous rock bands in the world. I also like pop music. My classmate Li Lan loves dance music, because she enjoys dancing. My best friend, Jane, likes jazz music(爵士乐). She thinks jazz is really cool. "I like dance music and rock very much," says my brother, "because they are amazing." But my mother thinks rock is boring. "I like some relaxing(轻松的)music." she says, that is why she likes country music(乡村音乐), I think.

356 The writer likes music because he thinks ________.: A.it's an exciting part of our lives
B.it's an amazing part of our lives
C.it's an important part of our lives
D.it's an interesting part of our lives

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段Because I think music is an important part of our lives. 我认为音乐是我们生活的一个重要部分。可知选C。

357 What kind of music does the writer like?: A.Jazz and country music.
B.Rock and dance music.
C.Rock and pop music.
D.Rock and country music.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据For me, I like rock music because it's so exciting. ... I also like pop music.对于我来说，我喜欢摇滚因为它让人兴奋……我也喜欢流行音乐。故选C。

358 Who likes dancing?: A.The writer.
B.Li Lan.
C.Jane.
D.The writer's mother.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据My classmate Li Lan loves dance music, because she enjoys dancing.我的同学喜爱舞曲，因为她喜欢跳舞。故选B。

359 The writer's mother thinks that country music is ________.: A.amazing
B.boring
C.relaxing
D.cool

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据"I like some relaxing(轻松的)music." she says, that is why she likes country music(乡村音乐), I think. "我喜欢轻松的音乐"。她说，我想那是她为什么喜欢乡村音乐。故选C。

360 How many people's ideas about music are talked about in this passage?: A.4.
B.5.
C.6.
D.7.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据全文介绍有我，我的同学，我的朋友，我的弟弟，我的妈妈。故选B。

The westerners have more vacation days than us. Some people like to stay at home during their vacation. They work in the garden, visit their friends, read books or watch television. Many families take their lunch to a park or somewhere far from the city. They like to eat under some trees or near a nice lake. If they live near the sea, they often go to the seaside. There they can fish, swim or enjoy the sun. The westerners like travelling. They think travelling and outdoor activities are the parts of their lives. They work hard to save money, but their main purpose(目的) is to travel. Most western students often make use of their vacation to camp. There are thousands of camp interesting bases(基地) in western countries. They can swim, go fishing, attend lectures, and take part in many other recreational(娱乐性的) activities there. It can help them wrest from the secrets of nature, train(训练) their viability(生存能力), and teach them how to be self-reliant (自立).

361 Some westerners like to ______ at home during their vacation.: A.clean their rooms
B.cook their meals
C.work in the garden and watch TV
D.go fishing

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。从 They work in the garden, visit their friends, read books or watch television.他们在花园里工作，拜访朋友，读书或看电视，可知答案选C。

362 Many families often take their lunch out and have it ______.: A.under some trees
B.near the city
C.near the sea
D.in the restaurants

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。从They like to eat under some trees or near a nice lake.他们喜欢在树下或湖边吃饭，可知答案选A。

363 ______ is very important for the westerners.: A.Working hard
B.Travelling
C.Saving money
D.Going camping

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。从 They think travelling and outdoor activities are the parts of their lives.他们认为游行和户外活动是他们生活中的部分，可知答案B。

364 What does the underlined phrase "wrest from" mean here?: A.取得
B.保守
C.认识
D.探索

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
推理判断题。the secrets of nature,自然界的秘密，根据语境可知是获得秘密，故答案选A。

365 The passage mainly tells us ______.: A.how the westerners spend their vacation
B.the westerners have more vacation days than us
C.different views on vacation between the westerners and the easterners
D.teach the western students how to be self-reliant

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。从The westerners have more vacation days than us.The westerners like travelling. Most western students often make use of their vacation to camp. 西方人比我们有更多的假期，西方人喜欢旅行，大多数西方学生经常利用假期去野营，可知答案选A。

Do you know what Oscar is? When did it start? Maybe you can find the background of the awards in the following passage. The awards started in 1929. Their full title is "The Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences Awards". The Academy is a group of people who have worked in the film industry for many years. They decide who will receive the awards. The awards are often referred to as the "Oscar". This is a nickname given to the awards by a lady called Margaret Herrick. She was once the director of the Academy and she once said that the little gold statue(雕像) reminded her of her uncle Oscar! The Oscar is always an exciting event. Each year, at least one unusual thing happens. When the Italian actor and director Roberto Benigni won an Oscar for best foreign film, he danced on stage! When Gwyneth Paltrow, the star of Shakespeare in Love won the Oscar for best actress, she could not make her acceptance speech because she was crying so much with happiness! In 1987, Roberto Benigni won the award for best director for a film about the last emperor of China. Since then, Chinese film and actors have started to make an impact at the award. Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon was a huge success and it won the award for best foreign language film in 2001. It also won several technical awards for its amazing "flying" people. We expect to see more awards for Chinese film in the near future. It's time for the Oscar again. Once more, the stars will dress up in their finest and go to Kodak Theater. There, they will find out who had won the awards for best actor, best actress and best director. Millions of people watch the awards every year to find out who the winners are. Some people watch it to see the stars crying and laughing as they receive their awards.

366 Who give the awards?: A.In 1927.
B.Oscar.
C.The Academy of Nicknames.
D.A group of people who have worked in the film industry for many years.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段中The Academy is a group of people who have worked in the film industry for many years. They decide who will receive the awards.可知，授予奥斯卡奖的是来自于奥斯卡协会的一群人，故选D。

367 What did Gwyneth Paltrow win an Oscar for?: A.Best Director.
B.Best Foreign Film.
C.Best Actress.
D.Best Actor.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段中When Gwyneth Paltrow, the star of Shakespeare in Love won the Oscar for best actress,一句可知，Gwyneth Paltrow获奖的原因是她作为最佳女演员而获得的；故C。

368 Which Chinese film won an award for best foreign film?: A.Crouching Dragon, Hidden Tiger.
B.Crouching and Hidden Dragon and Tiger.
C.Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon.
D.Crouching, Dragon, Hiding Tiger.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第四段Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon was a huge success and it won the award for best foreign language film in 2001. 可知，中国的电影《卧虎藏龙》获得了最佳外国语言奥斯卡奖；故选C。

369 Where are the Oscars held?: A.At the Academy.
B.in a Los Angeles restaurant.
C.At Oscar's house.
D.At Kodak Theater.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。由最后一段Once more, the stars will dress up in their finest and go to Kodak Theater.以及下一句可推知，奥斯卡奖是在柯达戏院里颁发的；故选D。

370 Why do some people watch Oscars?: A.To see the restaurant.
B.To see the fashion.
C.To see a film.
D.To see the stars crying and laughing.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。由最后两句Millions of people watch the awards every year to find out who the winners are. Some people watch it to see the stars crying and laughing as they receive their awards.可知人们观看奥斯卡颁奖典礼的目的在于观看谁将赢得各种奖项，结合选项可知D项观看获奖者喜极而泣的场景符合句意；故选D。

All over the world, people enjoy sports. Sports are good for people's health. Many people like to watch others play games. They buy tickets or turn on their TV sets or may be online(上网) to watch. Sports change with the seasons. People play different games in different seasons. Sometimes they play inside the room. Sometimes they play outside. We can find sports here and there. Some sports are interesting and people everywhere like them. Football, for example, is very popular in the world. People from different countries cannot understand each other, but after a game they often become very friendly to each other.

371 Sports are good for _______.: A.the players
B.people's health
C.the coaches
D.people who like sports

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中句子 Sports are good for people's health. 可知运动对人们的身体有益。故选B。

372 If you like sports, you can _______.: A.buy tickets to watch the games
B.watch the games on TV
C.watch the games on the Internet
D.A、B and C

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文，They buy tickets or turn on their TV sets or may be online(上网) to watch. 可知人们通常通过三种方式观看比赛。故选D。

373 People play _______ in different seasons.: A.the same game
B.different games
C.any games
D.all kinds of games

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文，People play different games in different seasons. 故选B。

374 _______ is very popular in the world.: A.Table tennis
B.Baseball
C.Football
D.Skating

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文，Football, for example, is very popular in the world. 可知足球受欢迎。故选C。

375 From this passage we can see that _______ can become very friendly.: A.people from different countries all
B.people from the same country
C.people who do the same sports
D.after a game, people from different countries

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文，People from different countries cannot understand each other, but after a game they often become very friendly to each other. 可知来自不同国家的人通过比赛增进友谊。故选D。

Each year, we celebrate many holidays here in America. On January 1, we welcome the coming of a new year like many people in other countries. And we have another four holidays on the first day of a month: April Fool's Day, May Day, Friendship Day (Aug.1) and Grandparents Day (Sep. 1). The most important holiday for the young people comes in February. It is Valentine's Day. Lots of boys give red roses to girls as a present. People celebrate some holidays for their family members. We say thanks to our mother in May and celebrate Father's Day in the following month. In November many people return home for Thanksgiving Day, so the whole family can stay together. There are also some interesting holidays for children. For example, Halloween comes at the end of October. Children often play with pumpkin lanterns and put on all kinds of masks. Of course, the most important festival is Christmas. After a year of work and study, people can enjoy a long holiday, eat big meals, and visit family and friends.

376 How many holidays do you know on the first day of a month in America?: A.Four.
B.Five.
C.Seven.
D.Ten.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据On January 1, we welcome the coming of a new year like many people in other countries.And we have another four holidays on the first day of a month：April Fool's Day, May Day, Friendship Day (Aug.1) and Grandparents Day (Sep. 1).1月1日，和其它国家一样有新年，在一个月的1日还有另外四个节日：愚人节，劳动节，友情日和祖父母节，可知答案选B。

377 What is the most important holiday for the young people?: A.Thanksgiving Day.
B.Christmas Day.
C.Valentine's Day.
D.New Year's Day.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据The most important holiday for the young people comes in February. It is Valentine's Day. Lots of boys give red roses to girls as a present.年轻人最重要的节日在二月，是情人节，许多男孩买玫瑰花当礼物送给女孩们，可知答案选C.。

378 From the reading we know that Father's Day comes __________.: A.in May
B.in April.
C.in June
D.in July

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据We say thanks to our mother in May and celebrate Father's Day in the following month.在五月我们对我们的母亲说谢谢，在下个月庆祝父亲节，可知答案选C。

379 Halloween is one of the interesting holidays for.: A.children
B.mothers
C.girls
D.students

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据 Halloween comes at the end of October. Children often play with pumpkin lanterns and put on all kinds of masks.万圣节在十月末，孩子们经常玩南瓜灯戴各种面具，可知答案选A。

380 Many people return home in November because they want to ___________.: A.enjoy a long holiday
B.stay with their family members
C.eat big meals with friends
D.spend Thanksgiving Day

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Of course, the most important festival is Christmas. After a year of work and study, people can enjoy a long holiday, eat big meals, and visit family and friends.当然了，最重要的节日是圣诞节，经过一年的工作与学习，人们可以享受一个长假，吃大餐，拜访家人和朋友，这些都是和家人在一起，可知答案选B。

Strong Museum Hours Monday---Thursday: 10:00 am---5:00 pm Friday: 10:00 am---8:00 pm Saturday: 10:00 am -- -5:00 pm Sunday: 11:00 am---5:00 pm Closed on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The Museum Shop is open during regular museum hours. The Museum Library is open during Monday---Friday: 10:00 am---5:00 pm. The Skyliner Restaurant is open during regular museum hours from Monday to Saturday, and from 11:30 am to 5:00 pm on Sunday. Admission(入场费) Adults: $7.00 The aged and students with ID: $6.00 Strong Museum offers a 50% discount(折扣) to groups of 20 or more.

381 Strong Museum usually opens________ except on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.: A.Monday to Thursday
B.every day
C.every weekday
D.at weekends

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"Closed on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.理解可知每天开门除了感恩节和圣诞节。故选B项。

382 If a group of 30 students with ID visit strong Museum, how much should they pay for the admission?: A.$105
B.$ 90
C.$ 210
D.$ 180

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
理解计算题，根据文中语句"The aged and students with ID: $6.00 Wonderful Museum offers a 50% discount to groups of 20 or more."理解计算可知B项。

383 You can borrow books from the Museum Library _________.: A.on weekdays
B.at weekends
C.from Monday to Saturday
D.At 9:00 am every day

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"The Museum Library Monday –Friday: 10:00 am – 5:00 pm"理解可知选A项。

384 If you want to invite your friends to dinner on Friday near the museum, you have to reach the Skyliner Restaurant _________.: A.after 8.00 pm
B.at 6.00 am
C.after 10:00 pm
D.before 8:00 pm

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题，根据文中语句"The Skyliner Restaurant Monday - Saturday: during regular museum hours，可知选D项。

385 Which is the best title for the ad?: A.Strong Museum---an Exciting Place for Adults
B.Welcome to Strong Museum for a long Holiday
C.Strong Museum---the Best Place to Spend Your Day
D.A wonderful Tourist Place

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
标题归纳题，根据文中标题的语句理解归纳可知选 A项。

The Voice of China was hot during the summer of 2012! The Voice of China is the large music show in China. This show is also the only one which regards the Voice as the only ruler. It premiered at 21:15 on July 13, 2012, on the Zhejiang Television. It has attracted great attention. The show became an overnight sensation. The first season used "Real voice, real music" as its slogan. As a mentor(导师), singers like Liu Huan, Na Ying, Yu Chengqing and Yang Kun will be responsible for seeking world-shaking voices of China in the following three and a half months, through four stages, namely, "blind choosing", "selecting", "team PK" and "yearly grand ceremony". It is really a miracle that The Voice of China can stand out in the flood of today's talent shows in China and attracts the audience. A great many of audience said this will be the best television show in this summer. They were all proud for these good voices of China. The students' beautiful voices moved everyone. Xu Haixing, a girl from Chengdu, sang "Self" to realize her father's dream and Liu Huan was moved to tears by her song. Huang Yong sang "In Spring" showing his persistence on his dream and Yang Kun cried for this. The blind girl Zhang Yuxia, a busker from Taiwan, played while singing. She was praised as "Deng Lijun No.2" for her unique voice, and her sincere feelings touched everybody. Na Ying went to the stage to sing with the students together for two times. The Voice of China casts off magnificent clothes and wonderful dancing. It regards "inspiration" and "professionalism" as the ruler of music. The singer uses their songs to tell their real stories and the happiness of life.

386 If you want to be the winner of The Voice of China, you must _____.: A.have a good-looking
B.have special talent
C.have a wonderful voice
D.dance and sing well

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
C细节理解题。根据第二段This show is also the only one which regards the Voice as the only ruler，这个节目为那些有好噪音的人准备的，故选C项。

387 The right order of The Voice of China's program is _____. a. team PK b. blind choosing. c. selecting d. yearly grand ceremony: A.c-b-a-d
B.b-c-a-d
C.c-a-b-d
D.d-c-a-b

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
B 排列顺序题。根据第三段through four stages, namely, "blind choosing", "selecting", "team PK" and "yearly grand ceremony".四个阶段，来推断出B项。

388 From the passage we know Liu Huan was deeply moved by_____ song.: A.Na Ying's
B.Xu Haixing's
C.Huang Yong's
D.Zhang Yuxia's

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
B 细节理解题。根据第五段The students' beautiful voices moved everyone. Xu Haixing, a girl from Chengdu, sang "Self" to realize her father's dream and Liu Huan was moved to tears by her song可知选B 项。

389 What is the Chinese meaning of the underlined sentence?: A.通宵节目
B.无与伦比
C.一夜成名
D.彻夜难眠

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
C 细节推断题。根据第二段It has attracted great attention. The show became an overnight sensation.，它吸引很多的关注，一夜成名，所以选C项。

390 Which of the following is NOT true according the passage?: A.The best title of the passage is The Voice of China.
B.The Voice of China last three and a half months.
C.The fourth paragraph（段落） tells us The Voice of China is hot in China.
D.Magnificent clothes and wonderful dancing are rulers of the show.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
D 判断正误题。根据最后一段It regards "inspiration" and "professionalism" as the ruler of music，这个节目被认为专业有激励性的。可见抛弃了华丽的服装与舞蹈，故D项错误。

Youth, friendship and love are the main themes of this year's Chinese movies, such as So Young(《致青春》) and American Dreams in China(《中国合伙人》). Tiny Times(《小时代》), one of the most popular movies this summer, also has the same features. The movie was based on author and director Guo Jingming's novel of the same name. It tells a story about four girls who come from different backgrounds and of different personalities. Since it was shown on June 27, Tiny Times has made 483 million yuan at the box office. The sequel(续集) of it was shown on Aug 8 and it has also been a big box office hit. Cao Yuhan, 13, a high school student at Beijing Jianhua Experimental School, is a big fan of the movie. "I'm deeply touched by their friendship," Cao said. "When Nan Xiwang is in trouble, the other three girls try their best to help her, even running barefoot in the snow. However, not everyone has had good things to say. The people's Daily said that the film went too far in encouraging youths to become materialistic(物质至上主义的). Film commentator Raymond Zhou wrote on his online blog that "Buying luxury goods seems as a way to express love or friendship, and the word ‘money' is repeated over and over again. Song Kexin, 14, a high school student at Zhida Middle School in Taiyuan, Shanxi, shows a typical example of a fan's attitude(态度). And that's to look for the positive value. "That movie is a little far from our daily life. My friends and I are not having parties every day," Song said, "But I admire Tang Wanru's optimistic attitude. She's always looking at the bright side of life. I should learn from her."

391 Which is NOT one of the main themes of this year's Chinese movies?: A.Youth
B.Love
C.War
D.Friendship

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段第一句Youth, friendship and love are the main themes of this year's Chinese movies,可知，今年中国电影的核心主题包括年轻、友谊和爱情，不包括战争；故选Ｃ，

392 According to the article, the movie Tiny Times ________.: A.is more popular than the other two movies
B.was made from Guo Jingming's novel
C.tells about four girls with similar personalities
D.opened in Chinese cinemas on August 8

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段最后一句Tiny Times(《小时代》), one of the most popular movies this summer, also has the same features.可知A项表述不准确，文中并没有体现出《小时代》比其他的两部电影更受欢迎；第二段第一句The movie was based on author and director Guo Jingming's novel of the same name.说明B项正确；第二段第二句It tells a story about four girls who come from different backgrounds and of different personalities.可知C项错误；第三句Since it was shown on June 27, Tiny Times has made 483 million yuan at the box office.说明电影首映是在6月27日，而8月8日是播出的续集；故选B。

393 What does film commentator Zhou Liming think of the movie?: A.The four girls' friendship is touching.
B.It encourages the young to work hard.
C.It has many advertisements for luxury goods.
D.It shows money expresses love or friendship.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第三段Film commentator Raymond Zhou wrote on his online blog that "Buying luxury goods seems as a way to express love or friendship, and the word ‘money' is repeated over and over again.可知周立铭的态度是认为这部电影将金钱放在了首位；故选D。

394 Song Kexin admires Tang Wanru because of Tang's ________.: A.optimistic attitude
B.rich family background
C.good looks
D.excellent grades at school

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文最后一段中宋可欣的话"But I admire Tang Wanru's optimistic attitude.可知，她钦佩唐宛如的乐观态度；故选A。

English is spoken as a first language by most people in the USA，Britain，Australia，New Zealand，Ireland and Canada. However，English is spoken all over the world. It is the main language in over 60 countries，including India，Singapore and many of the Caribbean and Pacific islands. In these places English is often a second language. English is also an international language in many other countries，like China and Japan. People in these countries use it for business，and travelers to these countries use English when they get there to communicate. Other people may learn English because they enjoy reading books in English，listening to British or American music or watching American films. English has changed a lot over the years and still goes on changing. It is no longer right to talk about British English or American English if the speakers come or don't come from those countries. People in Japan and Korea，for example，may use the American spelling but may not sound like Americans. English will probably be the most widely used language in the world by the end of the 21st century. This language no longer belongs to British，American or Australian speakers. It belongs to anyone in the world. So，as a middle school student of English today, think about how you can use this language. After you leave school, you will almost certainly need it.

395 In how many countries is English spoken as a first language in the passage?: A.Five.
B.Four.
C.Three.
D.Six.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据English is spoken as a first language by most people in the USA，Britain，Australia，New Zealand，Ireland and Canada.在美国、英国、澳大利亚、新西兰、爱尔兰和加拿大多数人将英语做为第一语言，可知答案选D。

396 In which other countries is English spoken as a main language?: A.Britain, the USA and Australia.
B.India, Singapore and many of the Caribbean and Pacific islands.
C.China and Japan.
D.New Zealand and Canada.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据It is the main language in over 60 countries，including India，Singapore and many of the Caribbean and Pacific islands.在60多个国家里包括印度、新加坡和许多加勒比海和大西洋岛国是主要语言，可知答案选B。

397 People from other countries learn English for ________.: A.passing exams
B.business and traveling
C.reading English books, enjoying English music or films
D.both B and C

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 People in these countries use it for business，and travelers to these countries use English when they get there to communicate. Other people may learn English because they enjoy reading books in English，listening to British or American music or watching American films. 这些国家的人们因商务使用英语，旅行者们到这些国家到那儿交流使用英语。其他人学英语可能因为他们喜欢读英语书、听英美音乐或看美语电影，可知答案选D。

398 Even if people in Japan and Korea use American spelling they ________.: A.will speak the same as Americans
B.may not sound like Americans
C.will speak British English
D.will speak English much better

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 People in Japan and Korea，for example，may use the American spelling but may not sound like Americans.例如，日本和韩国的人，可以用美语拼读但听不起不像美国人，可知答案选B。

399 Which is the best title for the passage?: A.A First Language in the World
B.A Second Language in the World
C.English around the World
D.A Useful Language

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据However，English is spoken all over the world.然而，全世界在讲英语，可知答案选C。

When my family moved to America from a small village in Guangdong, China, we brought not only our luggage, but also our village rules, customs and culture. One of the rules is that young people should always respect(尊敬) elders. Unluckily, this rule led to my very first embarrassment in the United States. I had a part-time job as a waiter in a Chinese restaurant. One time, when I was serving food to a middle-aged couple, the wife asked me how the food could be served so quickly. I told her that I had made sure they got their food quickly because I always respect the elderly. As soon as I said that, her face showed great displeasure. My manager, who happened to hear what I said, took me aside and gave me a long lecture about how sensitive(敏感) Americans are and how they dislike the description "old". I then walked back to the table and apologized to the wife. After the couple heard my reason, they understood that the problem was caused by cultural differences, so they laughed and were no longer angry. In my village in China, people are proud of being old. Not so many people live to be seventy or eighty, and people who reach such an age have the most knowledge and experience. Young people always respect older people because they know they can learn from their rich experience. However, in the United States, people think "growing old" is a problem since "old" shows that a person is going to retire(退休) or that the body is not working well. Here many people try to keep themselves away from growing old by doing exercises or jogging, and women put on makeup, hoping to look young. When I told the couple in the restaurant that I respect the elderly, they got angry because this caused them to feel they had failed to stay young. I had told them something they didn't want to hear. After that, I changed the way I had been with older people. It is not that I don't respect them any more; I still respect them, but now I don't show my feelings through words.

400 Jack brought the couple their food very fast because______.: A.the manager asked him to do so
B.he respected the elderly
C.the couple wanted him to do so
D.he wanted more pay

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据I told her that I had made sure they got their food quickly because I always respect the elderly.我告诉她我确信上菜快是因为我总是尊敬老人，可知答案选D。

401 In Jack's hometown, ______.: A.people dislike being called "old"　　　　　
B.people are proud of being old
C.many people reach the age of seventy or eighty
D.the elderly are the first to get food in restaurants

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In my village in China, people are proud of being old.在我中国的村子里,人们以年老为荣，可知答案选C。

402 After this experience, Jack ______.: A.lost his job in the restaurant　
B.made friends with the couple
C.no longer respected the elderly　　　
D.changed his way with older people

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据After that, I changed the way I had been with older people.之后,我改变了我对待老人的方法，可知答案选A。

403 Which of the following is TRUE?: A.The more Jack explained, the angrier the couple got.
B.Jack wanted to show his feelings through words after his experience.
C.The manager went back to the table and apologized to the couple.
D.From this experience, Jack learned more about American culture.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据 After the couple heard my reason, they understood that the problem was caused by cultural differences, so they laughed and were no longer angry. 在那对夫妻听到我的原因后,明白是文化差异引起的问题,所以他们大笑不再生气了,I told her that I had made sure they got their food quickly because I always respect the elderly. 我告诉她我确信上菜快是因为我总是尊敬老人，I then walked back to the table and apologized to the wife. 然后,我回到桌旁向那位妻子道歉,After that, I changed the way I had been with older people. 之后,我改变了我对待老人的方法，可知答案选B。

404 Which is the best title for this passage?: A.Different countries, different customs
B.Old people, old customs
C.Different restaurants, different services
D.Differences between old and young

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
标题归纳题。根据In my village in China, people are proud of being old.在我中国的村子里,人们以年老为荣，However, in the United States, people think "growing old" is a problem since "old" shows that a person is going to retire(退休) or that the body is not working well. 然而在美国,人们认为变老是个问题,因为"老"表明一个人要退休了或身体不好了，可知答案选C。

What's the most important thing for you to have in your life? Somebody mentions（提到） hard-work, others suggest knowledge, love and luck. If you arrange the 26 English letters alphabetically(按字母表的顺序)and use numbers to represent each of them, for example, 1 for a, 2 for b, 3 for c…, you can change an English word into a number. So hard-work becomes 8+1+18+4+23+15+18+11="98," meaning 98 is its mark; knowledge: 11+14+15+23+12+5+4+7+5="96," while love:12+15+22+5="54," and luck : 12+21+3+11="47," a small mark. None of these words can give one a full mark. What about money or prayer(祈祷)? They can't , either. Then what else? Don't be worried.You can always find an answer to a problem in your life, when you change your way of looking at things or doing things, or your attitude(态度).Yes, attitude is the word. See for yourself: attitude:1+20+20+9+20+21+4+5=100，a full mark. Different attitudes lead to different courses of life. Most times people hope for a better life. It is possible that one will have a change for the better after one has changed one's attitude. When you change your manner and became friendly towards others, you'll meet more smiling faces towards you. In the same way, if you take a positive (积极地) attitude towards failure(失败),you'll find it's also rewarding though it has caused you losses.

405 What is the mark of the word "money"?: A.54
B.72
C.96
D.100

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第二段，我们按照26个字母的顺序，用数字来代替他们，如1代表a,2代表b，以此类推，那么money 就是13+15+14+5+25=72，所以money 的分数就是72，故选B。

406 In the writer's opinion, what is the most important thing in a person's life?: A.Hard-work.
B.Knowledge.
C.Money.
D.Attitude.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章中Yes, attitude is the word.See for yourself: attitude:1+20+20+9+20+21+4+5=100，a full mark.我们可以知道，attitude 这个单词的得分是满分，故选D。

407 According to the passage, if you meet with problems, the best way out is to _______.: A.ask for help from others
B.say your prayers to God
C.change your attitude
D.try maths-solving methods (方法)

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。这篇文章的作者认为，在我们的生活中最重要的事是要有一个积极的态度，所以当我们遇到困难的时候，最好的办法就是改变我们的态度。故选C。

408 From the passage we can learn that ______.: A.different attitudes come from different courses of life
B.mathematics can solve every problem easily in our daily life
C.failure sometimes can bring you good if you take a positive attitude
D.none of the English words except "attitude" equals to 100 or more

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章中最后一句话In the same way, if you take a positive (积极地) attitude towards failure(失败),you'll find it's also rewarding though it has caused you losses.同样，如果即积极的面对失败，你会发现尽管失败会使你失去一些东西，但是你也会有一些回报。故选C。

The city of Yangzhou came into being at the Spring and Autumn Period ( about 500 AC ). As the key transportation link at joint place of the Great Canal（运河）( Beijing-Hangzhou) and Changjiang (Yangtze River), Yangzhou has been from the Sui Dynasty (600 AD.) an economically rich city, and then reached its top in the Tang Dynasty. At that time Yangzhou was a famous port and one of few biggest cities in East Asia. With the improvement of the local economy and easy transportation way, there happened in the history a special local culture, which has an important place in Chinese culture. Many famous men of letters, poets, artists, scholars(学者), statesmen, scientists and national heroes in the history were born in, lived in or had connection with Yangzhou. Li Bai, one of the greatest Chinese poets visited and stayed in Yangzhou several times in his life and one of his famous poems about Yangzhou has been so popular that Chinese of all ages can sing it and has become a symbol of Yangzhou . Zheng Banqiao, a famous Chinese painting painter in the Qing Dynasty heading a group called "Eight Eccentrics", had strongly influenced Chinese paintings. Wang Zhong and Yuan Yuan and some other scholars formed school of Yangzhou Scholars and achieved great success in the study of classic Chinese and writing. Zhu Ziqing, one of most famous modern Chinese writers and scholars, had always been proud of himself as a native of Yangzhou and thanked the city for being nourished(养育) by its rich culture. Quite a few other names you may come across frequently in the study of Chinese culture and history have connection with Yangzhou . Yangzhou was so attractive and important that many Chinese emperors in history had come specially to visit or check the city. Emperor Suiyang, who ordered to cut the Great Canal so that he could come more easily and quickly, died on his last trip to the city and buried(埋葬) here. Emperor Qianlong had come all the way from the north and visited the city nine times.

409 Which of following sentences is NOT right according to this passage?: A.Yangzhou joined the Great Canal (Beijing-Hangzhou) and Changjiang (Yangtze River).
B.In the Tang Dynasty Yangzhou was a famous port and one of few biggest cities in Asia.
C.Emperor Suiyang was buried in Yangzhou.
D.Emperor Qianlong visited Yangzhou nine times.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
B 细节理解题。根据第一段提到As the key transportation link at joint place of the Great Canal（运河）( Beijing-Hangzhou) and Changjiang (Yangtze River), Yangzhou has been from the Sui Dynasty (600 AD.) an economically rich city, and then reached its top in the Tang DynastyAt that time Yangzhou was a famous port and one of few biggest cities in East Asia.，到了唐朝，扬州交通枢纽作用及经济作用在唐朝达到最盛，与此同时，成为东亚最大的港口与城市，而D项中错在In Asia。

410 We can infer（推断）the poem mentioned in this passage by Li Bai is _______.: A.《赠汪伦》
B.《望庐山瀑布》
C.《静夜思》
D.《黄鹤楼送孟浩然之广陵》

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
D 细节理解题。细节理解题。根据第三段提到Li Bai, one of the greatest Chinese poets visited and stayed in Yangzhou several times in his life and one of his famous poems about Yangzhou has been so popular that Chinese of all ages can sing it and has become a symbol of Yangzhou李白在扬州呆了很多时间，所以在四个选项中只有D项与扬州有关。光陵位于扬州。

411 Who influenced Chinese paintings a lot according to this passage?: A.Zheng Banqiao
B.Zhu Ziqing
C.Wang Zhong
D.Li Bai

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
A细节理解题。根据第三段中提到的Zheng Banqiao, a famous Chinese painting painter in the Qing Dynasty heading a group called "Eight Eccentrics", had strongly influenced Chinese paintings郑板桥，中国著名的画家，江南八大怪之一，强烈影响中国的绘画，所以选A 项。

412 What's the best title of the passage?: A.Yangzhou：An Economically Rich City
B.Yangzhou：An Easy Transportation City
C.Yangzhou：A Historical Culture City
D.Yangzhou：A Famous Tour City

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
C 主旨大意。文章第一段提到The city of Yangzhou came into being at the Spring and Autumn Period扬州形成于春秋时期，第二段讲它在历史上的作用。第三段讲他文学地位。所以C项扬州的历史文化符合文章主旨大意。

Baron Pierre de Coubertin was a Frenchman. At his time sports were not taught in French schools. De Coubertin believed that sports should go hand in hand with studies. He had an idea. His idea was to begin the Olympics all over again. Sports teachers of other countries liked De Coubertin ideas. So in 1896, the modern Olympic Games were held in Athens, Greece. Since then the Olympics have been held once every four years, except three times, when there were wars. The modern Olympic games have many foot races and field sports programs. The longest race in the games is called marathon. Before the start of the Olympic Games, runners carry lighted torch(火炬) through many nations towards the stadium where the games will be held. These sportsmen are from different countries. Yet they work together to carry the Olympic torch. It is passed from runner to runner, When the last runner enters the stadium, he or she places the torch in a special basin filled with oil. It catches fire. It is then, only then, that the Olympic Games can begin. The Olympic flame burns throughout the games. It is the flame of peace.

413 Before 1896 French schools didn't teach ______.: A.match
B.history
C.sports
D.physics

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段的At his time sports were not taught in French schools.可知在1896年之前法国学校不教授体育。故选C。

414 Baron Pierre de Coubertin ________.: A.was the first man to start the Olympics
B.helped start the modern Olympics
C.believed that sports were less important than studies
D.failed to began the modern Olympics

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段的 Sports teachers of other countries liked De Coubertin ideas. So in 1896, the modern Olympic Games were held in Athens, Greece.可知顾拜旦帮助举行了现代奥运会。故选B。

415 According to this passage, the third modern Olympics should have been held________.: A.1914
B.1904
C.1896
D.1908

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段的So in 1896, the modern Olympic Games were held in Athens, Greece. Since then the Olympics have been held once every four years,可知现代奥运会每个四年举行一次，第一次是在1896年，因此第三次是在1904年。故选B。

416 Marathon in the passage is________.: A.a foot race
B.a jumping contest
C.a field sport
D.a boxing match

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据第四段的The modern Olympic games have many foot races and field sports programs. The longest race in the games is called marathon.可知marathon是最长的(foot race)赛跑比赛. 故选A。

417 Which of the following is NOT true?: A.The Olympics do not begin until the basin of oil catches the fire.
B.The torch is carried from runner to runner through many countries.
C.Runners who carry the torch can be men or women.
D.After the start of the Olympics, the Olympic flame is put out.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据最后一段的 The Olympic flame burns throughout the games.可知奥运火炬在整个比赛过程都是燃烧着的，因此D项意思与文章不符，故选D。

It is well-known that the "prom", a formal dance held at the end of high school or college, is an important date in every student's life. What is less well-known is that the word "prom" comes from the verb "to promenade", which means to walk around, beautifully dressed, in order to attract attention. The idea is that you should see and be seen by others. The prom is not just an American tradition, though most people believe that it started in America. In Canada the event is called a "formal". In Britain and Australia the old fashioned word "dance" is more and more frequently being referred to as a "prom". Most countries have some form of celebration when students finish high school: after all, it means the end of life as a child, and the beginning of life as an adult. The prom is expensive to organize and the tickets can cost students a lot of money. The tradition is that students themselves have to raise the money to pay for it. Selling the students newspapers is one way to raise money; so is taking a part-time job at the weekend. Although the prom should be the experience of a lifetime, it also worries many students. There is the problem of what to wear, who to take as your partner, who will be voted "prom queen", etc. And it is not only students who feel worried. What many parents find difficult is the realization that their children's school days are almost over. However, for most people at the prom, once the music starts playing, everyone relaxes and stops worrying.

418 In which country is the prom called a "formal"?: A.America.
B.Canada.
C.Britain.
D.Australia.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题.根据第二段In Canada the event is called a "formal". 描述,可知在加拿大这个毕业舞会被当做正式的社交活动.故选B.

419 Why is the prom important in the students' lives?: A.It's the sign of becoming an adult.
B.It's an old tradition in many countries.
C.There are many problems to work out.
D.The students can raise money by themselves.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题.根据第二段after all, it means the end of life as a child, and the beginning of life as an adult.描述,可知在这个舞会之后就意味着学生们已经是个成年人了.故选A.

420 What is the passage mainly about?: A.The history of the prom.
B.The traditions of the prom.
C.The development of the prom.
D.The general information of the prom.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
主旨大意题.这篇短文主要介绍了毕业舞会的由来以及举行这个活动的意义和面临的一些问题.故选D,关于毕业舞会的一般信息.

New York is one of the last large American cities to have some of its policemen on horseback. The New York police have 170 horses working in certain parts of the city. The horses are expensive to feed, but it is even more expensive to look after them. Because the horses must walk on the streets, they need special horseshoes. In fact, they need more than 8,000 of them each year. Every police horse in New York gets new shoes every month. Keeping these shoes in good repair is the job of six blacksmiths(铁匠). There are only about thirty-five of these blacksmiths in the whole United States. The cost of shoeing a horse is between twenty dollars and thirty-five dollars, and it takes a good blacksmith two or three hours to do the job. A blacksmith's job is not an easy one. He must be able to shape a shoe from a piece of metal and then fit it to the horse's foot. The blacksmith must bend over all the time when he is fitting the shoe and must hold the weight of the horse's leg while he works. Clearly, a blacksmith must be very storng. But even more important, he must be able to deal with horses---for before the blacksmith can begin his work, he has to get the horse to lift its leg. One of the blacksmiths in New York is James Corbin. He came to the country from Ireland in 1948. He not only makes horseshoes for the police but also works for a group of horse owners near the city. Corbin became interested in blacksmithing because his father did it, and, as he puts it, "It's a good way to make a living."

421 According to the reading passage, a blacksmith must be likely a ________________ man.: A.clever
B.rich
C.strong
D.lucky

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 Clearly, a blacksmith must be very storng.很明显，一个铁匠必须强壮，可知答案选C

422 James Corbin became a blacksmith because he ________________.: A.was interested in horses
B.was needed by the policemen
C.drew a picture of the horseshoe
D.had to make a living

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Corbin became interested in blacksmithing because his father did it, and, as he puts it, "It's a good way to make a living."考彬对做铁匠感兴趣，因为他父亲做这个工作并且他说"是个很好的谋生方法。"可知答案选C

423 In the reading passage "to shape a shoe" is to ________________.: A.fit it on the horse's foot
B.use it for two or three hours
C.make the form of a horseshoe from a piece of metal
D.draw a picture of the shoe

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据He must be able to shape a shoe from a piece of metal and then fit it to the horse's foot.，他必须能从一块金属上塑一个掌，然后把它安在马脚上，可知答案选C

424 The best title for the passage is "________________".: A.Policemen on Horseback
B.Blacksmiths and Horseshoeing
C.James Corbin, a Blacksmith
D.Horseshoeing is a Good Way to Make a Living

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
标题归纳题。根据Keeping these shoes in good repair is the job of six blacksmiths精心修理这些马掌的是六个铁匠的工作，A blacksmith's job is not an easy one. 铁匠的工作不容易，可知答案选B

425 Which of the following is true?: A.Only a few large American cities have some policemen on horseback.
B.New York is the only city in America to have some policemen on horseback.
C.Policemen on horseback enjoy travelling around the United States.
D.Policemen on horseback are less expensive than those in cars.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据New York is one of the last large American cities to have some of its policemen on horseback. The horses are expensive to feed, but it is even more expensive to look after them.，可知答案选A

Before you go to another country it is a great help if you know the language and some of the customs（风俗）of the country. When people meet each other for the first time in Britain, they say "How do you do?" and shake hands（握手）. Usually they do not shake hands when they just meet or say "Goodbye". But they shake hands after they haven't met for a long time or when they will be away from each other for a long time. Last year a group of German students went to English for a holiday. Their teacher told them that the English people hardly shake hands. So when met their English friends at the station, they kept their hands behind their backs. The English students had learned that the Germans shake hands as often as possible. So they put their hands in front and get ready to shake hands with them. It made both of them laugh.

426 It is _________if you know the language and some of the customs of the country.: A.not useful
B.not helpful
C.very helpful
D.very bad

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。句意；如果你知道一个国家的语言和一些风俗习惯，会怎样？根据：Before you go to another country it is a great help if you know the language and some of the customs（风俗） of the country.在你去另一个国家之前，如果你知道一国的风俗和语言会有很大的帮助。故选C

427 English people usually shake hands when they _________.: A.meet every time
B.meet for the first time
C.say goodbye to each other
D.say hello to each other

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。句意：英国人通常在什么时候握手？根据：When people meet each other for the first time in Britain, they say "How do you do?" and shake hands（握手）。在英国，当人们第一次见面的时候，他们打招呼并握手，故选B 。

428 Which of the following is true?: A.German people shake hands as often as possible.
B.English people like shaking hands very much.
C.German people hardly shake hands.
D.Neither people hardly shake hands.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。句意；下列哪项说法是正确的。根据：The English students had learned that the Germans shake hands as often as possible. 这些英国学生就学到了德国人经常握手。故选A。

429 This story is about _________.: A.shaking hands
B.language
C.customs
D.languages and customs

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
主旨大意题。句意：这个故事是关于什么的。根据：Before you go to another country it is a great help if you know the language and some of the customs（风俗） of the country.在你去另一个国家之前，如果你知道一国的风俗和语言会有很大的帮助。根据整篇文章都是说风俗的，故选C。

Betty is not a traditional American beauty. She is unfashionable, has thick red glasses, untidy hair and large metal braces (牙套) on her teeth. But this hasn't stopped her from becoming one of American's favorite TV characters. So how did she manage to do it? The answer is that charm can be more attractive than beauty. Betty is the main character in a TV show Ugly Betty. The show is about her life as an office worker at a fashion magazine in New York. The TV show has just started. Betty has many exciting experiences and romantic stories. Betty is often looked down on and laughed at by the people around. But she manages to do better than others with her hard work, charm and wisdom. The show tells us about how a girl goes from an ugly young duck into a beautiful swan. Though you may know the ending of the show from the beginning and the story is familiar to many of us, it has still been a big success in the USA. It has attracted a large number of viewers and won two Golden Globes awards, one of the highest honors for a television program in the USA." I think you can see a bit of Betty in all of us, and I mean men as well, because it's about the underdog (弱者)"，says Ashley Jensen, who plays one of the characters on the show. The program is so successful because of the good performance of the 23-year-old actress America Ferrera who plays the role of Betty. She brings the character alive on the screen.

430 Betty is popular because of ____.: A.her clothes
B.her charm 　　　
C.her metal braces
D.her appearance

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据The answer is that charm can be more attractive than beauty. 答案是魅力比美丽更有吸引力，可知答案选B

431 In Paragraph 4, the underlined word "it" refers to (指的是) ____.: A.the beginning
B.the ending 　　
C.the story 　　　
D.the show

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Though you may know the ending of the show from the beginning and the story is familiar to many of us, 尽管你可能从开始就知道故事的结局，故事还是为我们许多人所熟悉，可知答案选D

432 Which is the reason for the success of the show?: A.A large number of viewers.
B.Her life as an office worker.
C.The wonderful performance.
D.Two Golden Globes awards.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据The program is so successful because of the good performance of the 23-year-old actress America Ferrera who plays the role of Betty.节目因饰演贝蒂的23岁的美国人菲瑞拉的精彩表演而获得成功，可知答案选C

433 Which of the following is NOT true according of the show?: A.Betty is a girl of wisdom.
B.Betty acts as a beautiful swan on the show.
C.Betty is an American favorite TV character.
D.Betty is often looked down on by the people around.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据Betty is often looked down on and laughed at by the people around.贝蒂经常被周围的人瞧不起和嘲笑，But she manages to do better than others with her hard work, charm and wisdom. 但她用她的努力工作、魅力和智慧想办法做得更好，The show tells us about how a girl goes from an ugly young duck into a beautiful swan.这部剧告诉我们一个女孩是如何从一个丑小鸭变成美丽的天鹅的，可知答案选B

434 What can be the best title for the passage?: A.Beauty from within. 　　　　　
B.A romantic story.
C.An ugly girl. 　　　　　　　　
D.An exciting experience.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据 The show tells us about how a girl goes from an ugly young duck into a beautiful swan.这部剧告诉我们一个女孩是如何从一个丑小鸭变成美丽的天鹅的，可知答案选A

Living in a foreign culture can be exciting, but it can also be confusing(令人迷惑的). Some Americans who taught English in other countries recently talked about their experiences. On her first day in Micronesia(密克罗尼西亚), an island in the Pacific, Lisa thought people weren't paying any attention to her. It was hot. She went into a store and asked, "Do you have cold drinks? " The woman there said nothing. Lisa repeated the question. Still the woman said nothing. She later learned that the woman had answered her: She had raised her eyebrows(眉毛), which in Micronesia means "yes". Jane remembered an experience she had in Bulgaria(保加利亚), a country in Europe. She went to a restaurant. She asked the waiter, "Do you have cabbage today?" He nodded his head. Jane waited, but the cabbage never came. In that country, a nod means "no". Tom had a similar problem when he arrived in India. After explaining something in class, he asked his students if they understood. Some nod and others shake. He thought some students had not understood, so he explained again. When he asked again, they did the same thing. He soon knew that his students did understand. In India, people nod and shake their heads in different ways depending on where they come from. You have to know where a person is from to understand whether they mean "yes" or "no".

435 These Americans in the passage found that they__________ .: A.should go abroad for vacations
B.needed to learn foreign languages
C.should often discuss their experiences
D.had problems with communication in other countries

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
主旨大意题。文章中给我们举了三个例子，这三个人在别的国家教英语的美国人发现，因为文化的不同与当地人交流是很困难的，如在密克罗尼西亚这个国家里，人们用抬高眉毛的这种方式来表示是；在保加利亚，点头代表不；在印度，来自不同地方的人用相反的方式表示是或不是。故本题选D。

436 People in Micronesia show "yes" by ________ .: A.nodding heads
B.raising eyebrows
C.shaking heads
D.saying "no"

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第二段She had raised her eyebrows(眉毛), which in Micronesia means "yes".可知，在密克罗尼西亚这个国家，人们用抬高眉毛这种方式表示Yes,是。故选B。

437 Tom misunderstood（误解）his class at first because_______ .: A.he didn't know much about Indian culture
B.he didn't explain everything clearly enough
C.some students didn't speak English
D.he didn't know where the students came from

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据文章的第四段可知，Tom在印度教书的时候，发现无论他讲多少遍，在问到学生是否理解的时候，总是有学生点头，有学生摇头。他并不知道，在印度来自不同地方的人，表示是或不是的时候是不一样的，而且是正好相反的，有的地方点头是"是"，而有的地方摇头是"是"，故由此可见，Tom对印度的文化并不了解。故选A。

438 Which of the following is TRUE?: A.In Bulgaria, nodding heads means "no".
B.Jane taught English on a Pacific island.
C.Lisa was trying to buy some cabbage.
D.In India, only shaking heads means "yes".

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第三段In that country, a nod means "no"可知，在保加利亚这个国家，点头表示不是。故A正确。B选项Jane是在保加利亚教书，所以不对；C选项应该是Jane想买卷心菜；D选项在印度有的地方摇头是"是"，但有的地方不是，故D也不对。

439 The passage is mainly about_________ .: A.body language in foreign restaurants
B.class discussion in Indian schools
C.different language cultures in different countries
D.English teaching in other countries

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇短文主要是通过三个例子来告诉我们不同的国家有不同的语言文化，故选C。

People have their own ways of saying things with their own special expressions. Some of these expressions are easy to understand. "As Easy as Falling off a Log (圆木)" is one such expression. It describes a job that does not take much effort. If you ever tried to walk on a falling tree log, you may understand what the expression means. It is easier to fall off the log than to stay on it. There are several other expressions that mean the same thing. And their meaning is as easy to understand as falling off a log. One is "Easy as Pie." Nothing is easier than eating a piece of sweet juicy pie, unless it is a piece of cake. "A Piece of Cake" is another expression that means something is extremely easy to do. Another expression is "As Easy as Shooting Fish in a Barrel (桶)". Clearly, fish in a barrel will be much easier to shoot than fish in a river. In fact, it would be as easy as falling off a log. Sometimes, things that come to us easily also leave us just as easily. In fact, there is an expression "Easy Come Easy Go". Another easy expression is "To Go Easy on a Person". It means to treat a person kindly or gently, especially in a situation where you might be expected to be angry with him. A wife might ask her husband to go easy on their son, because the boy did not mean to destroy the toy. If you want to borrow some money to fix the car, you should look for a friend who is an "Easy Touch". An easy touch or a soft touch is someone who is kind and helpful. And there is one more expression that means do not worry or work too hard. Try to keep away from difficult situations. "Take it easy", until we meet again.

440 Which of the following expressions has the same meaning with "As easy as falling off a log?": A.Shooting fish in a barrel
B.Walking on a falling tree log.
C.Staying on a log
D.Shooting fish in a river

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
A 细节理解题。根据第三段提到Another expression is "As Easy as Shooting Fish in a Barrel (桶)". Clearly, fish in a barrel will be much easier to shoot than fish in a river. In fact, it would be as easy as falling off a log 在桶里叉鱼比在河里容易多了，实际上，这就是像"圆木上掉落下来"一样容易，所以选A项。

441 A friend might tell you that his new job was___________.: A.easy come easy go
B.as easy as shooting fish in a barrel
C.to take it easy
D.to go easy on a person

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
B细节理解题。根据第二段提到"As Easy as Falling off a Log (圆木)" is one such expression. It describes a job that does not take much effort. 像从圆木上滚落下来一样容易，就是这样一种词句，它用于形容一项轻而易举的工作，再根据第三提到Another expression is "As Easy as Shooting Fish in a Barrel (桶)". Clearly, fish in a barrel will be much easier to shoot than fish in a river. In fact, it would be as easy as falling off a log 在桶里叉鱼比在河里容易多了，实际上，这就是像"圆木上掉落下来"一样容易，所以选B项。

442 Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?: A.That he goes easy on me means that he is angry with me.
B.He is always helping others, so he is an easy touch.
C.When he asks me to repair his broken bike, I say, "A piece of cake. I can help repair it."
D.When a girl loses her way, I say, "Take it easy, I will send you home."

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
A 细节题。根据第四段提到Another easy expression is "To Go Easy on a Person". It means to treat a person kindly or gently, especially in a situation where you might be expected to be angry with him.别一个与easys相关的词语是"To Go Easy on a Person"，它的意思是以一个人宽容温和，尤其是在你要对他发怒的情况下，所以A项错误。

For most people, the word "fashion (时尚)" means "clothes". But people may ask the question, "What clothes are in fashion?" And they use the word "fashionable" in the same way. "She was wearing a fashionable coat. His shirt was really a fashionable colour. " But of course there are fashions in many things, not only in clothes. There are fashions in holidays, in restaurants, in films and books. There are even fashions in school subjects, jobs . . . and in languages. Fashions change as time goes. If you look at pictures of people or things from the past, you will see that fashions have always changed. An English house of 1750 was different from one of 1650. A fashionable man in 1780 looked very different from his grandson in 1860. Today fashions change very quickly. Some of this is natural. We hear about things much more quickly than in the past. Newspapers, radios, telephones and television send information from one country to another in a few hours. New fashions mean that people will buy new things, so you see there is money in fashion.

443 Most people think that "fashion" means __________.: A.subjects
B.holidays
C.books
D.clothes

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段For most people, the word "fashion (时尚)" means "clothes". 描述，可知大部分人认为，时尚就意味着穿衣。故选D。

444 By __________ we can see that fashions change as time goes.: A.finding a job
B.looking at pictures
C.eating in a restaurant
D.wearing a fashionable coat

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文倒数第三段Fashions change as time goes. If you look at pictures of people or things from the past, you will see that fashions have always changed. 描述，可知观看图片可以发现，时尚一直在变化。故选B。

445 In the 5th paragraph , the writer mentions kinds of ways to send information.: A.three
B.four
C.five
D.six

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
根据短文倒数第二段Newspapers, radios, telephones and television send information from one country to another in a few hours.描述，可知作者提到了四中信息传播的方式。故选B。

446 "There is money in fashion" means __________.: A.people like fashion and money
B.fashionable things are expensive
C.one can make money through fashion
D.a fashionable man makes much money

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文最后一段New fashions mean that people will buy new things, so you see there is money in fashion. 描述，可知时尚就是意味着花钱。故选B。

447 The passage is mainly about __________.: A.the changes of fashions
B.the kinds of colours
C.the money in fash ion
D.the differences between houses

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。阅读短文可知，本文主要谈论了时尚的变化问题。故选A。

Do animals have a culture? What do we mean by "culture"? Recently social scientists have begun to ask if culture is found just in humans, or if some animals have a culture, too. When we speak of culture, we mean a way of life that a group of people have in common. Culture is the forms of behavior (行为) that help people to live together. It is also the forms of behavior that make one group of people different from another group. Human beings use tools, cooperate(合作) with one another, and communicate with language. But these aspects(方面)of human behavior, or "culture", can also be found in the lives of certain animals. Animals can make tools , for example. We used to think that the ability to use tools was the dividing line between human beings and other animals. Lately, however, we have found that this is not the case. Chimpanzees(黑猩猩) can not only use tools but actually make tools themselves. So it may be important for us to know that the line dividing us from animals is not as clear as we used to think.

448 According to the article, "culture" means_____.: A.the languages we learn
B.the good habits we share with each other
C.the forms of behavior we have in common

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题.根据短文第一段When we speak of culture, we mean a way of life that a group of people have in common.描述,可知这个单词指的是,一群人共同拥有的一种生活方式。故选C。

449 The traditional idea about dividing animal from human beings is that ______.: A.human beings can use tools
B.Human beings can depend on each other
C.human beings have the language to communicate

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段We used to think that the ability to use tools was the dividing line between human beings and other animals.描述，可知我们过去常常认为能使用工具是人类和动物之间的区别。故选A。

450 From the chimpanzees can use and make tools, we know____.: A.animal may have a culture like our own
B.animals can be as clever as human beings
C.animals have the ability to help human beings

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段But these aspects(方面)of human behavior, or "culture", can also be found in the lives of certain animals. 及下文描述，可知通过大猩猩能制造和使用工具，我们可以知道动物们也可能有像我们一样的文化。故选A。

A subway is not just an important form of transport. It is also a window for other people to learn about local cultures. Beijing, China The Beijing Subway was opened in 1969 and is the oldest subway system in China. It has added some modern technologies. All stations now have touch-screen maps. In some stations, people can also see traditional Chinese cultures. For example, on the walls of a few stations of Line 8, there are some pictures of blue and white porcelain(青花瓷）. Stockholm, Sweden The system of the Stockholm Subway has 100 stations in use, of which 47 are underground and 53 above ground. The first subway line for Stockholm was opened in 1950.The Stockholm Subway is well-known for its decoration of the stations. It is called the longest art gallery in the world. Over 90 percent of its stations are decorated with paintings. A few stations are decorated with red bedrocks（岩床）. This makes you feel as if you are in a cave. London, UK The London Underground or the Tube is the oldest subway in the world. It was opened in 1863. During World War II, it was used to protect people from German plane attacks（袭击）on London. Now, it is a symbol of the city. There is no air conditioning in the trains, so it is very hot in summer. New York, US The New York City Subway has the most extensive public transportation system in the world, with 469 stations. It is also one of the world's oldest public transit systems. The New York City Subway runs 24 hours a day. It has an express train on almost every line. You can get to your destination(目的地）safely. The trains themselves are full of fun; you will see people doing moonwalk dances like Michael Jackson, playing the guitar and singing.

451 The _____is called the longest art gallery in the world.: A.Beijing Subway
B.Stockholm Subway
C.London Underground
D.New York City Subway

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据It is called the longest art gallery in the world.被称为世界上最长的艺术长廊，可知答案选B

452 Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?: A.Michael Jackson used to dance in the New York City Subway.
B.Tourists feel cool when they take the London Underground in summer.
C.Several stations of the Stockholm Subway are built in caves.
D.Some stations of the Beijing Subway are decorated with pictures of porcelain.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据For example, on the walls of a few stations of Line 8, there are some pictures of blue and white porcelain例如，在8号线的一些站台的墙上，有一些蓝白色陶瓷画，可知答案选D

453 We may read the passage from a_____.: A.travel magazine
B.science book
C.newspaper report
D.picture book

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据A subway is not just an important form of transport. It is also a window for other people to learn about local cultures.地铁不只是重要的交通工具，它也是让别人了解当地文化的窗口，可知地铁会接待各国旅行的人们，故答案选A

Do animals have a culture? What do we mean by "culture"? Recently social scientists have begun to ask if culture is found just in humans, or if some animals have a culture, too. When we speak of culture, we mean a way of life that a group of people have in common. Culture is the forms of behavior (行为) that help people to live together. It is also the forms of behavior that make one group of people different from another group. Human beings use tools, cooperate(合作) with one another, and communicate with language. But these aspects(方面)of human behavior, or "culture", can also be found in the lives of certain animals. Animals can make tools , for example. We used to think that the ability to use tools was the dividing line between human beings and other animals. Lately, however, we have found that this is not the case. Chimpanzees(黑猩猩) can not only use tools but actually make tools themselves. So it may be important for us to know that the line dividing us from animals is not as clear as we used to think.

454 According to the article, "culture" means_____.: A.the languages we learn
B.the good habits we share with each other
C.the forms of behavior we have in common

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题.根据短文第一段When we speak of culture, we mean a way of life that a group of people have in common.描述,可知这个单词指的是,一群人共同拥有的一种生活方式。故选C。

455 The traditional idea about dividing animal from human beings is that ______.: A.human beings can use tools
B.Human beings can depend on each other
C.human beings have the language to communicate

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段We used to think that the ability to use tools was the dividing line between human beings and other animals.描述，可知我们过去常常认为能使用工具是人类和动物之间的区别。故选A。

456 From the chimpanzees can use and make tools, we know____.: A.animal may have a culture like our own
B.animals can be as clever as human beings
C.animals have the ability to help human beings

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段But these aspects(方面)of human behavior, or "culture", can also be found in the lives of certain animals. 及下文描述，可知通过大猩猩能制造和使用工具，我们可以知道动物们也可能有像我们一样的文化。故选A。

Every culture has a recognized (公认的) point when a child becomes an adult, when rules must be followed and tests passed. In China, although teenagers can get their ID cards at 16, many only see themselves as an adult when they are 18. In the US, where everyone drives, the main step to the freedom of adult life is learning to drive. At 16, American teens take their driving test. When they have their license（证）, they drive into the grown-up world. "Nobody wants to ride the cheese bus to school," said Eleanor Fulham, 17. "It's like you're not cool if you don't have a car," she said. According to a recent research, 41% of 16 to 19 year olds in the US own cars, up from 23% in 1985. Although, most of these cars are bought by parents, some teens get part-time jobs to help pay. Not all families can afford cars for their children. In cities with undergrounds and limited(有限的) parking, some teenagers don't want them. But in rich areas outside the city, if there are no undergrounds, and bicycles are more for fun than cars, it is strange for a teenager not to have a car. But police say 16-year-olds have almost three times more accidents than 18 and 19-year-olds. This has made many parents stop before letting their kids drive. They need to wait until they are more experienced. Julie Susiana, of Virginia, decided that her son Chad, 15, will wait until he is 17 to apply for his learner's permit (许可) Chad said he has accepted his parents' decision, although it has caused some laughing from his friends. "They say that I am unlucky," he said. "But I'd rather be alive than driving, and I don't really trust my friends on the road either." In China as more families get cars, more 18-year-olds learn to drive. Will this become a big step to becoming an adult?

457 16-year-old drivers have more accidents possibly because _______.: A.they want to show themselves off
B.they are not experienced drivers
C.older people always drive better
D.they never drive carefully on the road

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据They need to wait until they are more experienced.可知16岁的司机因为没有经验，因此容易出车祸。故选B。

458 Which may NOT be taken into consideration when deciding whether to buy a car?: A.How rich the family is.
B.Whether the kid is old enough.
C.What traffic condition there is around.
D.Whether it's practically needed.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据At 16, American teens take their driving test.可知获得驾驶证有年龄限制，因此买车有年龄限制。根据Not all families can afford cars for their children.可知买车要考虑家庭是否有钱买。根据In cities with undergrounds and limited(有限的) parking, some teenagers don't want them.可知买车要考虑他们是否需要。因此ABD三项符合文章的意思，故选C。

459 The passage mainly gives information about _______.: A.an American culture about teenagers' driving
B.a change in the Chinese culture
C.a cultural difference between America and China
D.the relationship between driving and a person's development

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据At 16, American teens take their driving test. When they have their license（证）, they drive into the grown-up world.可知本文介绍的美国青少年，开车，买车的各种文化观点和认识。故选A。

460 Which may serve as the best title of the article?: A.Cars Helping You to Grow Up
B.Driving into the Grown-up World
C.Teenagers' Driving in America
D.Recognized Point of Becoming an Adult

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
标题归纳题。根据In the US, where everyone drives, the main step to the freedom of adult life is learning to drive.可知本文主要讲的美国青少年踏入成年人的主要一步就是学会开车。故本文的标题选B。

The Internet, mobile phones and iPads are parts of our lives now. Technology is greatly affecting all ways of our lives, from the ways we work to the ways we play. And it even causes a number of social problems such as cloning (克隆) humans. We have had lots of technology and it has changed our lives a lot. We are sure that humans will continue to use more and more technology. Here are some examples of modern technology that will change our ideas and will affect our lives greatly. Global Positioning System (GPS) (全球定位系统) It's a system that uses radio signals from satellites to show exact (精确的) information. It tells you where the user is on the earth in all weather conditions. It's made up of three parts: satellites, control equipments (设备) on land and receivers. Space Technology Russian and American scientists have worked together for the International Space Station, (ISS) for a long time. They hope the ISS will provide a long-lasting lab. Such a lab will bring humans limitless (无限的) advantages. It's even hoped that one day space technology will take humans to their new houses in space. Underwater Robot Hercules is a kind of underwater robot with some high technology equipments. It will be used to search for ancient ships which were destroyed into the deep sea during their journey long ago. The world is changing so quickly that it's hard for us to catch up with all the new inventions because they seem to come out every month. It's important for us to learn about new technology and the role that it plays in our lives. So we should be willing to accept modem technology, or we will fall behind the times.

461 _______ can tell you where the user is on the earth exactly.: A.Satellites
B.Receivers
C.Global Positioning System
D.Underwater Robot

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Global Positioning System (GPS) It's a system that uses radio signals from satellites to show exact information. It tells you where the user is on the earth in all weather conditions. 可知选C。

462 According to the passage, which is NOT true about the ISS?: A.It has carried people to other planets.
B.It will provide a long-lasting lab for us.
C.Russia and America are working for it.
D.Humans will get a lot of advantages from it.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Russian and American scientists have worked together for the International Space Station, (ISS) for a long time. They hope the ISS will provide a long-lasting lab. Such a lab will bring humans limitless advantages. It's even hoped that one day space technology will take humans to their new houses in space.可知A

463 Hercules is used to_______.: A.save lives in the sea
B.take pictures in the sea
C.repair the broken ships
D.look for the ancient ships in the sea

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Hercules is a kind of underwater robot with some high technology equipments. It will be used to search for ancient ships which were destroyed into the deep sea during their journey long ago.可知选D。

464 What is the purpose of the passage?: A.To help us study some new technology.
B.To tell us technology is changing the world.
C.To help solve the problems that technology causes.
D.To remind us the advantages of technology are limitless.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。读短文可知本文是.告诉我们技术正在改变着世界。所以选B。

What do you usually do after school? Playing football? Watching TV? Come on, we need something new! Let's see how kids in foreign countries spend their free time! Mess Around with Dress-up Do your parents have any old clothes? See if you get an old box and start collecting hats, shoes and clothes now! Then, when your friends come over after school, you can play dress-up. See if you can make yourself into a doctor，or a cowboy, or even a spaceman! Use glitter paint and old material to decorate the clothes the way you like them. If you are really clever, you could even put on a show for your family! Let your imagination run wild! Want to learn new things after school? Want to make new friends who aren't in your class? You can get both of them in clubs. In other countries, schools, there are usually all kinds of clubs for kids to join. There is French club，student government, theater, choir (合唱队）and photography club. Take photography club as an example. One may learn all the necessary skills about taking photos. For example, you will learn how to choose a camera，how to use the light and how to develop pictures. Sounds cool, right? But that's not all. One can also make a lot of friends in clubs. It's always good to enjoy your spare time with friends，isn't it?

465 What is the best title for _____？: A.Start a Club
B.Learn a Club
C.An Important Club
D.A Photography Club

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。Ａ开办一个俱乐部；Ｂ学习一个俱乐部；Ｃ　一个重要的俱乐部；Ｄ摄影俱乐部。文章的后半部分说的是有些孩子们放学之后参加俱乐部。摄影俱乐部只是其中之一，故太片面了。ＢＣ不符合文意。故选Ａ。

466 From the first paragraph we know________.: A.foreign kids don't like watching TV
B.Chinese kids like playing football with foreign kids
C.playing football is not popular with foreign kids
D.foreign kids have some different ways to spend their free time

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
段落大意题。第一段中有这样一句话，Come on, we need something new!，快来，我们需要新的东西。由此我们可以知道，国外的孩子们度过业余生活的方式和我们是不一样的。故选Ｄ。

467 When you join a photography club，you cannot________.: A.enjoy your free time
B.get a camera for free
C.make some new friends
D.learn to take pictures

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章中第五段One may learn all the necessary skills about taking photos. For example, you will learn how to choose a camera，how to use the light and how to develop pictures可知，参加摄影俱乐部的孩子可以学习照相的基本技能，怎样选择照相机，怎样使用灯光以及怎样洗照片。没有提到可以免费的得到一个照相机。故选Ｂ。

468 The text mainly talks about________.: A.how to take a good picture
B.how to join a photography club
C.after-class activities in foreign countries
D.putting on a show in foreign schools

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇短文主要为我们介绍了国外的孩子们是怎样度过他们的业余时间的，他们的方式和我们的很不一样。故选Ｃ。

Father's Day is the third Sunday in June. It is a day to thank fathers. On that day, fathers usually receive greeting gifts and cards. On the cards, children will write, "Thanks, father." "Best wishes for Father's Day" and so on. Father's Day is also a day families get together at home as well as in the restaurants. Where does the idea for the holiday come from? We should thank an American. In 1909 she wrote letters to some important persons. In her letter she advised to make Father's Day on the third Sunday in June. In June in 1910, people celebrated（庆祝） the first Father's Day in Washington. People whose parents are dead often decorated(装饰) their graves(坟墓) with flowers on these days. These are days of family fun and creating good feelings and memories（记忆，回忆）.

469 When is Father's Day?: A.The second Sunday in May.
B.The third Sunday in June.
C.The third Saturday in June.

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Father's Day is the third Sunday in June.可知父亲节是6月的第三个星期天。故选B。

470 On Father's Day _________usually receive gifts and cards.: A.fathers
B.mothers
C.father

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据On that day, fathers usually receive greeting gifts and cards.可知在这一天，父亲经常收到礼物。故选A。

471 Where does the idea for the holiday come from?: A.China.
B.England.
C.America.

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Where does the idea for the holiday come from? We should thank an American.可知父亲节起源于美国。故选C。

472 When did the people celebrate the first Father's Day?: A.In June in 1900.
B.In July in 1910.
C.In June in 1910.

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In June in 1910, people celebrated（庆祝） the first Father's Day in Washington.可知在1910年6月，人们在华盛顿庆祝了第一个父亲节。故选C。

473 Which sentence is not TRUE?: A.On the cards, children will write "Thanks father."
B.Father's Day is also a day students get together at school.
C.In 1909 an American wrote letters to some important persons.

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Father's Day is also a day families get together at home as well as in the restaurants.可知父亲节也是家庭在家里或在餐馆里聚会的日子。故选B。考点：政治经济文化类短文阅读。

Close contacts between Japan and the rest of the world were created in the twentieth century. In the last forty years, business contacts between Japan and the West have become very important. Many foreign companies now have offices in Japan and Japanese businessmen do business around the world. Differences between Japanese and Western ways of doing business, however, often bewilder foreign businessmen and make doing business in Japan difficult for foreigners. The American businessman, for example, wants to start talking business immediately. He does not want to wait. The Japanese businessman， on the other hand， likes to arrive at decisions after giving them serious thought. Another thing foreign businessmen have difficulty in understanding is when a Japanese means "Yes" or "No". This is because of cultural differences between Japanese and Western society(社会)， Which make it difficult for a Japanese to say "No" directly. In the USA， it is easy to say "No" to something one does not want to do. But in Japan， it is very difficult to say "No". To refuse an invitation or a request(请求) with "No" is felt to be impolite. It is thought to be selfish and unfriendly. So instead of saying "No" directly， the Japanese have developed many ways to avoid(避免) saying "No". These can help them avoid hurting other people's feelings. However， this often makes their ways of doing business rather difficult for foreigners to understand and follow.

474 What often makes foreigners feel difficult to do business in Japan?: A.Their different ways of doing business.
B.Their different lifestyles.
C.The fact that the Japanese never say "No".
D.The fact that the Japanese are slow to take action.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Differences between Japanese and Western ways of doing business, however, often bewilder foreign businessmen and make doing business in Japan difficult for foreigners.可知外国商人感到在日本做生意难是因为日本和西方国家做生意的方式不同，所以选A。

475 Which of the following is the closest in meaning to the underlined expression "bewilder foreign businessmen" in Paragraph One?: A.cause foreign businessmen to change their minds.
B.give a feeling of surprise to foreign businessmen.
C.attract foreign businessmen's attention.
D.make foreign businessmen think wrongly.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
词义匹配题。bewilder foreign businessmen的意思是使外国商人迷惑，也就是说常常使外国商人产生错误的想法，所以选 D。

476 What fact does the passage lead you to believe?: A.American businessmen do things more slowly than Japanese ones.
B.American businessmen like to say "Yes" and "No".
C.Americans usually say what they are thinking.
D.Americans do not say what they think or feel clearly.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
根据第三段首句In the USA， it is easy to say "No" to something one does not want to do. But in Japan， it is very difficult to say "No"可知该文是引导人们认识一个事实：美国人提出直截了当说出他们的想法，所以选C。

477 From the passage we can infer(推断) that __________.: A.Japanese businessmen are good at business
B.foreign businessmen should try to know Japanese ways of doing business
C.foreign businessmen must be more polite
D.you must learn from Japanese businessmen if you want to succeed

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。从本文我们可以推知外国商人应该努力了解日本人做生意的方式，所以选B。

Your lucky Day This is a fortune-telling song, It is popular among English Children. Parents use it to teach their young children the days of the week. The song uses the day of the week a child was born on to tell the child's future. Monday's child has a beautiful face. Tuesday's child is full of grace. Wednesday's child fears no foe. Thursday's child has a long way to go. Friday's child is happy and loving Saturday's child works hard to make a living. But the child is born on Sunday is Beautiful, happy and good in every day. Some people think that the year or the month or the day on which we were born is important. They think that these things tell us about our futures, Some people think that we all make our luck in life. What do you think?

478 Who likes the song?: A.Teachers and students.
B.Old people.
C.Parents and children.
D.Young people.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据This is a fortune-telling song, It is popular among English Children这是一首预测运气的歌，在英语国家的孩子们中非常流行。Parents use it to teach their young children the days of the week.家长们用它来教小孩子们一周星期几的说法，可知答案选C.

479 Which day's child is beautiful？: A.Monday's.
B.Wednesday's.
C.Tuesday's.
D.Friday's.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据But the child is born on Sunday is Beautiful, happy and good in every day.但是生在周日的孩子漂亮、开心、每天过的好，可知答案选A

480 The child born on Saturday is_______.: A.hard-working.
B.strong.
C.happy.
D.beautiful.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Saturday's child works hard to make a living.周六出生的孩子努力工作谋生，可知答案选A

481 The parents use the song to teach their children to_______.: A.speak.
B.make friends.
C.learn the days of the week.
D.make their own luck.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 Parents use it to teach their young children the days of the week. 家长们用它来教小孩子们一周星期几的说法，可知答案选C

Do you hope to do a lot of homework every evening? Are you interested in your classes? Who do you want to teach you? Maybe you have lots of questions in your mind before school starts. Well, 1 want to give you some good advice on these problems. First, keep calm(冷静的). Don't worry about all the questions you have. Put your heart into learning, and you can find something you are interested in. Do it actively. Second, try your best to finish your homework quickly. Don't spend a lot of time on it. Do more reading or writing in English. Think about the problems you have and solve them at once. Don't stay up late, or you can't study well the next day. Third, think of something instead of copying(抄写) or repeating(重复). If you can remember the words in your way, you can tell your teachers you don't like the way of copying them again and again. Be sure you can pass the test. I think your teachers will agree with you. And they can give you something interesting to do. School is really a good place for you to learn. Believe in your teachers and yourself. You are the best one and you can do everything well.

482 The writer writes the passage to ___________.: A.give students some good ways of learning
B.ask students not to listen to their teachers
C.ask students not to do their homework
D.tell students what a good teacher is

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
写作意图题。根据1 want to give you some good advice on these problems.可知短文的主要给出了学习的一些建议，故选A。

483 What does the writer tell students to do about their homework?: A.They should spend a lot of time on it.
B.They should stay up late doing it.
C.They should do more reading or writing in English.
D.They should have boring work to do.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Do more reading or writing in English. 应该多做些阅读和写作的练习，故选C。

484 What's the third piece of advice about?: A.How to get on with friends.
B.How to get high grades.
C.What kind of schoolwork is better for students.
D.How to finish the homework in a short time.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
段落大意题。根据think of something instead of copying(抄写) or repeating(重复).这段主要叙述的是什么作业更适合学生，故选C。

485 According to the passage, students should believe in ___________: A.themselves and their teachers
B.themselves and their parents
C.their parents and teachers
D.themselves and their classmates

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Believe in your teachers and yourself. 要相信自己和老师，故选A。

Hainan is in the south（南方）of China. The weather there is different from that of other areas of China. There is no winter in Hainan. It's not cold all year round. Many people go there in winter, because it's cold in the north（北方）of China. In summer, it's very hot. It's usually sunny, but it often rains. So people often take a pair of sunglasses and a raincoat at the same time. People can enjoy many kinds of fruits like bananas and coconuts there, too. Hainan is a good place to go for holidays and have fun. People can go fishing, boating, swimming and so on. When we want to have a rest, we can walk on the beach (海滩) and enjoy the fresh air and white clouds. It's so interesting. Would you like to go to Hainan?

486 Hainan is in the _______ of China.: A.south
B.north
C.center
D.we don't know

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Hainan is in the south（南方）of China.可知海南在中国的南部，故选A。

487 What's the weather like in Hainan?: A.It's not cold all year round.
B.It's very hot all year round.
C.It often snows in winter.
D.It's in the south of China.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据It's not cold all year round. 全年都不冷，故选A。

488 Which of the following is NOT true?: A.There is no winter in Hainan.
B.In Hainan, people often take a pair of sunglasses and a rain coat in summer.
C.People can enjoy the fresh air and white clouds in Hainan.
D.Many people go to Hainan because it's very hot.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Many people go there in winter, because it's cold in the north（北方）of China.许多人在冬天去海南是因为北方太冷了，并不是因为南方太热，故选D。

489 The main（主要的）idea of the passage is _______.: A.Where is Hainan
B.Hainan is a good place to go for holidays and have fun
C.The weather is fine in Hainan
D.There are many kinds of fruits in Hainan

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据短文叙述了海南是旅游和玩乐的好地方，故选B。

Nancy and Sheila are in the same class . They are friends . Nancy wants to invite Sheila to dinner on Sunday . But Sheila doesn't know the way . Now Nancy is telling her . "It's easy . You can take No.4 bus . After you get off at Red Road, Cross it and take the first turning on the left. Walk along the road for about five minutes, and then you will see a big tree. Go straight on and walk about 100 metres , you'll see a big red house . This is not my home. Go past the big house about four hundred metres , and you will see a small yellow house beside a small tree. Then you can open the door with your foot." "With my foot ?"asks Sheila. "Why ?" "Well , you won't come to my house empty—handed (空手地), will you ?" answers Nancy .

490 Nancy asks Sheila to ______.: A.have dinner with her
B.go to a big red house
C.go to the cinema together
D.go shopping together

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Nancy wants to invite Sheila to dinner on Sunday 可知Nancy想要邀请Sheila 在周日去吃饭，故选A。

491 Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage ?: A.Nancy and Sheila are classmates.
B.Sheila should take NO.5 bus first .
C.Nancy asks Sheila to come to her home on Saturday .
D.Sheila knows Nancy's home very well.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Nancy and Sheila are in the same class .可知Nancy和Sheila是同学，故选A。

492 How far is it from the big tree to the small yellow house ?: A.It's five minutes walk.
B.It's a hundred minutes' ride .
C.It's about two hundred metres .
D.It's about five hundred metres

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据you will see a big tree. Go straight on and walk about 100 metres , you'll see a big red house .Go past the big house about four hundred metres , and you will see a small yellow house beside a small tree. 可知从大树到大房子有100米，从大树再到小的黄色的房子有400米，所以从大树到小的黄色的房子有500米，故选D。

493 Where is Nancy's house ?: A.It's beside a big red house .
B.It's beside a small tree .
C.It's on the right side of Red Road.
D.It's behind a small yellow house.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据you will see a small yellow house beside a small tree. 可知Nancy 的家在小树的旁边，故选B。

494 Why does Nancy asks Sheila to open the door with her foot ?: A.Because she thinks Sheila should carry a lot of presents in both hands.
B.Because she thinks Sheila should bring her family members to her home.
C.Because she thinks Sheila should bring other classmates to her home.
D.Because she thinks Sheila will be afraid to open the door with her hands.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据you won't come to my house empty—handed (空手地), will you ?'可知Nancy 认为Sheila 会带着礼物来到她家，故选A。

The French have special meal etiquette(礼仪). If you plan to go on holiday in France, why not read the following tips? They can make you feel good when you visit a French restaurant or are invited to a French house. Breakfast in France French meals are quite similar to those in the rest of the western world. The breakfast is lighter than elsewhere. Milky coffee or hot chocolate are also classics. Contrarily (相反地) to what happens in British families. Lunch in France Lunch was traditionally the main meal of the day in France, this is why the French still usually take more than one hour to have lunch. In big cities, lunch looks more like those in the UK or in the USA, being a sandwich or fast-food meal. Dinner in France In France, the dinner has become the main meal of the day over the last couple of years(过去几年), as the lunch is now often made of a simple sandwich or salad. The French dinner is made up with the starter（开胃小吃）, main dish, cheese often with salad or fruit, dessert and coffee.

495 Breakfast is not very important in ____________.: A.France
B.the UK
C.the USA
D.the western world

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文The breakfast is lighter than elsewhere的描述可知，法国的早餐比其他地方的早餐都要简便，也就是没有那么重要。故选A。

496 Traditionally, __________ was the main meal of the day in France.: A.breakfast
B.lunch
C.dinner
D.afternoon tea

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文Lunch was traditionally the main meal of the day in France的描述可知，在法国，午餐是一天的主餐。故选B。

497 Why has the dinner become the main meal of the day now?: A.Because the French want to have more food.
B.Because the French have enough time at noon.
C.Because the lunch is often simple.
D.Because the dinner is the most delicious in a day.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文the dinner has become the main meal of the day over the last couple of years(过去几年), as the lunch is now often made of a simple sandwich or salad的描述可知，由于午餐过于简单，所以晚餐成为了一天的主餐。故选C。

498 Which is NOT true according to the passage?: A.French meals are similar to the rest of the western world.
B.Breakfast is more important in the UK than in France.
C.People eat fast-food meals in big cities in France.
D.The French people have little time cook dinner.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文内容并结合选项，短文没有提到法国人没有时间做晚饭。故应选D。

499 What is the main idea of the passage?: A.How to make three meals
B.Three meals in France
C.Different kinds of food in France
D.The most important meal in France

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据短文描述可知，这篇短文主要介绍了法国早、中、晚的饮食习惯。故应选B。考点：文化类短文阅读

March 21, 2014 After visiting the Beijing Normal School, Madame Peng took Sasha and Malia, my mother, and me to the Forbidden City, which is right in the heart of Beijing. For more than 2,000 years (up until 1912), China was ruled by emperors who descended (传递)from many different dynasties, or families, who passed ruling positions on from generation to generation — and for nearly 500 years, the Forbidden City used as the emperor's home. Like the name suggests, the Forbidden City is large enough to be a city of its own — it includes nearly 1,000 buildings and nearly 10,000 rooms. In 1925, the new Chinese government turned the Forbidden City into a museum so that visitors like us from all over the world can stroll (闲逛) through many of the beautiful rooms and outdoor spaces. The Forbidden City is too large to go fully around in a single visit, but highlights include the following: The Hall of Union and Peace has almost 14,000 ornamental dragons. The Hall of Supreme Harmony is where the emperor watched birthday celebrations and coronation (加冕) ceremonies from his Dragon Throne. And then there are the Imperial Gardens, where you can walk along the paths and pavilions, admiring the beautiful rock arrangements, flowers and cypress (柏树) trees. While we loved our visit to the Forbidden City, we only wish we had more time to see everything. But then again, I'm not sure there could ever be enough time to fully enjoy all of the art and history in this wonderful place. (The First Lady's Travel Journal: Touring the Forbidden City)

500 The writer visited The Forbidden City with _____________.: A.her daughters
B.her husband
C.her mother and two daughters

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段Madame Peng took Sasha and Malia, my mother, and me to the Forbidden City,描述，可知作者和她的母亲还有两个女儿一起参观了紫禁城。故选C。

501 The Forbidden City is a _____________.: A.city
B.palace
C.garden

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据and for nearly 500 years, the Forbidden City used as the emperor's home.描述，可知紫禁城在将近500年的时间里，一直是作为帝王的居所。可知紫禁城是一座宫殿。故选B。

502 The Forbidden City was used as _____________ for nearly 500 years until 1912.: A.the emperor's home
B.the emperor's short-lived home
C.a place of interest for public

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据and for nearly 500 years, the Forbidden City used as the emperor's home.描述，可知紫禁城在将近500年的时间里，一直是作为帝王的居所。可知选A。

503 What does the word "highlights" mean?: A.景观亮点
B.聚光灯
C.光亮

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。联系下文The Hall of Union and Peace has almost 14,000 ornamental dragons. 描述，可知此处指的是，但是景点的亮点包括……，故选A。

504 According to the passage, we can infer推断 that _____________.: A.They had enough time to visit every room
B.The Forbidden City served as a museum until 1925
C.The first lady enjoyed all of the art and history in this wonderful place

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文内容及图片可知，这篇短文主要介绍了第一夫人彭丽媛带领奥巴马的夫人及其两个女儿参观故宫的事情。据此可知她们应该是欣赏了这个地方的所有的艺术和历史珍品。故选C。

In many English homes people eat four meals a day: breakfast, lunch, tea and dinner. People have breakfast at any time from seven to nine in the morning. They eat porridge，eggs or bread. English people drink tea or coffee at breakfast. Lunch comes at one o'clock. Afternoon tea is from four to five in the afternoon and dinner is about half past seven. First they have soups, and then they have meat or fish with vegetables. After that they eat some other things, like bananas，apples or oranges. But not all English people eat like that. Some of them have their dinner in the middle of the day. Their meals are breakfast, dinner, tea and supper and all these meals are very necessary.

505 Many English people have ___________meals a day.: A.two
B.three
C.four
D.three or four

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In many English homes people eat four meals a day可知，英国人一天吃四顿饭。故选C。

506 People may have ___________ for their breakfast.: A.tea and eggs
B.porridge，eggs，bread，tea or coffee
C.tea and coffee
D.bread and eggs

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据They eat porridge，eggs or bread. English people drink tea or coffee at breakfast。故选B。

507 People have lunch at ___________.: A.any time
B.nine
C.five
D.one

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Lunch comes at one o'clock.可知，一点吃午饭。.故选D。

508 People don't have _____________ for their dinner.: A.porridge
B.bananas and apples
C.some soup and meat
D.meat and fish

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据First they have soups, and then they have meat or fish with vegetables. After that they eat some other things, like bananas，apples or oranges.可知，英国人晚餐不吃粥。故选A。

509 In many English homes dinner comes______________.: A.at one o'clock
B.about half past seven
C.at noon
D.at night

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据dinner is about half past seven.可知，晚餐大约在七点半。故选B。

Dear Micheal, How's your vacation? I'm visiting my uncle in Spain. He lives in the sunny and beautiful city of Valencia, in Spain. Yesterday, I had great fun. My uncle took me to the tomato festival in Bunol, which is just 30 miles away from where my uncle lives. You have probably never heard of this festival before. Neither had I. The tomato festival is called "La Tomatina"in Spanish. It was the biggest and messiest tomato fight in the world. When we first got to the square where the festival took place, it was very crowded with people from all around the world, and many trucks were carrying tomatoes. My uncle told me the crowded people here were around 38,000 and this was more than four times the population of Bunol. The tomato fight started as soon as the first banger was beaten. Then everyone including me started throwing tomatoes at each other. I took red tomatoes and threw them at anyone that ran, moved, bent down, or turned around. Tomatoes must be squashed before people threw them in order not to hurt anybody. After a little while, the streets, people and nearby buildings were splashed with red. There was no winner in this fight,but we all had fun. As soon as a second banger was beaten, people stopped throwing. I really had a great time, I wish you were here, too. I hope I hear from you soon.Take care. With love, From Spain Linda

510 From the letter,we can know ____.: A.Linda lives in Valencia
B.Linda doesn't want to go to Spain
C.Linda is visiting her uncle in Spain
D.Linda is studying in Spain

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据I'm visiting my uncle in Spain. He lives in the sunny and beautiful city of Valencia, in Spain.我正在西班牙看望我的叔叔，他住在西班牙阳光明媚而美丽的巴伦西亚市，可知答案选C

511 The population of Bunol is ____.: A.around 38,000.
B.more than 38,000.
C.more than 152,000
D.about 9,300.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据My uncle told me the crowded people here were around 38,000 and this was more than four times the population of Bunol.我叔叔告诉我这儿拥挤的人群有约3.8万人，是布诺尔的四倍多，可知答案选D

512 What is the main idea of this letter?: A."La Tomatina"is a fun and popular festival in Spain.
B."La Tomatina"is a day for eating tomatoes.
C.Micheal has a great vacation.
D.Linda enjoyed the beautiful city of Valencia.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据 My uncle took me to the tomato festival in Bunol,我叔叔带我去布诺尔的西红柿节，可知答案选A

Some inventions are so useful, but seem so simple, that we wonder why no one thought of them long ago. Post-it Notes, the pieces of paper that you can fasten almost anywhere and then remove without leaving any sign that they were there, are an example of such an invention. Post-it Notes were invented about twenty years ago by Art Fry, a scientist at 3M Corporation. The idea for the product came from a frustrating experience he often had while singing in his church choir. Fry used pieces of paper as bookmarks to mark the places in his book of songs, but these bookmarks were always falling out. He knew he needed a bookmark that would stay where he put it, but that he could remove without damaging the pages. Around that time, Fry heard about a new adhesive (粘合剂) that a workmate, Dr. Spence Silver, had created. This adhesive was special because it was sticky, but not too sticky. It was strong enough to hold papers together, but weak enough to not tear the paper when it was removed. Fry saw that the new adhesive could help solve his bookmark problem. One morning, Fry put some of the adhesive on the edge of a piece of paper. Just as he hoped, it made a perfect bookmark. A short time later, Fry realized that his new invention had even more uses than being a great bookmark. He came to this realization when he wrote a note on one of his new "bookmarks" and attached it to a report he was going to give to a workmate. Soon, co-workers were asking Fry for more samples of his invention so that they could use the new type of notes themselves. Fry and some other people at 3M believed so much in the new product that they persuaded the company to give away thousands of the "sticky pieces of paper" for trial use(试用). When some salespeople at 3M went to offices and showed workers just how helpful the new type of notes could be, they immediately received many orders. As more and more people discovered how useful Post-it Notes could be, the product took off.

513 The invention of Post-it Notes showed that Art Fry________ .: A.had a lot of knowledge
B.was very hard-working
C.was good at creative thinking
D.loved his job in the church

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Post-it Notes were invented about twenty years ago by Art Fry, a scientist at 3M Corporation.便利贴大约20年前由阿特.弗莱发明的，3M公司的一个科学家，可知答案选C

514 In what way did Dr. Spence help Art Fry?: A.They worked together and often discussed science.
B.His invention of a special adhesive made Art's invention possible.
C.He advised 3M Corporation to give away lots of Post-it Notes for trial use.
D.He worked together with Art by providing the new adhesive for Art.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Around that time, Fry heard about a new adhesive (粘合剂) that a workmate, Dr. Spence Silver, had created. 那时候，弗莱听说一种他的同事斯朋斯.西尔佛发明的一种新粘合剂，One morning, Fry put some of the adhesive on the edge of a piece of paper. Just as he hoped, it made a perfect bookmark.一天早上，弗莱把一些粘合剂放在一张纸的边上，正如他希望的，做成了一个完美的书签，可知答案选B

515 The underlined phrase "took off" means_______ .: A.started to leave the ground
B.disappeared from the market
C.had even more uses
D.became popular very quickly

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据As more and more people discovered how useful Post-it Notes could be,随着越来越多的人发现便利贴多么有用，可知是越来越受欢迎，故答案选D

516 The biggest advantage of Post-it Notes is_______.: A.it can stay anywhere and leave no sign when removed　　
B.it is very cheap to use　　
C.it is good to write notes on
D.it is very thin and beautiful

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 It was strong enough to hold papers together, but weak enough to not tear the paper when it was removed. 够强把纸粘在一起，但当把它使掉时又够弱不会把纸撕坏，可知答案选A

Try reading the following sentences as fast as you can. " She sells seashells by the seashore. The shells she sells are surely seashells. So if she sells shells in the seashore, I'm sure she sells seashore shells." Not very easy, was it? What you've just read is called a tongue twister（绕口令）. It is an exercise made up of sounds that are hard to pronounce in order to help people pronounce words faster and more correctly. Try the next example. "Peter Piper picked a peck of picked peppers, Did Peter Piper pick a peck of picked peppers? If Peter Piper picked a peck of picked peppers, where's the peck of picked peppers Peter picked?" Tongue twisters usually do not have much meaning. They are just designed to improve people's ability（能力）to pronounce words. Although they may be very difficult, these exercises are very important to people who are trying to speak English correctly. This is because tongue twisters help people to tell the differences between similar sounds. So if you wish to pronounce words more smoothly, you'd better try picking out some tongue twisters and practicing them.

517 Tongue twisters are helpful in improving ________ skills.: A.listening
B.writing
C.pronunciation
D.communication

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第二段内容可知绕口令在提高发音技能上有所帮助，故选择C。

518 The first tongue twister is hard because _________.: A.it is very boring to read
B.it teaches us a lot of knowledge
C.we don't know who "she" is
D.the sounds of "s" and "sh" are similar

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第一段内容的理解可知，第一个绕口令难是因为s和sh的发音相似，故选择D。

519 What does the "ability" mean in Paragraph 4?: A.Pronouncing words faster and more correctly.
B.Pronouncing words faster
C.Knowing the meaning of words.
D.Picking out tongue twisters smoothly.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章内容It is an exercise made up of sounds that are hard to pronounce in order to help people pronounce words faster and more correctly.可知"ability"的意思是更快更流利的的读单词，故选择A。

You may know the English letters A, B and C. But do you know there are people called ABCs? Do you know there is such a thing as "a banana person"? How strange! ABC means American-born Chinese. An ABC is a Chinese, but was born in the United States. Sometimes, people call an ABC a "banana person". A banana is yellow outside. So, when a person is a "banana", he or she is white inside—thinking like a Westerner and yellow outside—looking like a Chinese. Usually, ABCs know little about China or the Chinese language. Some of them don't speak Chinese. But if ABCs cannot speak Chinese, can we still call them Chinese people? Yes, of course. They are overseas（海外的）Chinese. These people may be citizens（公民）of another country like the US, Canada or Singapore. But they have Chinese blood. Their parents, grandparents or even great-grandparents were from China. They all have black eyes and black hair. But they are not Chinese citizens. They are people of People's Republic of China. For example, we all know the famous scientist C. N. Yang (杨振宁). He got the Nobel Prize for physics in 1957,Chinese people love him. but he is an American citizen.

520 "ABCs" in this passage means___________.: A.three English letters
B.a kind of banana
C.Chinese born in America
D.Americans born in China

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：ABCs在短文中的意思？分析原文：An ABC is a Chinese, but was born in the United States.句意：ABC是一个中国人,但出生在美国。故选：C

521 The underlined word "blood" may probably mean ____________.: A.洪水
B.祖先
C.血统
D.身份

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：划线词在句中可能的意思？分析原文：But they have Chinese blood. Their parents, grandparents or even great-grandparents were from China.句意：但有中国的血统。他们的父母,甚至祖父母或曾祖父母都来自中国。因此划线词为血统之意。故选：C

522 This passage mainly talks about_________________.: A.different kinds of bananas
B.overseas Chinese
C.the Nobel Prize
D.the story of C.N. Yang

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。问题：信息主要谈论了什么？分析原文：They are overseas（海外的）Chinese.句意：他们是海外的中国人。故选：B

Dear Lisa, I am glad to know that you plan to go hiking with your friends in West Hill in my hometown next month. And you will stay in the hill for two days. So I'd like to tell you something about it. West Hill is one of the most famous hills in my hometown. It is just 20 minutes from my village by bus. I go to West Hill once a month. Spring is a good season to hike in West Hill. It is not cold or hot. The hill is beautiful and you can see trees, birds and waterfalls（瀑布）. The biggest waterfall in the mountain is as high as 110 metres. I can also be your guide. If you want me to help you, write to me. Yours, Lucy

523 Where does Lucy live?: A.In a small city.
B.In a village.
C.In a big town.
D.In a big city.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据I am glad to know that you plan to go hiking with your friends in West Hill in my hometown next month.很高兴知道你计划下个月来我的家乡西山远足，可知答案选B

524 Which season is good for hiking in West Hill according to Lucy?: A.Spring
B.Summer
C.Autumn
D.Winter

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Spring is a good season to hike in West Hill.春天是在西山远足的一个好季节，可知答案选A

525 How often does Lucy go to West Hill?: A.Once a week.
B.Once a month.
C.Twice a week.
D.Twice a month.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据I go to West Hill once a month.我一个月去一次西山，可知答案选B

526 What CANNOT people see in West Hill?: A.Waterfalls
B.Trees
C.Lake
D.Birds

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据you can see trees, birds and waterfalls你可以看到树、鸟和瀑布，可知答案选C

527 How long will Lisa and her friends stay in West Hill?: A.One day
B.One day and a half
C.Two days
D.Three days

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据And you will stay in the hill for two days. 你要在这儿呆两天，可知答案选C

When I was fourteen years old, I made my first visit to the United States. It wasn't the first time I had been abroad (Like many English children, I had often been to France). So when I went to America I thought I would have a nice easy holiday without any language problem. How wrong I was! The misunderstanding began at the airport. I was looking for a public telephone to tell my American friend Danny that I had arrived. A friendly old man saw me looking lost and asked if he could help me. "Yes," I said, "I want to give my friend a ring." "Well, that's nice," he said, "Are you getting married? But aren't you too young?" "Who is talking about marriage?" I replied, "I only want to give my friend a ring to tell him I've arrived. Can you tell me where there is a phone box?" "Oh," he said, "there is a phone downstairs." When at last we met, Danny explained the misunderstanding to me. "Don't worry," he said to me, "I had so many difficulties at first. There are lots of words which Americans use differently in meaning from British people. You'll soon get used to all the funny things they say. Most of the time, British and American people understand each other."

528 The writer was from________.: A.Japan
B.France
C.America
D.England

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据When I was fourteen years old, I made my first visit to the United States. Like many English children, I had often been to France当我十四岁时，我第一次去美国，像许多英语国家的孩子一样，我经常去法国，可知不是日本，法国和美国，故答案选D

529 The writer thought ________ in America at first.: A.he wouldn't have any language difficulties
B.he would be lost and he had to call the police for help
C.he wouldn't understand the Americans
D.he would have a terrible holiday

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 So when I went to America I thought I would have a nice easy holiday without any language problem.所以当我去美国时，我认为我会过一个没有任何语言问题的美好容易的假期，可知答案选A

530 The writer wanted to ________ at the airport.: A.have a meal
B.buy a map
C.call his friend
D.find an old man

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 I was looking for a public telephone to tell my American friend Danny that I had arrived.我正在找一个公共电话告诉我的美国朋友丹尼我已经到了，可知答案选C

531 According to（根据） the friendly old man, "give somebody a ring" means "________".: A.make a telephone call to somebody
B.be going to get married
C.buy a ring for somebody
D.ask somebody to wear a ring

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Are you getting married? But aren't you too young?你结婚了吗？但你是不是太年轻了？可知答案选B

532 The underlined word "they" refers to ________.: A.the old man and the boy
B.the British
C.the French
D.the Americans

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据There are lots of words which Americans use differently in meaning from British people. 有许多美国人使用的单词意思与英国人用的不一样，可知答案选D

When my family moved to America from a small village in Guangdong, China, we brought not only our luggage, but also our village rules, customs and culture. One of the rules is that young people should always respect elders. Unluckily, this rule led to my very first embarrassment in the United States. I had a part-time job as a waiter in a Chinese restaurant. One time, when I was serving food to a middle-aged couple, the wife asked me how the food could be served so quickly. I told her that I had made sure they got their food quickly because I always respect the elderly. As soon as I said that, her face showed great displeasure. My manager, who happened to hear what I said, took me aside and gave me a long lecture about how sensitive(敏感) Americans are and how they dislike the description "old". I then walked back to the table and apologized to the wife. After the couple heard my reason, they understood that the problem was caused by cultural differences, so they laughed and were no longer angry. In my village in China, people are proud of being old. Not so many people live to be seventy or eighty, and people who reach such an age have the most knowledge and experience. Young people always respect older people because they know they can learn from their rich experience. However, in the United States, people think "growing old" is a problem since "old" shows that a person is going to retire or that the body is not working well. Here many people try to keep themselves away from growing old by doing exercises or jogging, and women put on makeup, hoping to look young. When I told the couple in the restaurant that I respect the elderly, they got angry because this caused them to feel they had failed to stay young. I had told them something they didn't want to hear. After that, I changed the way I had been with older people. It is not that I don't respect them any more; I still respect them, but now I don't show my feelings through words.

533 Jack brought the couple their food very fast because[_______________.: A.the manager asked him to do so
B.he respected the elderly
C.the couple wanted him to do so
D.he wanted more pay

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
B细节理解题。根据文章首段One of the rules is that young people should always respect elders和.第二段I told her that I had made sure they got their food quickly because I always respect the elderly.可以判断答案选B。

534 When Jack called the couple "elderly", they became[____________.: A.nervous
B.satisfied
C.unhappy
D.excited

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
C细节理解题。从文章第二段As soon as I said that, her face showed great displeasure.可知当杰克称呼那对夫妇"老人"的时候，他们明显的不高兴，答案选C。

535 In Jack's hometown,______________.: A.people dislike being called "old"
B.people are proud of being old
C.many people reach the age of seventy or eighty
D.the elderly are the first to get food in restaurants

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
B细节理解题。根据文章第三段In my village in China, people are proud of being old.可知在杰克的村子，人们以老为荣，故答案选B。

536 After this experience, Jack___________.: A.lost his job in the restaurant
B.made friends with the couple
C.no longer respected the elderly
D.changed his way with older people

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
D细节理解题。从文章末段After that, I changed the way I had been with older people. 可知答案选D。

537 Which of the following is TRUE?: A.The more Jack explained, the angrier the couple got.
B.Jack wanted to show his feelings through words after his experience.
C.The manager went back to the table and apologized to the couple.
D.From this experience, Jack learned more about American culture.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
D推理判断题。根据文章最后一段可知经过这件事情以后作者改变了自己对待老年人的方式，由此判断他对美国文化有了更深的了解，答案选D。

If you are a visitor，you may look for the post office in a foreign country.Can you imagine (想像)how those people will tell you the way? In the countryside of American Middle West，people will tell you，"Go north three miles.Turn east，and then go another two miles.' While in Los Angeles，California，the American people have no idea of the distance on the map."How far is the post office?' you ask."oh,' they answer，"it is about ten minutes by taxi from here.'But in fact，they don't know how far it is. In Greece(希腊)，a Greek will often say，"Follow me.'Then he'll go with you through the streets of the city to the post office. In many places, people usually say "Sorry，I don't know' when they can't tell you the way.However，in Mexico(墨西哥)，the people think "I don't know' is not polite(有礼貌的).They usually give an answer, often a wrong one. So you must be careful of their habits (习惯) when you are asking the way in a foreign country.

538 In __________，the people don't tell you the direction but lead(引导) you to the post office.: A.Japan　
B.America
C.Greece
D.Mexico

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In Greece(希腊)，a Greek will often say，"Follow me.'Then he'll go with you through the streets of the city to the post office.可知在希腊，一个希腊人经常说："跟着我，"然后他将和你一起穿过城市大街到达邮局。故选C。

539 You will often lose your way in __________ because the people can't give you the right direction.: A.Japan　
B.America　
C.Greece
D.Mexico

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据in Mexico(墨西哥)，the people think "I don't know' is not polite(有礼貌的).They usually give an answer, often a wrong one.可知在墨西哥，人们认为不知道路的方向是不礼貌的，他们经常会给一个错误的方向。故选D。

540 The underlined word"distance'means" __________' in Chinese.: A.方向　
B.地方　
C.距离　
D.终点

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据But in fact，they don't know how far it is.可知他们不知道多远，也就是距离。故选C。

541 __________countries are mentioned(提到) in the passage?: A.Two　
B.Three　
C.Four　
D.Five

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。文中提到的国家有American ，Greece，Mexico美国、希腊和墨西哥，共三个国家。故选B。

542 What do people usually do in many places if they don't know the way?: A.They lead you to the place.　
B.They give you a wrong answer.
C.They say nothing.　
D.They say "Sorry，I don't know.'

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In many places, people usually say "Sorry，I don't know' when they can't tell you the way.可知在许多地方，当人们不知道路时会说："对不起，我不知道。"故选D。

Do you have a headache? Take an aspirin or eat bird brains. Do you want beautiful skin? Use skin cream or eat pearls. Is your hair turning gray? Color your hair or eat black rice. "Eat bird brains, pearls, and black rice?" some people ask. "How strange!" But for many Chinese people, bird brains, pearls, and black rice are not strange things to eat. Instead, they are good medicines. Food that people use for medicines is called medical(药用的) food. The Chinese have eaten medicinal food and spices(香辛料) for centuries. Ginger, for example, is a common spice in Chinese cooking. Ginger gives food a nice flavor. The Chinese began to use ginger many years ago. They used ginger not because it tasted good. They used ginger because it was medicinal. Ginger, they thought, was good for the digestion. It also helped people who had colds. Pepper and garlic, too, were probably medicines a long time ago. Some people don't believe that food and spices are good medicines. They want to buy their medicine in drugstores, not in supermarkets. Other people want to try medicinal food. They say, "Maybe medicinal food can't help me. But it can't hurt me, either." People can try medicinal food at a Chinese restaurant in San Francisco, California. The restaurant serves medicinal food. The menus at the restaurant have a list of dinners. Next to each dinner there is information about the food. The information helps people order "Queen's Secret," for example, is one dinner at the restaurant. This dinner has meat from chickens with black feathers. It is for women who want to look young.

543 All of the followings are common spices in Chinese cooking EXCEPT ___________.: A.ginger
B.pepper
C.garlic
D.pearls

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段中Ginger, for example, is a common spice in Chinese cooking. Pepper and garlic, too, were probably medicines a long time ago.可知，A、B和C选项中的这三个在中国的饮食中都是常用的作料，D选项珍珠是可以当做药物的，但是不是作料。故选D。

544 What do you know about medicinal food?: A.The Chinese have eaten medicinal food for a long time.
B.Many Chinese believe medicinal food tastes good.
C.Medicinal food may be bad for your health.
D.Medicinal food is served all over the world.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段中The Chinese have eaten medicinal food and spices(香辛料) for centuries.可知，中国人吃药用的食物和香料已经有几个世纪的历史了，即很长时间了。故选A。

545 Why did the Chinese begin to use ginger many years ago?: A.Because it gave food different flavors.
B.Because it made food more delicious.
C.Because it was good for people's health.
D.Because it made people feel cold.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段中Ginger, for example, is a common spice in Chinese cooking. Ginger gives food a nice flavor. The Chinese began to use ginger many years ago. They used ginger not because it tasted good. They used ginger because it was medicinal.姜这种作料，中国人很久以前就开始使用了，不仅是因为它的味道好，还因为他是有药物作用的，对人的身体健康有利。故选C。

546 Which answer to the following questions can be found out from the passage?: A.When did the Chinese start to eat bird brains?
B.Why do women like "Queen's Secret"?
C.What is the advantage of using pepper?
D.How do Chinese people stop a toothache?

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文最后一段中It is for women who want to look young.可知，这里坐坐告诉了我们女性为什么喜欢女王的秘密这道菜。故选B。其他选项中的问题都没有在文章中解释答案。

547 What can we infer (推测) according to the passage?: A.More foreigners will learn more about medicinal food.
B.All the Chinese will believe black rice stops hair turning gray.
C.Ginger will be more and more popular in China.
D.Medicinal food will be sold in drugstores and supermarkets.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文的最后一段第一句话People can try medicinal food at a Chinese restaurant in San Francisco, California.可知，在加利福尼亚的旧金山，你可以在中国的餐馆里尝试药膳，故由此可以推测外国人对中国药膳的了解将会越来越多。故选A。

In America, street dancing is a great outdoor sport for young people to do with a group of friends. Many people bring their radios out onto the streets, and then wait for others to join in. Step 1 Wear comfortable clothes. Also wear comfortable running shoes that allow (允许) you to jump easily. Dancing needs a lot of movements, so it is smart to take care of your feet. Step 2 Get some music that you can dance to and bring a radio or a CD player. Step 3 Invite some friends to street dance. Put some music on and start dancing to it. Use your feet as much as possible and make quick movements. Step4 Put your arms up to the right, and then move them quickly to the left while turning your body. This will make others start street dancing. Step5 Try different movements if possible. Street dancing is all about free-style dancing. You can enjoy yourself while getting exercise by street dancing.

548 Street dancing is a kind of__________sport for young people.: A.indoor
B.outdoor
C.ball
D.difficult

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段In America, street dancing is a great outdoor sport for young people to do with a group of friends.描述,可知选B.

549 The underlined word "movements" means _________in Chinese.: A.转动
B.活泼
C.迁移
D.方向

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。联系下文so it is smart to take care of your feet.因此要巧妙地注意你的脚,可知选A.

550 If you want to street dance, you don't need to __________.: A.wear comfortable clothes
B.have a radio or a CD player
C.invite some friends
D.ask your parents to dance with

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文描述,可知跳街舞需要穿宽松的衣服,有一台录音机或者CD,以及邀请一些朋友,没有提及必须邀请父母跟着跳.故选D.

551 Which of the following is NOT right?: A.Young people like to street dance.
B.When you street dance, you need music.
C.You must be careful with your arms while moving.
D.Move your arms quickly while turning your body.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Dancing needs a lot of movements, so it is smart to take care of your feet.描述,可知选项C描述错误.

552 The main idea for the passage may be __________.: A.how to street dance
B.young people and street dancing
C.the steps for street dancing
D.street dancing in America

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇短文主要介绍了跳街舞的一些注意事项,如何跳街舞。故选A。

Dolores Huerta has worked hard most of her life to help other people. She has helped change things so that farm workers can have a better life. Dolores grew up in California. She was a good student and liked school. After she finished high school, she went to college and studied to be a teacher. After she became a teacher, Dolores noticed that many of her students were not getting enough food to eat. Some of them wore very old clothes. Dolores wondered how she could help them. Dolores decided to stop teaching so that she could spend more time helping the farm workers and their families. One thing she wanted to do was to get more pay for farm workers so they could buy their children the things they needed. Dolores knew that many farm workers moved often from one place to another to help pick different kinds of fruits and vegetables. She began talking and writing about these workers. Even people who lived far from California read what Dolores wrote. Getting higher pay for the farm workers was not easy. Dolores worked hard to make sure that farm workers got good pay for their work. She knew that nothing would change unless people made new laws to help the workers. Through all her hard work, new laws were made that gave farm workers good pay. Dolores Huerta has worked for more than 30 years in many different ways to make life better for working people. She has shown how much one person can change things.

553 Dolores became a ____ after she left college.: A.farmer
B.teacher
C.worker
D.lawyer

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段中After she finished high school, she went to college and studied to be a teacher. After she became a teacher…可知，Dolores 中学毕业后，上了大学，为成为一名教师而学习。故在大学毕业后，她成为了一名老师。故选B。

554 Dolores gave up her first job because ____.: A.she found it was too boring for her
B.the work condition was too bad
C.she wanted to do more for others
D.she got little pay for her work

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段和第三段中Dolores decided to stop teaching so that she could spend more time helping the farm workers and their families.可知，Dolores 成为老师后，发现她的学生没有足够的食物吃，所以她决定放弃教书，花更多的时间帮助农民和他们的家人。故选C。

555 How did Dolores help farm workers?: A.She gave them food and clothes.
B.She helped them teach their children.
C.She helped them got more pay.
D.She made new laws for them.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第三段中One thing she wanted to do was to get more pay for farm workers so they could buy their children the things they needed. 以及第五段Dolores worked hard to make sure that farm workers got good pay for their work.可知，Dolores 帮助农民们得到更多的报酬，这样他们就可以给孩子买他们需要的东西。故选C。

Today there are policemen everywhere, but in 1700, London had no policemen at all. A few old men used to protect the city streets at night and they were not paid. About 300 years ago, London was starting to get bigger and more and more people began to live there. The city was very dirty and many people were poor. There were so many thieves who stole money in the streets that people stayed in their homes as much as possible. In 1750,Henry Fielding started to pay a group of people to stop thieves. They were like policemen and were called "Bow Street Runners" because they worked near Bow Street. Fifty years later, there were 120 "Bow Street Runners", but London had become very big and needed more policemen. So in 1829 , the first Metropolitan(or London)Police Force was started with 3,000 officers. Most of the men worked on foot, but a few rode horses. Until 1920 all the police in London were men. Today, London police are quite well paid and for the few police officers who still ride horses, the pay is even better than for the others.

556 In 1700, the men who protected the streets were paid _________.: A.a few
B.nothing
C.a little
D.a lot

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文的第一段中but in 1700, London had no policemen at all. A few old men used to protect the city streets at night and they were not paid.可知，在1700年，伦敦根本没有警察，少数的老人来保护城市的街道，而且题目没有报酬。故选B。

557 About 300 years ago, many people _________.: A.wanted to leave London
B.had big houses in London
C.became policemen
D.came to live in London

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段的第一句话About 300 years ago, London was starting to get bigger and more and more people began to live there.可知，在大约300年前，伦敦变得越来越大，越来越多的人来到伦敦居住。故选D。

558 People didn't leave their houses because _________.: A.they had no money
B.they were afraid of losing money
C.the city was not clean
D.they liked homes

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段中There were so many thieves who stole money in the streets that people stayed in their homes as much as possible.可知，在300年前，伦敦的街道上有很多的小偷，所以人们都尽可能的呆在自己的家里。故选B。

559 The "Bow Street Runners" _________.: A.stopped people stealing
B.stole money
C.paid people to steal
D.stopped people riding horses

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文的第四段中In 1750,Henry Fielding started to pay a group of people to stop thieves. They were like policemen and were called "Bow Street Runners" because they worked near Bow Street.可知，在1750年，Henry Fielding开始付钱请一些人来防止小偷。他们就像今天的警察一样，他们被叫做Bow Street Runners，因为他们在Bow Street 这个街道附近工作。故这些人是来防止小偷的。故选A。

"Who needs a shopping mall if you have Taobao?" says Wang Lin, 28, a writer in Beijing. Taobao, China's largest online shopping site (网上购物站), has become an important part of Wang Lin's life. She spends lots of money on Taobao. A growing number of Chinese Internet users like Wang have found the joys of online shopping. Most online shoppers are students or young people. More women shop online than men. Clothing and home-use products (产品) are the most popular online. It was reported that more than 500 billion yuan was spent on online shopping last year, 80% through Taobao. Taobao means "looking for treasure" in Chinese. People can find almost everything they need on Taobao, from clothes to books, from candies to DVD players. You may question the security of online shopping Wang Lin said, "It's very safe and convenient. Unless（除非） you receive the products from the sellers and are satisfied（满意的） with them, the shop owner will not get the money. You can also get your money back if you want to return the products."

560 Taobao is_______________.: A.a shopping mall
B.an online shopper
C.an online shopping site
D.the China's largest website

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段Taobao, China's largest online shopping site (网上购物站),故选择C。

561 In the last paragraph, the underlined word "them" refers to (所指) "_____________".: A.products
B.the shop owners
C.sellers
D.online shops

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Unless（除非） you receive the products from the sellers，故选择A。

562 Which is the best title of the passage?: A.Wang Lin's life
B.Online shopping in China
C.China's online shoppers
D.Shopping online is not safe

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据对整个文章的理解，可知这篇文章最好的标题是网上购物，故选B。

Venice is a great place in the world. People call it "City of Water" because it is built on the water just like some stone buildings floating (漂浮) on the water. There are more than 350 bridges in the city. It's in the southeast of Italy. You can hardly hear the sound of cars in the city. All transportation is by boat or on foot. And the most popular vehicle (交通工具) is gondola (贡多拉). You can see the beautiful sights and at the same time hear Italian operas on it. It's also a city of art and music. It played a very important role in the Renaissance (文艺复兴). There are a lot of buildings there. Venice is a special and unique (独一无二的) place in the world, so a lot of people come to visit it every year. It's better to visit the city in July, August, or September. And the people who come here will never forget this beautiful place.

563 Where is Venice?: A.In Italy.
B.In Japan.
C.In England.
D.In France.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据It's in the southeast of Italy. 可知威尼斯在意大利，故选A。

564 Why is gondola the most popular vehicle in Venice?: A.Because it goes very fast.
B.Because you can have delicious food on it.
C.Because it is very cheap.
D.Because you can see the sights and hear the operas on it.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据You can see the beautiful sights and at the same time hear Italian operas on it. 因为坐贡多拉可以看到美丽的风景同时听到意大利的喜剧，故选D。

565 When is better to visit Venice?: A.In June and July.
B.In August and September.
C.In September and October.
D.In May and July.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据It's better to visit the city in July, August, or September.参观威尼斯最佳的时间是7月、8月和9月，故选B。

"How are you?" is a nice question .It's a friendly way that people in the U.S.A greet each other. But "How are you?" is also a very unusual question. It's a question that often doesn't need an answer. The person who asks "How are you?" hopes to hear the answer "Fine", even if the person's friend isn't fine. The reason is that "How are you?" isn't really a question and "Fine "isn't really an answer. They are simply other ways of saying "Hello" or "Hi". Sometimes ,people also don't say exactly what they mean. For example, when someone Asks "Do you agree?" ,the other person might think, "No, I disagree. I think you're Wrong..."But it isn't very polite to disagree so strongly, so the other person might say "I'm not sure." It's a nicer way to say that you don't agree with someone. People also don't say exactly what they are thinking when they finish talking with other people. For example, many talks over the phone finish when one person say "I've to go now. "Often, the person who wants to hang up gives and excuse:" Someone's at the door.""Something is burning on the stove." The excuses might be real, or not. Perhaps the person who wants to hang up simply doesn't want to talk any more, but it isn't polite to say that. The excuse is more polite ,and it doesn't hurt the other person. Whether they are greeting each other, talking about an idea, of finishing a talk, people don't say exactly that they are thinking. It's an important way that people try to be nice to each other, and it's part of the game of language.

566 When a person disagree with someone, it is polite to say"_________".: A.You are wrong. I disagree.
B.I'm not sure.
C.I'm sure I disagree.
D.No, I disagree.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段so the other person might say "I'm not sure." It's a nicer way to say that you don't agree with someone.描述，可知说"I'm not sure. "是礼貌的方式，故选B

567 A polite way to finish talk is to say"__________".: A.You have to go now.
B.I want to hang up.
C.I have to go now.
D.I don't want to talk any more.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段many talks over the phone finish when one person say "I've to go now. "描述。故选C

568 When a person says "I've to go now .Someone's at the door.", the person may be _______.: A.giving an excuse
B.hurting someone's feeling
C.ill
D.asking you a question

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段Often, the person who wants to hang up gives and excuse:" Someone's at the door.""Something is burning on the stove."描述，故选A

569 The rule of the game of language is probably"__________".: A.Always say what you mean
B.Don't disagree with people.
C.Never say exactly what you're thinking.
D.Be polite.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第四段It's an important way that people try to be nice to each other, and it's part of the game of language.描述，语言游戏的一部分是设法对别人友好是重要的。故选D

In most parts of the world there are four seasons. They are spring, summer, fall and winter. In different seasons people wear different clothes and do different things. For example, in summer the weather is hot, so people usually wear cool clothes and do things like swimming, boating or surfing(冲浪). But near the polar regions(极地), there are only two seasons: winter and summer. In winter, nights are long. For more than two months(两个多月) you can't see the sun. In summer, days are long and the sun is always in the sky. There are no nights. The people living near the North Pole(北极) are called Inuit(伊努伊特人). In summer they live in tents and catch deer for food. In winter they live in small round snow houses. They can build(建造) a snow house. They make holes(洞) in the ice and catch fish and seals(海豹). They eat much meat but not many vegetables.

570 How many seasons are there in most parts of the world?: A.Two.
B.Three.
C.One.
D.Four.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In most parts of the world there are four seasons.可知在世界大部分地区有四个季节。故选D。

571 In summer, people usually wear clothes and do things like swimming, boating or____________.: A.cool; skating
B.warm; flying
C.cool; surfing
D.cold; flying

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据For example, in summer the weather is hot, so people usually wear cool clothes and do things like swimming, boating or surfing(冲浪).可知在夏天，人们经常穿着凉爽的衣服，游泳、划船和冲浪。故选C。

572 Inuit live in tents and catch for food in summer.: A.deer
B.dogs
C.fish
D.seals

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In summer they live in tents and catch deer for food.可知在夏天伊努伊特人住在帐篷里，捕捉鹿作为食物。故选A。

573 There are two seasons near the polar regions. They are ____________.: A.summer and spring
B.fall and winter
C.summer and winter
D.summer and fall

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据But near the polar regions(极地), there are only two seasons: winter and summer.可知在极低附近只有两个季节：冬季和夏季。故选C。

574 Which sentence is right?: A.We can skate in summer.
B.Inuit build snow houses in winter.
C.Inuit eat little meat but many vegetables.
D.There are four seasons near the polar regions.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In winter they live in small round snow houses. They can build(建造) a snow house.可知在冬天伊努伊特人住在雪屋里，他们会建造雪屋。故选B。

Amsterdam is one of the most beautiful cities in Holland(荷兰). It is the capital of Holland. There are many big squares and nice museums. Hundreds and thousands of people from all over the world visit there every year. Riding bicycles is a fun and easy way to get around Amsterdam. Most students go to school by bicycle. People ride their bicycles to work. Even the policemen work on bicycles. There are many roads and traffic signs for bicycles in Amsterdam. There are also many places for bicycle parking. If you travel in Amsterdam, you don't need to take a bus or a taxi, just ride a bicycle. You can reach more places by bicycle than by any other way. It is also fantastic to go for a ride. There are a lot of bicycle shops in Amsterdam. You can buy yourself a nice bicycle at a good price in the shops. If you don't wants to buy a bicycle, you can go to a bicycle rental(自行车租赁店). You can find one in almost every place of the city. You'd better find a guide when you are travelling in Amsterdam. Because he would take you to some of the city's most beautiful places. Riding bicycles in Amsterdam is great fun and relaxing. But there is one thing you must keep in mind. You should always follow the traffic rules.

575 Why do many people visit there every year?: A.Because riding bicycles is very easy and fun.
B.Because there are many big squares and nice museums.
C.Because there are many bicycle rentals.
D.Because it is the capital of Holland.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据There are many big squares and nice museums.有许多大广场和漂亮的博物馆，可知选B

576 How can you enjoy more in your trip to Amsterdam?: A.You should find a guide.
B.You needn't follow the traffic rules.
C.You can enjoy a bus trip.
D.You'd better go on the trip alone.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 You'd better find a guide when you are travelling in Amsterdam. Because he would take you to some of the city's most beautiful places.你最好找到一个向导当你在阿姆斯特丹旅行时，因为他会带你到城市的一些极漂亮的地方，可知选A

577 What can't you get from this passage?: A.You can buy a bicycle by yourself.
B.You can go to a bicycle rental to borrow one.
C.You can borrow a bicycle in some special bicycle shops for free.
D.There are also many car rentals there.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 You can buy yourself a nice bicycle at a good price in the shops. If you don't wants to buy a bicycle, you can go to a bicycle rental.You can find one in almost every place of the city. 你能在商店里以一个合理的价钱给自己买一个好看的自行车，如果你不想买自行车，你可以去租自行车，几乎在城市的每个地方你能找到一辆，可知选C

578 This passage may not be from______.: A.Magazine.
B.Homepage of Amsterdam.
C.Book of travelling.
D.Book of science.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据Amsterdam阿姆斯特丹、 trave旅行，可知这篇文章不可能出自科学书，故选D

What is your favorite color? Ask famous persons like Cate Blanchett，Searlett Johansson and Bono，and maybe they will say"green."That's not because these artists particularly like the color green.Instead，they are interested in green fashion. Green fashion is about making(and wearing)clothes that are good for humans，animals，and the Earth.In the past，green fashion made people think of hippies(嬉皮士)and ugly clothes.But today，green fashion is different.It is about looking good and caring about the Earth and other people.You can have interesting clothes and be green. Around the world，green fashion is becoming popular.For example，the U.K.company People Tree sells men's and women's clothing and accessories(饰品).They are made from natural fabrics(织物)like cotton and wool.Workers who make the clothes are from countries like Nepal，Kenya，and Bangladesh.People Tree pays the men and women good money for the clothes they create. Singer Bono and his wife also started a clothing company called EDUN.When the clothes sell，EDUN uses most of the money to help people around the world.

579 According to the passage，what is"green fashion"?: A.Wearing the color green all the time.
B.Making clothes from green trees.
C.Putting green make-up on your face.
D.Wearing clothes that are good for the Earth.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。细节理解题。由第二段第一句"Green fashion is about making(and wearing)clothes that are good for humans，animals，and the Earth."可知D正确。故选D。

580 Which sentence about green clothing companies is true?: A.Most use natural fabrics to make clothes.
B.Many do not pay their workers well.
C.They make clothes mostly for women.
D.Most of the companies are in Africa.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
整体理解题。通读全文可知 Green fashion is about making(and wearing)clothes that are good for humans，animals可知C不对,People tree pays the men and women good money for the clothes they create.可知B不对，Around the world，green fashion is becoming popular。可知D不对。故选A。

581 According to the passage，what does EDUN do?: A.It teaches children to make clothes.
B.It sells clothes and uses the money to help people.
C.It gives clothes to poor people.
D.It makes expensive clothes for teenagers.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。由最后一段可知B正确。故选B。

Hi, boys and girls! Welcome to our museum. It's free. You don't have to pay any money. But we have some rules for you. Please remember them and do as I say. Firstly, don't have food or drink here. You may make our museum dirty. Secondly, you can take photos here, but don't touch （触摸） the things here. Thirdly, keep quiet in the museum. Don't talk loudly. Fourthly, the museum is not open after five o'clock in the afternoon. Please leave (离开） before five. Have a good time here! Thank you.

582 There are some rules for a _________.: A.store
B.park
C.school
D.museum

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Welcome to our museum. It's free. You don't have to pay any money. But we have some rules for you. 可知这里是历史博物馆的规章制度，故选D。

583 What's the Chinese meaning of the word "free" in the article?: A.免费的
B.迅速的
C.高兴的
D.自由的

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据You don't have to pay any money 可知没有必要付钱，就是免费的，故选A。

584 Students can _________in the museum.: A.have food and drink
B.take photos
C.touch the things
D.talk loudly

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据you can take photos here, 可以拍照，故选B。

585 Students can stay in the museum _________.: A.all day
B.before 5:00 a.m.
C.before 5:00 p.m.
D.after 5:00 p.m.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Fourthly, the museum is not open after five o'clock in the afternoon. 下午五点之前关门，所以学生必须5点前离开，故选C。

586 We can learn from the article(文章) that _________.: A.students don't want to pay any money
B.the museum has five rules for the students
C.the speaker who tells the students the rules is a teacher
D.the speaker hopes the students have a good time

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Have a good time here!可知说话的人祝学生们玩的开心，故选D。

There is a famous saying from the French politician J.A. Brillat-Savarin that goes: "Tell me what kind of food you eat, and I will tell you what kind of man you are." It can be easy to not really think about what you eat. For example, whenever you go into a supermarket to buy a drink, it is all too easy to pick up an ice cream or a piece of chocolate as well. You might not even really want them, but sometimes their bright, nice packaging(包装) can be too hard to refuse. So, in our special food magazine we will show you why you should really pay more attention to what you eat! Food not only influences our health but also our beliefs, customs and personalities. The first article will look at the way fast food is leading to obesity (肥胖). The famous cook, Jamie Oliver, has made it his purpose to introduce ideas about healthy eating. In a speech, Jamie Oliver told the world that during the 18 minutes that he gave his speech, four Americans would die because of the food that they ate! Obesity is also a growing problem in China. As China Daily reported in February, the number of obese people under the age of 18 in China has reached 120 million. Jamie has worked for 10 years to try and fight this problem. Learning about food is important not just because of health problems but also because many people still don't have enough food today. And we know as the improvement of science sometimes we have to face genetically modified (转基因) food. Don't worry – we'll make you know more about all these topics in our special article! We'll also tell you something interesting about food. For example, do you know what the largest food on the menu is all over the world? It's the roasted camel and it has been served for several hundred years, often stuffed (填满) with chicken, lamb, egg, fish and rice! Hopefully by the time you finish reading this edition(版本), you'll pay more attention to the food that you eat. As Oliver says, food is something that can help us enjoy our life. It is important that we love it!

587 Where is J.A. Brillat-Savarin from?: A.America.
B.England.
C.France.
D.Australia.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据There is a famous saying from the French politician J.A. Brillat-Savarin 有一个法国政治家 J.A. Brillat-Savarin说过的名言，可知选C

588 Food can influence us in many ways except our ___________.: A.health
B.beliefs
C.customs
D.dreams

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Food not only influences our health but also our beliefs, customs and personalities.食物不仅影响我们的健康也影响我们的信念、风俗习惯和个性，可知选D

589 Someone is too fat , maybe because he eats too much ______.: A.chicken
B.lamb
C.roasted camel
D.fast food

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据The first article will look at the way fast food is leading to obesity每一篇文章会看到快餐是导致肥胖的方式，可知选D

590 Which of the following is true according to the passage?: A.Some people may buy some food just because of it's packaging.
B.Four Americans died because of Jamie Oliver's speech.
C.We have enough food for all the people in the world now.
D.Chicken is the largest food on the menu all over the world.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据.You might not even really want them, but sometimes their bright, nice packaging(包装) can be too hard to refuse你也许根本不想真要，但有时它们的亮丽、漂亮的包装让你很难去拒绝，可知选A

"AN Englishman, even if he is alone, forms an orderly queue (队伍) of one," wrote famous British author George Mikes. While this sounds funny, it's a popular English stereotype (刻板印象). From the supermarket to the subway, queues are a common sight on the streets of Britain. Here in China, queues are normal, too. It is a part of everyday life. People queue most of the time, from buying tickets in the cinema to waiting for seats at a restaurant.But in certain situations, you'll find yourself in the middle of a rushing crowd, such as getting onto the subway. Even away from the busy subway platform (站台), queues are different. One day I was standing in line at the supermarket.I left a small space in front of me. Within seconds, a girl walked by and took her place in that small space.I was surprised at first, but later I found these experiences very interesting. It is with these small, everyday differences that I get to live and learn within a new culture. Back in Britain, the average person spends six months of their life waiting in a queue, according to the auction site MadBid. To pass the time, maybe they tell themselves the famous proverb: good things come to those who wait.

591 The English are well known for _____.经过时间，: A.forming an orderly queue
B.being rude and loud
C.traveling on subways
D.spending more time waiting in a queue

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据From the supermarket to the subway, queues are a common sight on the streets of Britain从超市到地铁，在英国的街道上排队是很普通的情景，可知选A

592 When the girl jumped the queue, how did the writer feel?: A.annoyed → calm
B.calm → angry
C.surprised → interested
D.shocked → angry

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据I was surprised at first, but later I found these experiences very interesting. 我先是吃惊，但后来我发现这些经历很有趣，可知选C

593 The purpose of the article is to _____.: A.call on people in China to queue more
B.compare queuing in two different countries
C.praise the English for following good manners
D.explain why people rush in some situations

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
主旨大意题。根据From the supermarket to the subway, queues are a common sight on the streets of Britain从超市到地铁，在英国的街道上排除是很普通的情景，Here in China, queues are normal, too. 在中国，排队也是正常的，可知选B

594 In which part of a newspaper would you most probably read this article?: A.Sports.
B.News.
C.Culture.
D.Business.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据It is with these small, everyday differences that I get to live and learn within a new culture.正是以这些小小的、日常的区别，我渐渐学会在一种新的文化中生存和学习，可知选C

London used to be "foggy" for the same reason that cities like Beijing or Chongqing are "foggy" today. The "fog" was in fact smog, a mixture of smoke and fog. In other words, it was made by air pollution. In London, some of this pollution came from factories, but much of it came from the coal (煤) that people burnt in their houses to keep warm during the winter. By the 1950s, London's smog problem had become so bad that the government decided to do something to clean the air. A new law was made and nobody could burn coal in any British city. Within a few years, the air became much cleaner. There were no more "pea-soupers". Many Chinese cities now face the same sort of problem with air pollution that London faced 40 or 50 years ago. However, this problem is more difficult for Chinese cities to solve. One reason is that more of the pollution comes from the factories, rather than from coal burnt in people's houses. If these factories were closed, this would harm the economy and lots of people would lose their jobs. Another reason is that changing from coal to cleaner fuel (燃料), like gas, is quite expensive. However, the air in many Chinese cities is becoming cleaner and cleaner, as the government and people pay more and more attention to cutting down pollution. As a result, there are fewer "pea-soupers" in Beijing than there used to be.

595 What was the main reason for air pollution in London?: A.There was too much smoke in the sky.
B.There were too many factories in the city.
C.People burnt too much coal in the houses.
D.The city was too big for the cleaners to clean.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In London, some of this pollution came from factories, but much of it came from the coal (煤) that people burnt in their houses to keep warm during the winter.。可知，伦敦的污染大部分来自冬天人们为了取暖而烧的煤。故选C。

596 How did the air in London become much cleaner?: A.There was not so much fog in the winter later.
B.A law was made to keep people from burning coal in their houses.
C.Many factories in the city were closed.
D.People paid more attention to cleaning their city.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据A new law was made and nobody could burn coal in any British city.可知，英国政府制定了新的法律，在英国任何一个城市没有人可以烧煤。故选B。

597 What does the underlined word "pea-soupers" refer to?: A.Smog.
B.Smoke.
C.Gas.
D.Coal.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
词义推测题。根据前一句的意思，任何人不得燃煤的规定执行几年后，英国的空气变得干净多了。可知本句的意思是：空气干净了，不再有一开始提到的烟雾了。故选A。

598 The problem of air pollution is more difficult for Chinese cities to solve because of _____ reasons.: A.one
B.two
C.three
D.four

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据，中国的城市污染不能解决的原因有二。一、更多的污染来自工厂；二、煤改清洁燃料的费用太贵了。故选B。

599 Which sentence is NOT true?: A.Air pollution is serious in Beijing and Chongqing.
B.Using coal is much more expensive than using gas.
C.Factories made much more pollution in China.
D.The reasons of air pollution in London and Beijing are different.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。题目要求我们判断不正确的描述。A. Air pollution is serious in Beijing and Chongqing.空气污染在北京和重庆很严重；文章第一句话就提到了；B. Using coal is much more expensive than using gas. 用煤比用气贵得多。根据Another reason is that changing from coal to cleaner fuel (燃料), like gas, is quite expensive.可知，把煤改成像气那样的燃料太贵了。所以与事实不符。C. Factories made much more pollution in China.在中国工厂的污染更多。根据文章第二段可知，工厂的污染大，又没有办法关闭，因为很多人会失业；所以C的陈述正确；D. The reasons of air pollution in London and Beijing are different.伦敦和北京的污染不一样。伦敦的污染是因为市民取暖用煤；北京的污染是因为工厂的原因。所以不一样。陈述正确。故选B。

Knowing how to ask for information and help politely is important. In English, "Where are the restrooms?" and "Could you please tell me where the restrooms are?" are similar requests (请求) — both are correct English, but the first could sound rude. It's important to use correct language, but sometimes this alone is not enough — we need to learn how to be polite when we make requests. In English, just like in Chinese, we change the way we speak when talking with different people. The expressions you use might depend on whom you are speaking to or how well you know them. If you say to your teacher, "Where is my book?" this will sound rude. But if you say, "Excuse me, Mr West. Do you know where my book is?" your question will sound much more polite. On the other hand, it might be alright to say "Where is my book?" to the people you know well. And you would not usually say, "Peter, lend me your pen." A very direct order like this can sound rude in English. Usually in English polite questions are longer and include extra (附加的) language, such as "Could you please...?" or "Can I ask...?" It sounds more polite to say, "Peter, could you please lend me your pen?" If you stop a stranger in the street, we might first say, "Excuse me. I wonder if you can help me." or "I'm sorry to trouble you but…" before asking him for help. It might seem that speaking politely is more difficult than being direct, and in a way this may be true.

600 When we make requests, we need to speak in a ____ way.: A.polite
B.careful
C.different
D.direct

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段的最后一句话we need to learn how to be polite when we make requests.可知，当我们提出要求的时候，我们需要学会怎样说才是有礼貌的。即我们提要求的时候，要用礼貌的方式来表达。故选A。

601 You should say "____" when you ask a stranger for a way.: A.Which is the way to the zoo?
B.How can I get to the zoo?
C.Do you know the way to the zoo?
D.Excuse me. Can you tell me the way to the zoo?

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据这篇短文的大意我们可以知道，当我们跟别人说话的时候，尤其是在提要求的时候，一定要注意说话要有礼貌。所以当我们向别人问路的时候，我们不能直接的来提问，而是要加上一些附加的语言，如excuse me，及can you tell me…。故应选D。

602 Which of the following is true according to the passage?: A.We should use long sentences when we ask for information and help.
B.When we ask for help from others, polite language must be used.
C.The way of speaking is important when we ask different people for help.
D.In English, polite questions are as neccessary as rude and direct ones.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。A选项意为：当我们向别人寻求信息或帮助的时候，我们应该使用长句子。这不符合文章的意思；B选项意为：当我们需要别人的帮助的时候，必须用有礼貌的语言。根据文意可知，如果我们向关系比较好的人询问，用一般的语言也是可以的；D选项意为：在英语里，有礼貌的问题和粗鲁的、直接的问题一样的有必要。这个说法不符合文意。C选项意为：当我们向不同的人求助的时候，说话的方式是重要的。根据短文第二段In English, just like in Chinese, we change the way we speak when talking with different people.可知这个表达是符合文意的。故选C。

Good afternoon, everyone. My talk for today is "Early Money". I'm going to tell you something about money used in the early days. To tell you the truth, we know little about how early people came to use money, but we do know some of the things which have been used as money. In early times in some European countries, salt was very difficult to get, so it was used as money. In some places of Asia, tea was used as money. The American Indians used nuts and other things. Perhaps the most common money of all was an animal of some kind. In some places today, cows are still used as a kind of money. So you see, things highly valued by everyday may serve as money. The Chinese were the first people to use coins as money. Oh, here are some coins of past. You can come over and have a look.

603 We know _________ about the development of "Early Money".: A.much
B.little
C.few
D.a bit

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中To tell you the truth, we know little about how early people came to use money, but we do know some of the things which have been used as money.可知该选B。

604 Which is NOT referred to in the passage that was probably used in the past?: A.cows
B.nuts
C.tea
D.silk

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中在早期欧洲用盐作为钱，在亚洲的一些地方用茶作为钱，美国印第安人用螺母和其他的东西作为钱，现在的一些地方仍然用奶牛作为钱，但没有提到用丝绸作为钱。所以该选D。

605 Why was salt used in Europe?: A.It was used every day.
B.It was cheap.
C.It was common.
D.It was difficult to get.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中In early times in some European countries, salt was very difficult to get, so it was used as money.可知该选D。

606 Which one is still used as money nowadays?: A.nuts
B.salt
C.cows
D.tea

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中In some places today, cows are still used as a kind of money.可知该选C。

607 This passage may be a _________.: A.news
B.message
C.speech
D.notice

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文开头Good afternoon, everyone. My talk for today is "Early Money".可知该选C。

Long Lake Camp For Teens Have fun every minute of every day at Long Lake Summer Camp! Every day is perfect because you can not only enjoy activities but also make new friends. Long Lake Rock Camp Our Rock Camp is different from anywhere else. We can offer you all the band lessons. We add a special Rock Guitar this summer. You can practice with your friends every day. Long Lake Dance Camp All our wonderful dance camp teachers are returning this summer. We will again offer you all the very best dance camps for modern dance, hip hop, musical theater and more. Long Lake Music Camp There is something for every interest, whether you sing or play an instrument. You also can develop your music skills. Long Lake Film Camp Long Lake Film Camp offers great film making chances. With our help, you can make your own film. Try it! Most importantly, our video experts share their experience of the art of film making. Cost: $1000 — $1999 Ages: From 10 to 16 Camp Address: 199 Washington Avenue, Dobbs Ferry , New York 10522 Tel: 800 767 7111 E-mail: marc@longlakecamp.com

608 How many kinds of camps are mentioned in this passage?: A.One.
B.Two.
C.Three.
D.Four.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。阅读短文可知，本文主要介绍了Long Lake Rock Camp……Long Lake Dance Camp……Long Lake Music Camp……Long Lake Film Camp等四种夏令营，故选D。

609 If you want to practise dancing, you can choose ______.: A.Long Lake Rock Camp
B.Long Lake Dance Camp
C.Long Lake Music Camp
D.Long Lake Film Camp

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Long Lake Dance Camp All our wonderful dance camp teachers are returning this summer. We will again offer you all the very best dance camps for modern dance, hip hop, musical theater and more.描述，可知参加长湖舞蹈夏令营可以练习舞蹈。故选B。

610 What can you do at Long Lake Film Camp?: A.Watch some famous films.
B.Learn how to make a film.
C.Ask for advice on dancing.
D.Create a special rock band.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Long Lake Film Camp Long Lake Film Camp offers great film making chances. With our help, you can make your own film. 描述可知在长湖电影夏令营中可以学到电影制作。故选B。

Lost Cat Returned To Owner 12 Years Later April 3, 2014 – Linda Edwards of Las Vegas, Nevada is full of happiness because her long lost cat Spaz has been returned to her – 12 years after he first went missing! Spaz first went missing in 2002 and Edwards looked for him every day for three months. She searched all around her town and even wrote letters to some newspapers for help and was never able to find him. At the end of the three months, on New Year's Eve of 2002 her searching stopped. But someone recently discovered a dirty, thin stray cat (流浪猫) and took him into a West Flamingo Animal Hospital. The people working in the hospital checked the cat and were sure enough that his name was Spaz and he belonged to Edwards! "An old lady found a kitty on Sunday and brought him here. We scanned (扫描) him for a microchip (微芯片) and we were able to find out his owner. The kitty, whose name is Spaz, has been missing for 12 years!" the animal hospital wrote on their Facebook page early last week. Microchipping pets is a way to recognize if a stray animal belongs to anyone who could be missing them. Microchipping pets allows animal services to learn if they have a family waiting for them. Microchips are only about the size of a grain of rice and can only be removed by operation. Edwards is very thankful she had Spaz microchipped and was so excited to get him back! "I feel like I have a second chance," she said. "This would have never happened if it weren't for microchips."

611 The cat got lost ______.: A.three months ago
B.12 years ago
C.on April 3, 2014
D.on New Year's Eve, 2002

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据because her long lost cat Spaz has been returned to her – 12 years after he first went missing!描述，可知这只猫已经丢失了12年。故选B。

612 After the hospital checked the cat, they knew ______.: A.its feeling
B.its hobby
C.its stray life
D.its owner's name

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据The people working in the hospital checked the cat and were sure enough that his name was Spaz and he belonged to Edwards!描述，可知医院的工作人员通过检查得知了这只猫的主人的名字。故选D。

613 ______ make(s) it possible for owners to find their lost pets.: A.The microchip
B.Animal hospitals
C.The newspaper
D.Family members

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Microchipping pets is a way to recognize if a stray animal belongs to anyone who could be missing them. 描述，可知微芯片让主人找到他们丢失的宠物成为可能。故选A。

Imagine having an idea, drawing it on paper, bringing it to a store and seeing it turned into an object. This is now possible with the help of 3D printers. Such machines were once used just by universities and big companies, but now, stores with 3D printing services are appearing around the United States. Bryan Jaycox and his wife opened The Build Shop LLC in Los Angeles two years ago. The Jaycoxs offer 3D printing classes and services for anyone who is interested. "I think 3D printing is going to be huge. It's going to have a huge influence on society as a whole." says KiChong Tran, one of the students in a recent class. He plans to open a 3D printing business in Cambodia (柬埔寨). 3D printing services are coming into American people's life. The UPS Store is a nationwide retailer (零售商) that provides copying and other services. The UPS Store recently put 3D printers in three of its independently-owned stores. Burke Jones owns one of the stores in San Diego. "The demand has been amazing. There has been a lot of interest from people. It's been much more than I would have imagined." The UPS Store plans to add 3D printers in three more stores. For $11, someone used a 3D printer to produce two small plastic parts as part of a knuckle (指节) for a hand. He works for the company which is testing finger prosthetics (假肢). He says the same–day or next-day printing services will speed up testing of parts and get them to patients faster. Staples, an American store, is selling 3D printers on its website for as low as about $1,300. As with any technology - experts expect the printing speed to increase and the price to go down. Bryan Jaycox requires $15 an hour to print an object. He also sets the price depending on the size of the object and up to $50 an hour for design and labor services. Mr Jaycox thinks that within five years, 3D printing technology could become more user friendly. But KiChong Tran says even today's technology can make a difference in a developing country like Cambodia. "With 3D printing you can give them tools, so they are responsible more for their own development and they learn skills beyond just like learning English and becoming a tour guide or something like that. You can actually create things that give value to the world." He says it's not just Cambodia but anywhere where there is a 3D printer, it can turn a good idea into reality.

614 What can 3D printers do according to the passage?: A.Come up with an idea.
B.Draw on a piece of paper.
C.Help users to spend less money.
D.Turn an idea into a physical object.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。Imagine having an idea, drawing it on paper, bringing it to a store and seeing it turned into an object. This is now possible with the help of 3D printers.描述，可知3D打印机能把一个想法变成实物。故选D。

615 What does the underlined part mean in this passage?: A.Make users' life better.
B.Make friends with users.
C.Make 3D printers easier to use.
D.Use 3D printers to make money.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
句意理解题。联系上一段描述，可知Jaycox 说的是，五年后3D打印技术将会变得更加易于使用。故选C。

616 What can we infer from the passage?: A.3D printing is becoming popular in the world.
B.There is no 3D printing business in Cambodia.
C.The UPS Store is the biggest 3D printing company.
D.3D printing plays the most important role in daily life.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
主旨大意题。阅读短文可知，这篇短文主要介绍了3D打印技术，告诉我们现在3D打印技术越来越受欢迎。故选A。

617 What's the passage mainly about?: A.The future of 3D printing in the world.
B.The 3D printing business in Cambodia.
C.The development and growth of 3D printing business.
D.The 3D printing classes and services in different places.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
主旨大意题。阅读短文可知，这篇短文主要介绍了什么是3D打印技术，以及3D打印业务的发展情况。故选C。

Kara likes getting e-mail from Fumi. Kara is a third-grader in Arizona(亚利桑那), and Fumi is in third grade in Japan.They are e-pals who send e-mails every week. Fumi sent Kars photos and descriptions of her home. The first room in Fumi's house is a small entryway. People who enter the home remove their shoes. They put on different shoes with soft soles. That seemed odd ot Kara. She wears her street shoes in the house. Kara likes the photo of Fumi and her family eating. They gather around a table, just like Kara and her family, Kara's family sits on chairs, but Fumi's family sits on cushions on a strau mat on the floor. The table is low to the ground. What seems to be a wall behind Fumi's family is actually a door without knobs. Fumi explained that the door slides open. It is made from strong paper glued to thin strips of wood. "I could never play ball in that house!" thought Kara.

618 Why did the author write the passage?: A.to explain how to have an e-pal
B.to tell the history of e-mail
C.to compare homes in Japan and in Ameria
D.to show that homes in Arizona are better than homes in Japan

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。由第一段Fumi sent Kars photos and descriptions of her home. Fumi发送Kars照片来描述在日本和在美国的家。可知选C。

619 What does Fumi usually do before getting into the house?: A.Take off the shoes.
B.Put on her street shoes
C.Wear her different shoes with high heels.
D.Have slippers on.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。由第二段People who enter the home remove their shoes. They put on different shoes with soft soles.可知Fumi在进到房子之前，要先拖鞋。可知选A。

620 How is Fumi different from Kara?: A.Fumi lives in the United States.
B.Fumi's family sits on the floor to eat.
C.Fumi's family eats around a table.
D.Fumi is in the third grade.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中第三段Kara's family sits on chairs, but Fumi's family sits on cushions on a strau mat on the floor.可知Fumi的家人坐在地毯上吃饭，可知选B。

621 What is the same about Fumi's and Kara's homes?: A.Families sit around a table to eat.
B.People wear soft-soled shoes inside.
C.The floors are covered with straw mats.
D.They are in the same country.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中第三段They gather around a table, just like Kara and her family他们相同的是他们全家都是围着桌子坐在一起。故选A。

622 Kara and Fumi both__________.: A.take their shoes on when they get home.
B.live in houses with doors made from paper
C.learn about a new place from their e-pal
D.sit on chairs during dinner

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。由整篇文章可知他们彼此发送短信是为了从笔友那了解对方的一个地方。故选C。

Every year on April 22, People all over the world celebrate Earth Day. It is a time to work to keep our earth clean. People plan projects to clean up the land, air and water. U.S. Senator Gaylord Nelson first thought of the idea for Earth Day in 1962 when he saw polluted rivers and cities with smoke. He needed to get support from Americans to clean up the earth. Finally, on April 22, 1970, 20 million Americans celebrated the first Earth Day! Now many countries around the world celebrate it, and you can, too. How can you celebrate Earth Day? Here are a few ideas: Join a clean-up project------Clean up your street or a favorite beach. Save energy------Turn off the lights when you leave a room, and use public transportation. Use less water. Reduce(减少)/ Reuse/ Recycle ------ Practice the three Rs: First, reduce how much you use. Then reuse or recycle what you can. You can make a difference on Earth Day and every day!

623 When was the first Earth Day?: A.On April 22, 1970.
B.On April 22, 1962.
C.On April 22, 1971.
D.On April 22 every year.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据He needed to get support from Americans to clean up the earth. Finally, on April 22, 1970, 20 million Americans celebrated the first Earth Day!在1970年4月22日，2000万人庆祝第一个地球日，故选A。

624 People celebrate World Earth Day every year to _____: A.have great fun
B.keep our earth clean
C.get to know each other
D.get support

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据It is a time to work to keep our earth clean. People plan projects to clean up the land, air and water.是为了保持我们地球的干净，故选B。

625 How do people around the world celebrate Earth Day?: A.By using more cars.
B.By helping clean up the land, air and water.
C.By polluting rivers and cities.
D.By taking fewer buses.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据People plan projects to clean up the land, air and water.帮助清理土地、水和空气，故选B。

626 Which of the following sentences is NOT true?: A.Americans celebrated the first Earth Day.
B.Three Rs mean reduce, reuse and recycle.
C.Now about 20 million people celebrate the Earth Day.
D.People celebrate Earth Day by helping to do some public cleaning.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据on April 22, 1970, 20 million Americans celebrated the first Earth Day! 这里叙述的是1970年4月22日有2000万美国人庆祝，并不是现在有2000万人庆祝，故选C。

Sports, school are tiring. But there is a great way to unwind after all of those activities. Go to north London, to the coolest part of the city---Camden. There you can find fashion trends (流行，趋向) and famous people. Sam and I walked down Camden High Street and made our way to a bridge over Regent's Canal. It is a 9-mile man-made river that goes through London. We went into a big market and saw crazy signs, fun T-shirts, and things like hand-made earrings for sale. We bought Chinese fried noodles. It tasted very different from the noodles we make at home, and we ate it with a fork instead of chopsticks! Camden is famous for the punk（朋克）style that started in the 1970s. Punks walked around with bright pink and green hair, broken clothes with safety pins, metal buttons（纽扣）and pierced ears and lips. Punk music shops played loud, heavy rock music. But there were also groups of hippies（嬉皮士）with big sweaters. They sat in cafes drinking soymilk, with black clothes, black lipstick and painted white faces. Besides all these "normal" people, a lot of famous people come to Camden. Actor Orlando Bloom from Pirates of the Caribbean lives there. Camden is especially known as a home to famous musicians. Lots of top bands played here, including Coldplay, Oasis---and Sam's favourite band, The Vaccines. I had never heard of them before---But luckily they were playing that night in Camden.

627 The passage is mainly about ________ in Camden.: A.the punks
B.the fashion trends
C.the hippies
D.the famous musicians

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中原句There you can find fashion trends (流行，趋向) and famous people.（在那儿你可以发现流行的趋势和著名的人物），故选B。

628 The underlined word " unwind" in the first paragraph means _________.: A.stay at home
B.go out for a walk
C.study hard
D.have a good time

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据文中原句含义But there is a great way to unwind after all of those activities. （但是在所有那些活动之后有一个很好的方式去放松。），因此可知此次意思应是D。

629 What did Sam and the writer do at the big market?: A.They bought some hand-made earrings .
B.They ate some Chinese fried noodles.
C.They used chopsticks instead of a fork.
D.They found some crazy signs about T-shirts

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据原文第三段的描述，可以知道作者他们在那儿吃了中国炸面，故选B。

630 Which of the following is the punk style?: A.Tom wears broken clothes with metal buttons.
B.Jim has short black hair and wears a blue suit.
C.Light music is played loudly in punk music shop
D.Mary has a big sweater and paints her face white.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据文中描述Punks walked around with bright pink and green hair, broken clothes with safety pins, metal buttons（纽扣）and pierced ears and lips. Punk music shops played loud, heavy rock music.可知答案A的描述是朋克风格。

Hollywood child star Shirley Temple died on Monday Feb 10th 2014, at home in Woodside, California, from natural causes. "She was surrounded by her family and caregivers," a statement said. With her sweet smile and curly blonde hair, she was one of the most popular stars of the 1930s, in hit movies like Bright Eyes and Stand Up and Cheer. Her singing, dancing and acting won over fans worldwide. She was given a special Oscar in 1935, when she was just six years old. To this day, she is still the youngest person to receive the award. After retiring from films at the age of 21, Temple returned to the spotlight as a politician(政客) and diplomat (外交官) . Shirley Temple started her film career at three years old. Between 1934 and 1938 she appeared in more than 20 feature films and was the top US movie star at that time. As well as being the youngest ever winner of an Oscar (at the age of 6 years and 310 days), Temple was also the youngest person to present one of the statuettes(小雕像). She stood on a chair to give Claudette Colbert the best actress prize for It Happened One Night in 1935. At the age of 12 Temple's star burnt out -- her parents stopped her from making movies and sent her to a girls' school. Her final film , A Kiss For Corliss, is available to watch online for free. This is star's final ever moment on the big screen. The actress retired from Hollywood in 1950, but she still appeared occasionally on TV. In 2006, she accepted the Life Achievement Award at the 12th Annual Screen Actors Guild Awards.

631 What did Shirley Temple die of?: A.cancer
B.accident
C.heart disease
D.natural causes

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段的第一句话Hollywood child star Shirley Temple died on Monday Feb 10th 2014, at home in Woodside, California, from natural causes可知，2014年2月10号，好莱坞童星秀兰邓波在家中寿终正寝。故选D。

632 What did Shirley do after retiring from films?: A.a politician and diplomat
B.a president and politician
C.a director and writer
D.all above

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第四段中After retiring from films at the age of 21, Temple returned to the spotlight as a politician(政客) and diplomat (外交官)可知，在21岁从电影表演中退出之后，她成为了一个政客和外交官。故选A。

633 From the passage, we know that Shirley Temple died at the age of_: A.95
B.85
C.89
D.82

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文中She was given a special Oscar in 1935, when she was just six years old.可知，1935年，秀兰邓波儿获得奥斯卡奖的时候才6岁，由此我们可以知道她应该出生在1929年。根据短文第一句话可知，她逝世于2014年，故应该是85岁。故选B。

634 Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?: A.Shirley Temple was given a normal Oscar in 1935.
B.Shirley Temple started her film career when she was four years old.
C.Shirley Temple was sent to a girls' school in 1941.
D.Shirley Temple made her last movie m 1954.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文中She was given a special Oscar in 1935, when she was just six years old.可知，在1935年她被授予了奥斯卡的一个特殊奖项，故A不对；根据Shirley Temple started her film career at three years old 可知B选项不对；根据Her final film , A Kiss For Corliss, is available to watch online for free. This is star's final ever moment on the big screen. The actress retired from Hollywood in 1950可知D选项不对；根据At the age of 12 Temple's star burnt out -- her parents stopped her from making movies and sent her to a girls' school可知，她12岁的时候，父母把她送到了一个女子学校，根据上一题我们可以知道，也就是1941年。故选C。

635 Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage?: A.Shirley Temple was one of the most popular stars of the 1930s,
B.Between 1934 and 1938 Shirley Temple was the top US movie star.
C.In 1935 Shirley Temple was the youngest winner of an Oscar instead of a presenter.
D.In 2006, she accepted the Life Achievement Award at the 12th Annual Screen Actors Guild Awards.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文中As well as being the youngest ever winner of an Oscar (at the age of 6 years and 310 days), Temple was also the youngest person to present one of the statuettes可知C选项不对；根据Between 1934 and 1938 she appeared in more than 20 feature films and was the top US movie star at that time.可知A和B是正确的；跟短文最后一段可知D是正确的。故选C。

If the rose can be said to be a special flower, then the apple can be said to be a special fruit. It is very important in American culture. American stories speak of Johnny Appleseed, who went throughout America collecting apple seeds and planting apple trees. He had a great love for nature and went through fields and farms adding richness and beauty to the country. One of the first sayings taught to school children is, "An apple a day keeps the doctor away." This short saying encourages children to eat fresh fruit to keep healthy. If someone always says good words to a person, people will call him an "apple polisher". This, however, is not a good name. If someone is very dear to us, we say that he or she is the "apple of our eye". Most people believe that the fruit which Eve gave to Adam was an apple, even though the Bible(圣经) never says so. The apple, therefore, is a deep part of the language and stories of America. An apple is also delicious. Apples can be cooked in many ways, used as a dessert, and made into sweet juice. In many parts of the country during the harvest season, a popular activity is to go into an apple garden to pick apples. Washington, D. C. and New York are both famous for their apples. Finally, when it's time to take a vacation to American cities, one can always visit New York, which is "the biggest apple" of all the American cities.

636 What does the underlined phrase "apple polisher" mean?: A.Something for cutting apples.
B.A person who likes to please others.
C.A person who is dealing with fruits.
D.A machine for cleaning apples quickly.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
词意猜测题。根据文中内容If someone always says good words to a person, people will call him an "apple polisher"如果一个人总是说别人的的好话，人们会叫他"apple polisher"；故选B，一个喜欢取悦别人的人。

637 "An apple a day keeps the doctor away" is a proverb about ____________.: A.cooking
B.medicine
C.shopping
D.health

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中内容This short saying encourages children to eat fresh fruit to keep healthy.这个习语是鼓励孩子多吃新鲜的水果来保持健康；故选D。

638 Which of the following is TRUE with apples?: A.Apples are medicine.
B.Apples are the most important food.
C.New York is famous for its big apples.
D.The Bible says Adam was given an apple.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
判断推理题。根据文中内容one can always visit New York, which is "the biggest apple" of all the American cities.人们总是去纽约，那是每个苹果最大的地方；故选C。

639 The passage is mainly about___________.: A.stories about the apple
B.apples in American culture
C.some famous sayings of the apple
D.big cities that is famous for apples

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇文章主要讲述了美国的苹果文化，故选B。

It has more than 845 million users worldwide. If it were a country, it would have the third largest population in the world, behind China and India. This is Facebook, a popular website from the US. It is similar to Renren in China. Mark Zuckerber was born on May 14, 1984. As a little kid, he loved creating little fun computer programs. He set up the network in February of 2004. He was then a second-year student at Harvard University. One day, he had the idea of building a website for Harvard students to get to know each other. He set up the Facebook website. Harvard students could share photos and their personal information there. Soon, the website became very famous. Zuckerberg decided to leave Harvard to run Facebook full time. It was the biggest adventure in his life and later brought him great success. Now, the service is popular around the world. Greetings such as "Have you checked your Facebook page today?" became a part of young people's everyday language in the US. People can exchange message and get the latest information about their friends on Facebook. Zuckerberg's dream is to connect people through the Internet. "Facebook is to make the world more open and connected," he said. What's the young man's secret to success? Zuckerberg believes it's important to have an open mind and be ready to try new things. "The riskiest thing is to take no risks," he once said in an open letter. Sometimes the simplest ideas go furthest. We hope Mar Zuckerberg can go much further, maybe even further than Bill Gates.

640 The underlined word " it " in the first paragraph refers to _________.: A.Facebook
B.Renren
C.India
D.China

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。联系下文This is Facebook, a popular website from the US. 描述，可知it指代的是脸书这个网站。故选A。

641 People can do the following on Facebook except __________.: A.exchange messages
B.share information
C.do online shopping
D.put up photos

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Harvard students could share photos and their personal information there. 描述，可知人们可以在这个网站上交换和分享信息，上传照片。短文没有关于这个网站能进行网上购物的描述，故选C。

642 Which is the correct order of the following events? a.Zucker studied in Harvard University. b. Facebook is popular around the world. c. Zuckerberg dropped out of Harvard. d. Zuckberg set up the Facebook website.: A.a-b-c-d
B.a-c-b-d
C.a-d-b-c
D.a-d-c-b

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。阅读短文可知，祖克尔上大学是在2004年，在他上大二的时候，创建的这个网站，然后他决定退学来全力投入到这个网站的工作，最后这个网站在全世界流行起来。故选D。

643 Why did Zuckerberg start Facebook?: A.Because he wanted to collect some money.
B.Because he wanted to connect people online.
C.Because he felt bored when studying in Harvard.
D.Because he didn't know his classmates very well.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段One day, he had the idea of building a website for Harvard students to get to know each other.描述，可知他设立这个网站是为了彼此认识.故选B。把人们用网络连接起来。

The city of Yangzhou came into being at the Spring and Autumn Period ( about 500 AC ). As the key transportation link at joint place of the Great Canal（运河）( Beijing-Hangzhou) and Changjiang (Yangtze River), Yangzhou has been from the Sui Dynasty (600 AD.) an economically rich city, and then reached its top in the Tang Dynasty. At that time Yangzhou was a famous port and one of few biggest cities in East Asia. With the improvement of the local economy and easy transportation way, there happened in the history a special local culture, which has an important place in Chinese culture. Many famous men of letters, poets, artists, scholars(学者), statesmen, scientists and national heroes in the history were born in, lived in or had connection with Yangzhou. Li Bai, one of the greatest Chinese poets visited and stayed in Yangzhou several times in his life and one of his famous poems about Yangzhou has been so popular that Chinese of all ages can sing it and has become a symbol of Yangzhou . Zheng Banqiao, a famous Chinese painting painter in the Qing Dynasty heading a group called "Eight Eccentrics", had strongly influenced Chinese paintings. Wang Zhong and Yuan Yuan and some other scholars formed school of Yangzhou Scholars and achieved great success in the study of classic Chinese and writing. Zhu Ziqing, one of most famous modern Chinese writers and scholars, had always been proud of himself as a native of Yangzhou and thanked the city for being nourished(养育) by its rich culture. Quite a few other names you may come across frequently in the study of Chinese culture and history have connection with Yangzhou.Yangzhou was so attractive and important that many Chinese emperors in history had come specially to visit or check the city. Emperor Suiyang, who ordered to cut the Great Canal so that he could come more easily and quickly, died on his last trip to the city and buried(埋葬) here. Emperor Qianlong had come all the way from the north and visited the city nine times.

644 Which of following sentences is NOT right according to this passage?: A.Yangzhou joined the Great Canal (Beijing-Hangzhou) and Changjiang (Yangtze River).
B.In the Tang Dynasty Yangzhou was a famous port and one of few biggest cities in Asia.
C.Emperor Suiyang was buried in Yangzhou.
D.Emperor Qianlong visited Yangzhou nine times.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段第一行As the key transportation link at joint place of the Great Canal（运河）( Beijing-Hangzhou) and Changjiang (Yangtze River).可知A正确；根据第二段第二行Yangzhou has been from the Sui Dynasty (600 AD.) an economically rich city, and then reached its top in the Tang Dynasty. At that time Yangzhou was a famous port and one of few biggest cities in East Asia.可知B错误；根据最后一段倒数第四行Emperor Suiyang, who ordered to cut the Great Canal so that he could come more easily and quickly, died on his last trip to the city and buried(埋葬) here.可知C正确；根据文章最后一行Emperor Qianlong had come all the way from the north and visited the city nine times.可知D正确。故选B。

645 We can infer（推断）the poem mentioned in this passage by Li Bai is _______.: A.《赠汪伦》
B.《望庐山瀑布》
C.《静夜思》
D.《黄鹤楼送孟浩然之广陵》

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。李白的《黄鹤楼送孟浩然之广陵》是李白关于扬州的，根据文章one of the greatest Chinese poets visited and stayed in Yangzhou several times in his life and one of his famous poems about Yangzhou has been so popular that Chinese of all ages can sing it and has become a symbol of Yangzhou .可知选D。

646 Who influenced Chinese paintings a lot according to this passage?: A.Zheng Banqiao
B.Zhu Ziqing
C.Wang Zhong
D.Li Bai

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Zheng Banqiao, a famous Chinese painting painter in the Qing Dynasty heading a group called "Eight Eccentrics", had strongly influenced Chinese paintings.可知郑板桥的绘画在中国的影响大，故选A。

647 What's the best title of the passage?: A.Yangzhou：An Economically Rich City
B.Yangzhou：An Easy Transportation City
C.Yangzhou：A Historical Culture City
D.Yangzhou：A Famous Tour City

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
标题归纳题。文章介绍了扬州的历史，和扬州的文化。故选C。

Although most of Pakistanis live in the countryside, still many Pakistanis live in cities. Karachi has over 5 million people and Lahore has over 3 million people. Islamabad was built to be Pakistan's capital. The rich city people live in large, air conditioned houses. Pakistan has 121,000 miles of roads. Bus services and minibuses are available to the public. The trains are still the most common transport of long-distance travel for Pakistanis. Pakistan also has an airline that operates domestic and international flights. It is difficult to identify(识别) Pakistani food because the country shares food traditions with its neighbour, India. The main difference between Pakistani and Indian food is that Pakistani food is less spicy (辛辣). Pakistani dishes are often made with yoghurt(酸奶), which reduces the effect of the hot spices used in cooking. Wheat is the main food for most of the people. It is eaten in the form of bread named chapattis or roti, together with vegetables in season. Sweet tea, milk, or lassi, a drink made from yoghurt, makes the meal perfect. Those who can afford to buy it eat meat, although in the countryside these are usually festival foods. Goat meat is a favourite. Pakistanis will not eat pork by the way.

648 Which city is the capital of Pakistan?: A.Karachi.
B.Lahore.
C.Islamabad.
D.Bangkok.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。由第一段中Islamabad was built to be Pakistan's capital 可知应选C

649 The Chinese meaning of the underlined word 'domestic' in Paragraph 2 may be '_______'.: A.家庭的
B.国际的
C.驯养的
D.国内的

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据句意及and后面的对应词international"国际的"可知应选D

650 The main food for most of the Pakistani people is_______.: A.lassi
B.wheat
C.meat
D.pork

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。由文中第四段第一句Wheat is the main food for most of most of the people可知应选B。

In the most southern part of our planet, there's a place that's covered with snow and ice all year round. But it has the clearest and cleanest air. Amazingly, in this place, the sun sometimes hangs even in the midnight sky. This place is Antarctica (南极洲): the coldest, windiest and harshest (恶劣的) place on the Earth. As the world's least-known place, Antarctica is of great interest to scientists around the world. In 1983, China joined the Antarctic Treaty (《南极条约》). The treaty made Antarctica a peaceful place for member countries to do scientific research. During 30 years, China has sent many scientists to Antarctica. They mostly look at the resources under the icy land and do research about climate change and marine (海洋的) biology. Antarctica is a place with fantastic views. However, life there is very hard. Food is one of the biggest problems. Frozen (速冻) food which can be heated easily is people's daily food. Fresh vegetables are hard to grow in the cold weather. Therefore, scientists often eat dried or canned vegetables. Sleep is also troublesome. In Antarctica, summer lasts from November to March. During this period, Antarctica points to the sun and receives sunlight 24 hours a day. In order to get some sleep, scientists cover the windows with black plastic cloth to create "night". Working in Antarctica is dangerous, especially when meeting gale-force (七级以上的) winds. Sometimes the wind is even stronger than a typhoon. It can easily blow people away. So there are ropes that connect buildings of some research stations. People can hold these ropes to keep their balance in forceful winds. What's more, communicating with others is difficult. Without cables and Internet in some research stations, two-way radios are the only tools to communicate. If people want to say hello to friends and relatives, they can use satellite phones. Although it is challenging to work in Antarctica, scientists' passion to learn about this mysterious land will never end. It is hopeful that one day they will step every corner of this icy land.

651 From Paragraph 1, we learn that the Antarctica ______.: A.is covered with snow and ice
B.rains heavily from time to time
C.has little wind most of the time
D.has sunshine during every night

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段In the most southern part of our planet, there's a place that's covered with snow and ice all year round.可知南极洲常年覆盖着冰雪，故选A。

652 Scientists from China go to Antarctica to _____.: A.find out ways to control water pollution
B.research climate change and marine biology
C.grow plants and vegetables in special condition
D.stop the hunters from killing the marine biology

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段They mostly look at the resources under the icy land and do research about climate change and marine (海洋的) biology. 他们主要是看看在冰冷的土地下的资源，做气候变化和海洋生物学的研究。故选B。

653 In order to sleep well in Antarctica, the scientists have to _____.: A.wear more clothes to keep warm
B.cover the windows with black cloth
C.connect research stations with ropes
D.eat more fried and canned vegetables

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第四段In order to get some sleep, scientists cover the windows with black plastic cloth to create "night"描述，可知为了睡眠,科学家们用黑色塑料布盖到窗户上以创建夜晚。故选B。

654 We can replace (替换) the underlined word passion in the last paragraph with __________.: A.strong love
B.full preparation
C.pleasant introduction
D.amazing imagination

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据最后一段Although it is challenging to work in Antarctica, scientists' passion to learn about this mysterious land will never end.描述，可知虽然在南极洲工作是有挑战的，科学家们了解这块神秘土地的激情永远不会结束。对比四个选项，故选A

655 The passage is mainly about __________.: A.view of the Antarctica
B.exploring the Antarctica
C.how to survive in the Antarctica
D.climate changes of the Antarctica

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
标题归纳题。根据短文的主要内容，故选B，

It can be hard to meet people from another culture. From the beginning, people may send the wrong signal (信号). Or they may pay no attention to signals from another person who is trying to develop a relationship. Different cultures emphasize（强调）the importance of relationship building to a greater or lesser degree. For example, business in some countries is not possible until there is a relationship of trust. Even with people at work, it is necessary to spend a lot of time in "small talk", usually over a glass of tea, before they do any job. In many European countries—like the UK or France—people find it easier to build up a lasting working relationship at restaurants rather than at the office. Talk and silence may also be different in some cultures. I once made a speech in Thailand. I had expected my speech to be a success and start a lively discussion; instead there was an uncomfortable silence. The people just looked at me all the time and smiled. After getting to know their ways better, I realized that they thought I was talking too much. In my own culture, we express meaning mainly through words, but people there sometimes feel too many words are not needed. Even within Northern Europe, cultural differences can cause serious problems. Certainly, English and German cultures share almost the same values; however, Germans prefer to get down to business more quickly. We think that they are rude. In fact, this is just because one culture starts discussions and makes decisions more quickly. People from different parts of the world have different values, and sometimes these values are quite against each other. However, if we can understand them better, a multicultural (多元文化) environment will offer a wonderful chance for us to learn from each other.

656 In some countries, eating together at restaurants may make it easier for people to ____________.: A.develop closer relationship
B.share the same culture
C.get to know each other
D.make a successful speech

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段people find it easier to build up a lasting working relationship at restaurants rather than at the office.描述，可知在一些国家，在饭店一起吃饭有助于人们发展更紧密的人际关系。故选A。

657 The writer mentions his journey in Thailand to show that____________.: A.too many words are of no use
B.the English prefer to make long speeches
C.even talk and silence can be culturally different
D.people from Thailand are quiet and shy

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。联系前文Talk and silence may also be different in some cultures. 描述，可知作者是为了证明这句话的正确性。故选C。甚至谈话和沉默也有文化上的不同。

658 What would be the best title for the passage?: A.Multicultural Environment
B.Cross-Cultural Differences
C.How to Understand Each Other
D.How to Build Up a Relationship

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
标题归纳题。阅读短文可知，这篇短文主要从人际关系，行为方式，地域差异等方面谈论了世界各地文化之间的差异。故选B，文化差异。

Do you know Weibo? Do you write a Weibo? If you don't, you are "out"! Weibo means microblog. People may spend muchtime writing a blog, but it takes a little time to write a microblog.Why? Because every message on a microblog is less than 140 words. Microblog started in the USA. It came to China in 2009 andit has developed very fast. In 2011, the number of Chinesemicro-bloggers grew to 300 million. Now, more and more people are interested in writing microblogs. For manymicroblog users, it is a great way of learning the freshest news,talking with friends and sharing different kinds of information, including news, daily life, pictures,music and so on. Many stars and famous people also write microblogs and share good things with theirfans. It is easy and fast to send a message on a microblog. However, this can also lead to problems and even cause panic . For example, when thebig earthquake and tsunami hit Japan in March, 2011, messages like " Salt can protectpeople from radiation" were hot on microblogs. It soon caused a crazy buying of salt. Later people realized it was just arumor (谣言). In a word, microblog plays a new role in the life of Chinese people.

659 People spend _____ time and _____ words writing microblog.: A.little, a few
B.a little, few
C.a little, a few
D.a few, a little

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据People may spend muchtime writing a blog, but it takes a little time to write a microblog 可知人们可能写博客用很多时间，但是写微博只花费一点时间。故选C。

660 There were 300 million Chinesemicro-bloggersin _____.: A.2008
B.2009
C.2011
D.2013

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In 2011, the number of Chinesemicro-bloggers grew to 300 million.可知在2011年，中国微博者的数量达到了3亿。故选C。

661 Which of the following is TRUE?: A.Writing a microblog needs a special training.
B.Microblog appeared in China only one year ago but it has developed rapidly.
C.As a popular thing, microblog has its advantages and disadvantages.
D.More and more Chinese show great interest in microblog because it started in the USA.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据It is easy and fast to send a message on a microblog. However, this can also lead to problems and even cause panic .可知在微博上虽然容易快速的发送信息，但是，这也能导致一些问题和恐慌。故推断，微博既有优点，也有缺点。故选C。

Hearing live music is one of the most pleasurable experiences available to human being. The music sounds great, it feels great, and you get to watch the players as they play it. No matter what kind of music you love, try listening to it live. This guide focuses on classic music, a tradition that originated before recordings, radio, and the Internet, back when all music was live music. In those days live human beings performed for other live human beings, with everybody together in the same room. When heard in this way, classic music can have a special excitement. Hearing classic music in a concert can leave you feeling refreshed and energized. It can be fun. It can be romantic. It can be spiritual. Classical music concerts can seem like snobby（高傲的）affairs full of foreign terms and unusual behavior. It can be hard to understand what's going on . It can be hard to know how to act. But don't worry. Concerts are no stranger than any other amusement, and the rules of behavior are much simpler and easier to understand than the stock market, football, or system software programs. If you haven't been to a live concert before, or if you've been confused by concerts, this guide will explain, so you can relax and enjoy the music.

662 From Paragraph 1, we can see that the writer encourages us _______.: A.to watch the musicians to make music
B.to experience the spirit of classical music
C.to attend live concerts and enjoy live music
D.to get pleasure from different kinds of music

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据对文章第一段内容的理解及No matter what kind of music you love, try listening to it live.可知作者鼓励我们去参加轻音乐的音乐会并享受这种音乐，故选择C。

663 Which of the following can replace the underlined word "originated" in Paragraph 2?: A.listened
B.started
C.performed
D.disappeared

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
语义猜测题。A. listened听； B. started 开始； C. performed 执行； D. disappeared消失，根据对文章内容的理解，可知选择B。

664 The writer considers that live classical music _______.: A.is full of foreign terms
B.is too difficult to understand
C.is stranger than other amusements
D.is exciting to both players and listeners

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据对整篇文章内容的理解可知令表演者和听众兴奋，故选择D。

America is a mobile society. Friendships between Americans can be close and real, yet disappear soon. They don't feel hurt. If the same two people meet again, even years later, they pick up the friendship. This can be quite difficult for us Chinese to understand. Friendships between us develop more slowly but may become lifelong (终身的)feelings, extending (延伸) deeply into both families. There is another difficult point for us to understand. Although Americans treat friends warmly in their personal everyday lives, they don't show their politeness to them if it requires a great deal of time. But in China, we are usually generous with our time. We, as hosts, will appear at an airport even in the middle of the night to meet a friend. We may take a day off from our work to act as guides to our friends: It is opposite in America, Americans can not manage the time to do a great deal with a visitor outside their daily plans. They will probably expect the visitors to get themselves from the airport to the hotels. And they expect the visitors will phone them from there. Once the visitors arrive at their homes, the welcome will be full, warm and real. For Americans, it is often considered more friendly to invite a friend to their homes than to restaurants, except for business matters. Americans are ready to receive us foreigners at their homes, share their holidays, and their home life. So accept their hospitality (好客) at home and enjoy your visit in America!

665 The underlined phrase "pick up"in Paragraph 1 may mean"_____".: A.keep out
B.give up 　　
C.pay no attention to
D.continue

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据句子意思，数年后，当两个人重逢时，他们能重建友谊。故选D。

666 Which of the following is the typical (典型的) way of American hospitality?: A.Treating friends at home. 　　　　
B.Taking days off to be with friends.
C.Meeting friends at the airport at mid night.
D.Sharing everything they have.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据For Americans, it is often considered more friendly to invite a friend to their homes than to restaurants, 通常将朋友邀请到家比请到饭店吃饭更显得友善。故选A。

667 Which of the following statements is true according to the passage?: A.Americans are always generous with their time.
B.Americans don't feel hurt if their friendships disappear soon.
C.Chinese friendships develop more slowly but will never disappear.
D.Chinese friendships are more sincere than American friendships.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Friendships between Americans can be close and real, yet disappear soon. They don't feel hurt. 美国人之间的友谊可以是紧密真实的，但消失的也很快。他们不感到伤害。故选B。

668 This passage is most probably written for _____.: A.American students
B.Chinese students
C.Chinese visitors to America
D.American visitors to China

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据So accept their hospitality (好客) at home and enjoy your visit in America! 所以接受他们在家里的好客吧，祝美国之游愉快！可知本文是写给去美国的中国游客。故选C。

669 What do you think this passage is about?: A.An introduction of friendships.
B.An advertisement of mobiles.
C.Friendships between Chinese.
D.The ways Americans treat friends.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
文章主题理解题。文章主要叙述了美国人对待朋友的方式。故选D。

America is a mobile society. Friendships between Americans can be close and real, yet disappear soon. They don't feel hurt. If the same two people meet again, even years later, they pick up the friendship. This can be quite difficult for us Chinese to understand. Friendships between us develop more slowly but may become lifelong feelings, extending（延伸）deeply into both families. There is another difficult point for us to understand .Although Americans treat friends warmly in their personal everyday lives, they don't show their politeness to them if it requires a great deal of time. But in China, we are usually generous with our time. We, as hosts, will appear at an airport even in the middle of the night to meet a friend. We may take days off from our work to act as guides to our friends: It is opposite in America, Americans cannot manage the time to do a great deal with a visitor outside their daily plans. They will probably expect the visitors to get themselves from the airport to the hotels. And they expect the visitors will phone them from there. Once the visitors arrive at their homes, the welcome will be full, warm and real. For Americans, it is often considered more friendly to invite a friend to their homes than to restaurants, except for business matters. Americans are ready to receive us foreigners at their homes, share their holidays, and their home life. So accept their hospitality（好客）at home and enjoy your visit in America!

670 The underlined phrase "pick up" in Paragraph 1 may mean "_______".: A.keep out
B.give up
C.pay no attention to
D.continue

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
词义猜测题。If the same two people meet again, even years later, they pick up the friendship."如果同样的两个人再次见面，甚至几年后，他们再重拾友谊。"上文提到，在美国友谊很快就会消失。可知，pick up the friendship译为"重拾友谊"。故选D。

671 Which of the following is the typical way of American hospitality?: A.Treating friends at home.
B.Taking days off to be with friends.
C.Meeting friends at the airport at midnight.
D.Sharing everything they have.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据最后一段第一行For Americans, it is often considered more friendly to invite a friend to their homes than to restaurants.可知美国人喜欢在家里面招待客人，故选A。

672 Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?: A.Americans are always generous with their time.
B.Americans don't feel hurt if their friendships disappear soon.
C.Chinese friendships develop more slowly but will never disappear.
D.Chinese friendships are more sincere than American friendships.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段第一行Although Americans treat friends warmly in their personal everyday lives, they don't show their politeness to them if it requires a great deal of time.可知A错误。根据第一段第一行Friendships between Americans can be close and real, yet disappear soon. They don't feel hurt.可知B正确。根据第一段最后一行Friendships between us develop more slowly but may become lifelong feelings, extending（延伸）deeply into both families.可知C错误。选项D在文中没有提及，故错误。故选B。

673 This passage is most probably written for _____ .: A.American students
B.Chinese students
C.Chinese visitors to America
D.American visitors to China

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。本文主要讲述美国人的待客之道，并与中国人进行对比。因此可以推断答案为C。

At this moment in different places of the world people are doing different things. In Beijing it's early morning. People are sleeping. In London people are leaving work to go home. They are waiting for buses or running for trains. Some people are driving their cars. Some are having afternoon tea at home or walking to the pubs（酒吧）to have a drink. In Moscow（莫斯科）it's evening and people are having supper at home or in restaurants. Some are going to watch a ballet（芭蕾舞）. Some are drinking in the pubs. In Los Angeles（洛杉矶）it's morning. People are working in their offices. Children are starting their lessons. New York is midday now. People aren't working but having lunch. They are eating hamburgers or hot dogs and drinking coffee or Coke. Some people are seeing friends or shopping.

674 According to the passage we can see that at night some people in Moscow like to ___________.: A.go to watch a ballet
B.do shopping
C.wait for buses
D.go to the library

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第四段In Moscow（莫斯科）it's evening and people are having supper at home or in restaurants. Some are going to watch a ballet（芭蕾舞）.可知莫斯科人们晚上喜欢看芭蕾。故选A。

675 When children in Los Angeles are starting their lessons, people in Beijing are ___________.: A.playing basketball
B.seeing films
C.having lessons
D.sleeping

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第二段In Beijing it's early morning. People are sleeping.可知北京的人们此时正在睡觉，而根据第五段In Los Angeles（洛杉矶）it's morning. People are working in their offices. Children are starting their lessons.可知洛杉矶的人们正在工作，学生们正在上课。故选D。

676 From the passage, we can see the time in New York now is ___________.: A.6∶00
B.9∶00
C.10∶00
D.12∶00

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章最后一段New York is midday now.可知纽约现在应该是正午十二点。故选D。

677 We know that London is 3 hours ___________.: A.earlier than Moscow
B.later than Moscow
C.earlier than Los Angeles
D.later than Los Angeles

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第三段In London people are leaving work to go home.可知伦敦人们工作结束正准备回家，In Moscow（莫斯科）it's evening and people are having supper at home or in restaurants.而莫斯科的人们正在吃晚饭。由此可以推断伦敦比莫斯科晚三个小时。故选B。

Whatever the situation, you need to understand gestures(手势). Many gestures that we use are universal(通用的). Some of them can create wrong meanings to others. Using the wrong gesture could get you into trouble when you communicate with foreigners. Be careful with these gestures： The "thumb up' sign—In Italy, Germany and Greece, this sign simply means the number one. In Russia the meaning of this expression is "good' or "well done'. In Egypt and Iraq, it means perfect or very good. It is widely used between people. But in Iran it is traditionally an obscene(不正经的) gesture. The "OK' sign—Often used to mean agreement, but it is considered rude in Brazil, southern Italy, Germany and Greece. In Japan, this gesture is a sign of money. In southern France it is used to show that something is worthless. The victory sign—With the index finger and middle finger rose to form a V. It means victory or peace. Be careful about using it in Britain, however, if the palm is facing toward you, the gesture is considered obscene. Snapping your fingers(打响指)—Some might use this gesture to get someone's attention. In France and Belgium it sends a bad message. You would never snap your fingers to get a waiter's attention. Hands in the pockets—This is commonly seen in daily life. In Finland, Sweden, France, Belgium, Indonesia and Japan, putting your hands in your pockets would be considered impolite in a business meeting. The meaning of gestures is not universal. Use these tips to prevent a cultural misunderstand. When in doubt, the best advice would be to "keep your hands to yourself.'

678 In which country does the "Thumb up' NOT mean good or well done?: A.In Italy.
B.In Russia.
C.In Egypt.
D.In Iran.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 But in Iran it is traditionally an obscene(不正经的) gesture.句意：但是在伊朗，竖起大拇指是不正经的手势。由此可知在伊朗这个手势的意思是不好的。故选D。

679 When you want to get a waiter's attention in France, __________.: A.you can use the "OK' sign
B.you can't put your hands in the pockets
C.you can't snap your fingers
D.you can use your fingers to form a V

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据 In France and Belgium it sends a bad message. You would never snap your fingers to get a waiter's attention.句意：在法国和比利时，打响指传递一个不好的信息。你不能用打手指来吸引服务员的注意。可知应选C。

680 Which sign means impolite in a business meeting?: A.The "OK' sign.
B.The victory sign.
C.Snapping your fingers.
D.Hands in the pockets.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据In Finland, Sweden, France, Belgium, Indonesia and Japan, putting your hands in your pockets would be considered impolite in a business meeting. 句意：在芬兰、瑞典、法国、比利时、印度尼西亚和日本，举行商业会议时，把手插在口袋里会被认为是不礼貌的。故选D。

In most languages, a greeting is usually followed by "small talk". Small talk means the little things we talk about at the start of a conversation. In English-speaking countries people often make small talk about the weather: "Nice day, isn't it?" "Terrible weather, isn't it?" But there is something special about small talk. It must be about something which both people have the same opinion about. The purpose of small. talk is to let both people agree on something. This makes meeting people easier and more comfortable. People usually agree about the weather, so it is a safe topic for small talk. But people often disagree about religion or politics so these are not suitable topics for small talk in English. The topics for small talk also depend on where the conversation is taking place. At football matches, people make small talk about the game they are watching: "Great game, isn't it?" At bus-stops, people may comment about the transport system: "The bus service is terrible, isn't it?" Greetings and small talk are an important part of conversation in any language. The way people greet each other and the things they talk about, however, may be different from one language to another. This shows that there is much more to learn when we learn a language than just the vocabulary and the grammar of the language. We also have to learn the social behavior of the people who speak it.

681 The passage suggests that when we learn a language______.: A.we should know the culture about the country
B.we should only master the grammar and vocabulary
C.we should grasp the importance of the language
D.we should learn about the transport system of the country

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
推理判断题。We also have to learn the social behavior of the people who speak it.句意：我们也必须学习说这种语言的人的社会行为。也就是说要了解这个国家的文化。故选A。

682 When we say "Great game, isn't it?" we in fact______.: A.have a conversation
B.begin a small talk
C.greet each other
D.ask a question

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据The topics for small talk also depend on where the conversation is taking place. At football matches, people make small talk about the game they are watching: "Great game, isn't it?"句意：小对话的主题取决于对话发生的地点。在足球比赛时，人们可以开始小对话，谈论他们正在观看的比赛。"很棒的比赛，不是吗？"可知应选B。

683 What we learn from the passage is that______.: A.in English-speaking countries we should talk about the weather
B.different language has different grammar
C.small talk is an important part in a language
D.small talk depends on the purpose of the conversation

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据Greetings and small talk are an important part of conversation in any language.句意：问候和小对话是任何一种语言的重要部分。故选C。

Dinner customs are different around the world. If you are a guest in Ghana(加纳), this information will help you a lot. In Ghana, dinner is usually from four in the afternoon to six in the evening. But there are no strict rules about time. Whenever a guest arrives, a family offers food. When you go to a home, the person who receives guests takes you to the living room first. At this time everyone welcomes you. Then you go to the dinning room. There you wash your hands in a bowl of water. All the food is on the table. In Ghana you usually eat with your fingers. You eat from the same dish as everyone else .But you eat from one side of the dish only. It is not polite to get food from the other side of the dish. After dinner, you wash your hands again in a bowl of water. Most meals in Ghana have a dish called fufu. People in Ghana make fufu from the powder (粉末)of some plants. Sometimes they cut the fufu with a saw(锯子)because it is very hard. You must chew(咀嚼 )fufu well, or you may get sick. You eat fufu with the fingers of your right hand only.

684 From the passage we know that in Ghana: A.the rules for dinner time are not strict
B.dinner is always at six in the evening
C.a family offers food only at four in the afternoon
D.people usually invite their guests to dinner late in the evening

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据But there are no strict rules about time.句意：但是对时间没有严格的规定。故选A。

685 If you are a dinner guest in Ghana, the host always takes you to____.: A.the dining room first
B.the living room first
C.the kitchen first
D.the garden first

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据When you go to a home, the person who receives guests takes you to the living room first.句意：当你回家时，接受客人的那个人会带你先去客厅。可知应选B。

686 People in Ghana usually eat ________.: A.from one side of a dish to the other
B.from the other side of the dish
C.with their fingers
D.with their spoons

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In Ghana you usually eat with your fingers.句意：在加纳你通常用手指吃。故选C。

687 In fact, most meals in Ghana _____________: A.are cooked with the flowers of some plants
B.have fufu in them
C.are too hard to eat
D.are not very hard .

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Most meals in Ghana have a dish called fufu.句意：在加纳绝大多数的膳食有一道叫fufu的菜。可知应选B。

688 When you eat fufu, you'd better: A.cut it with a saw
B.use your right hand only
C.chew it well
D.all of the above.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Sometimes they cut the fufu with a saw(锯子)because it is very hard. You must chew(咀嚼 )fufu well, or you may get sick. You eat fufu with the fingers of your right hand only. 句意：有时候他们用锯子切fufu因为fufu很硬。你必须充分咀嚼，否则你可能生病。你只能用右手手指吃fufu。可知应选D。

It can be hard to meet people from another culture. From the beginning, people may send the wrong signal (信号). Or they may pay no attention to signals from another person who is trying to develop a relationship. Different cultures emphasize（强调）the importance of relationship building to a greater or lesser degree. For example, business in some countries is not possible until there is a relationship of trust. Even with people at work, it is necessary to spend a lot of time in "small talk", usually over a glass of tea, before they do any job. In many European countries—like the UK or France—people find it easier to build up a lasting working relationship at restaurants or cafes rather than at the office. Talk and silence may also be different in some cultures. I once made a speech in Thailand. I had expected my speech to be a success and start a lively discussion; instead there was an uncomfortable silence. The people present just stared at me and smiled. After getting to know their ways better, I realized that they thought I was talking too much. In my own culture, we express meaning mainly through words, but people there sometimes feel too many words are unnecessary. Even within Northern Europe, cultural differences can cause serious problems. Certainly, English and German cultures share similar values; however, Germans prefer to get down to business more quickly. We think that they are rude. In fact, this is just because one culture starts discussions and makes decisions more quickly. People from different parts of the world have different values, and sometimes these values are quite against each other. However, if we can understand them better, a multicultural（多元文化）environment will offer a wonderful chance for us to learn from each other.

689 In some countries, eating together at restaurants may make it easier for people to ______.: A.keep each other company
B.share the same culture
C.get to know each other
D.develop closer relations

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 In many European countries—like the UK or France—people find it easier to build up a lasting working relationship at restaurants or cafes rather than at the office.句意：在很多欧洲国家像英国或法国，人们发现在餐馆或咖啡厅比在办公室更容易建立持久的工作关系。故选D。

690 The writer mentions his experience in Thailand to show that ______.: A.too many words are of no use
B.the English prefer to make long speeches
C.even talk and silence can be culturally different
D.people from Thailand are quiet and shy by nature

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第三段的中心句：Talk and silence may also be different in some cultures.句意：说话和沉默在某些文化也不同。作者以他在泰国的经历为例就是为了说明这一点。可知应选C。

691 What would be the best title for the passage?: A.Multicultural Environment
B.Cross-Cultural Differences
C.How to Understand Each Other
D.How to Build Up a Relationship

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
标题归纳题。这篇文章主要讲了跨文化差异。故选B。

Girls in Japan love the month of March. March the third is Japanese Girls' Day, or people also call it the Doll(洋娃娃) Festival. On this day, girls wear beautiful kimonos (和服). Their parents put lovely dolls on a shelf. They hope that the dolls can bring health and happiness to their girls. There are seven tiers (层) of dolls. Dolls of the king and queen are always at the top of the shelf. Girls usually invite good friends to their homes on this day to celebrate(庆祝)it. They sit around the dolls, singing, dancing and talking. The next day parents have to put the dolls away quickly. According to Japanese tradition, if they don't do that, they may find it hard to marry off (嫁出) their daughters later in life.

692 When is the Doll Festival?: A.February 3rd.
B.March 3rd.
C.March 2nd.
D.May 3rd.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据March the third is Japanese Girls' Day, or people also call it the Doll(洋娃娃) Festival.可知三月三日是洋娃娃节，故选B。

693 What do girls wear on that day?: A.They wear short skirts.
B.They wear new T-shirts.
C.They wear school clothes.
D.They wear traditional (传统) Japanese clothes.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据On this day, girls wear beautiful kimonos (和服).可知女孩穿的日本的和服，故选D。

694 What is on the top of the shelf?: A.Dolls of the king and queen.
B.Dolls of the parents.
C.Dolls of their daughters.
D.Dolls of the girls' friends.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Dolls of the king and queen are always at the top of the shelf.在架子顶部放是是国王和王后这样的洋娃娃。故选A。

695 Why do parents put dolls on the shelf?: A.Because the dolls are very lovely.
B.Because their daughters ask them to do it.
C.Because the king and the queen want them to do it.
D.Because dolls can bring health and happiness to their daughters.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据They hope that the dolls can bring health and happiness to their girls.因为父母希望洋娃娃能够给自己的女儿带来健康和幸福，故选D。

696 Which of the sentences is NOT true?: A.The girls sing and dance around the dolls on that day.
B.The girls invite their friends to celebrate the festival together.
C.The shelf has seven tiers of dolls on it.
D.On March 3rd, parents should put the dolls away quickly.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据The next day parents have to put the dolls away quickly.在3月4日父母会把这些洋娃娃抓紧收好，故选D。

We may know that there are four basic periods(时期) for human beings to pass through when you enter and live in another country. This process helps you deal with culture shock（冲击）. Culture shock begins with the "honeymoon period". This is the time when you first arrive in a place where everything about the new cu1ture is strange and exciting. You see new things, hear new sounds and language, eat new kinds of food. This period can last for quite a long time because you feel very happy. Unluckily, the second period can be more difficu1t. After you have got used to your new life, you can become very tired and begin to miss your motherland, your family, your friends, your pets and so on. Al1 the little prob1ems in life seem to be much bigger and more worrying when you face them in a foreign country. This period can be very difficult and lead to moving backwards quickly. The third period is called the "adjustment period". This is when you begin to realize that things are not so bad in the new country. Your sense of humor usually becomes stronger and you realize you are becoming stronger by 1earning to take care of yourself in the new place. Things are still difficult, but you are now a survivor. The fourth period can be cal1ed "at ease at last". Now you feel quite comfortable in your new place. You can deal with most problems that you have. You may still have prob1ems with language, but you know you are strong enough to deal with them. At this time, you may feel a little uncomfortable if you go back to your motherland.

697 According to the passage, culture shock usually happens when you ______.: A.get married to a foreigner
B.live in a big city
C.go to live in a foreign country
D.meet foreigners in your motherland

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文的第一段的内容可知，human beings to pass through when you enter and live in another country. This process helps you deal with culture shock当人们来到了一个外国的国家，可能会遇到文化冲击。下面是作者告诉我们的四个步骤来处理这种文化的冲击，由此我们可以知道选C。

698 During the first period of the process, you feel _________.: A.sad and lonely
B.happy and excited
C.angry but strong
D.easy but uncomfortable

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段中This is the time when you first arrive in a place where everything about the new cu1ture is strange and exciting. This period can last for quite a long time because you feel very happy.可知，当你刚来到一个国家的时候，你会发现那里所有的东西都是奇怪的，令人兴奋的，你会感到非常开心。故选B。

699 You will find that you are a survivor in _______.: A.the 1st period
B.the 2nd period
C.the 3rd period
D.the 4th period

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第四段中Things are still difficult, but you are now a survivor.可知，在第三个阶段，你会意识到呆在一个新的国家里并不是那么糟糕，虽然事情依然很困难，但是你能坚持下来。故这里提到了survivor，所以选C。

700 The fourth period can be regarded as a period of being _____.: A.relaxing
B.worrying
C.tiring
D.disturbing

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文最后一段中队第四个阶段的介绍可知，这这个阶段里，你已经适应了呆在国外，Now you feel quite comfortable in your new place，你感到非常的舒适。故这个阶段应该是一个让你感到很放松的阶段。故选A。

701 From the passage we can conclude that ______.: A.living in another country is fun
B.it's boring to live in another country
C.knowing about culture shock is hard
D.it's not easy to deal with culture shock

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。短文的开头就提到，当你去一个新的国家居住时，会受到文化的冲击，而作者这里给我们分成四个阶段，来帮助我们处理这种冲击。这四个阶段需要花的时间是很长的，度过这些阶段，我们才真正适应国外的生活。由此我们推测对付这种文化冲击是很不容易的。故选D。

Graffiti is a common feature of most Western cities. The word graffiti was from the Greek word, graphein, which only meant writing. These days, however, the word means drawing or writing on the walls of buildings, or the public transportation, such as trains or buses. Graffiti, as a form of expression, was born in New York during the 1960s and 1970s. At that time, a new modern culture about city life appeared. Graffiti was a written form of expression of that life. Later, it was mixed with a musical form called hip-hop that was another expression of the city life. At first, graffiti artists used pens. But then, with the development of graffiti, they became experienced. They turned to using spray paint (喷漆罐). Spray paint allowed them to draw a greater area. And it also allowed them to work quickly. At present, different people have different ideas about graffiti. Some people say it makes the cities dirty. It isn't allowed by many local governments in America. The governments spend more than a million dollars a year cleaning graffiti. The money, they say, could be better spent on health or education. Other people think it is a form of art. In fact, the works of some famous graffiti artists can be found in museums, galleries, and art books.

702 Which is the present meaning of the underlined word "graffiti" now?: A.书法
B.沙画
C.涂鸦
D.油画

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据这个单词所在的上下文意These days, however, the word means drawing or writing on the walls of buildings, or the public transportation, such as trains or buses.可知，这个单词的意思是在建筑物、公共交通工具等上面画画或写字，即我们说的涂鸦。故选C。

703 How many forms of expression of city life are mentioned in the second paragraph (段落)?: A.One.
B.Two.
C.Three.
D.Four.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段中Graffiti, as a form of expression,可知，涂鸦是一种方式，在后面还有Later, it was mixed with a musical form called hip-hop that was another expression of the city life.，hip-hop是另外一种。故一共是两种。故选B。

704 Why did graffiti artists use spray paint?: A.Because they could work quickly.
B.Because they could spend less money.
C.Because they could paint a smaller area.
D.Because they could express themselves clearly.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
根据短文第三段中They turned to using spray paint (喷漆罐). Spray paint allowed them to draw a greater area. And it also allowed them to work quickly.可知，现在的涂鸦艺术家们喜欢用喷漆罐，因为这样可以使他们画画的面积更大，工作起来更快。故选A。

705 What's the article mainly about?: A.The meaning of graffiti.
B.Different expressions of graffiti.
C.Different attitudes (态度) towards graffiti.
D.The history and the development of graffiti.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇短文给我们介绍的是涂鸦的历史和发展，涂鸦是城市生活的一种表达方式，过去艺术家们用钢笔来进行涂鸦，现在他们更喜欢用喷漆罐。人们对待涂鸦的态度不一样，有人觉得它污染了城市；而有人觉得这是一种艺术的形式。故D选项的概括更为全面，其他三个选项都只是文章的一部分。

Eighth-grader Victoria Bills is talking about money with her classmates. She is worried that a company's stock (股票) price could fall. It may be an unusual topic of conversation for a 13-year-old. But at Bills' school in Chicago, US, you hear it all the time. The Chicago school's 420 students learn about economic(经济学). They also get a chance to make money. Each 1st grade and 5th grade, students learn the basics of economics and investing(投资). Then in 6th grade, they put what they've learned to work. Students join a junior group that manages the $20,000. The group, made up of 12 to 14 students, decides which stocks to buy. After graduating, students pass on $20,000 to the next 1st grade class. They keep half of the rest of the money; the other half goes toward improving the school. They can choose to put their money in a college-savings program or take the cash. In 2007, Bills suggested that her class buy the stock of the Apple computer company. This was just before the iPhone came out. "We bought stock just at the right time," she says. The kids bought Google stock as it reached $400 a share. It is now worth over $500. "It was a good buy," says Myles Gate, 13. He hopes to be a banker one day. The school's two graduating classes of 2005 and 2006 have each earned about $10,000 in profits(利润).

706 At Bills' school, students can't _________.: A.learn the basics of economics
B.learn how to invest money
C.get a chance to make money
D.share all the money they make

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文中students learn the basics of economics and investing可知A和B是学生们可以做的事情；根据They also get a chance to make money可知C也是学生们可以做的事情；根据They keep half of the rest of the money; the other half goes toward improving the school.可知，对于学生们赚到的钱，他们只能保留一部分，即不能分享所有的钱。故应该选D。

707 Who manages the $20,000 in the class?: A.The teachers.
B.The school.
C.The students.
D.The parents.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第三段中Students join a junior group that manages the $20,000. The group, made up of 12 to 14 students可知，学生们参加一个由12到14个学生组成的小组，这个小组管理着这些钱。故选C。

708 Google stock the kids bought has reached more than ______ at present.: A.$500
B.$400
C.$10,000
D.$20,000

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第五段中The kids bought Google stock as it reached $400 a share. It is now worth over $500.可知，学生们买谷歌的股票时是400美元一股，但现在它已经涨到了超过500美元。故选A。

709 According to Paragraph 5, we know that_________.: A.Bills' class bought the Apple stock after the iphone came out
B.it was a mistake for the class to buy Google stock
C.the students get some investing experience in the school
D.the class bought the two kinds of stocks at the same time

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第五段中的内容可知，学生们在学校里学校如何投资，这一段中还给了我们两个例子，如学生们购买苹果电脑公司和谷歌公司的股票。故选C。

710 What's the passage mainly about?: A.How students make money in the US.
B.Students learn economics and investing at school.
C.Myles Gage hopes to be a banker one day.
D.What US students hope to do after graduation.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇短文给我们讲述的是芝加哥的一所学校里，学生们可以学习经济学的基础知识，并把自己所学的运用到实践中，去投资赚钱。故应选B。

June 11,2013 was another big day for Chinese space exploration. Shenzhou X, China's fifth manned spacecraft, was sent into space. Three astronauts, Nie Haisheng, 49, Zhang Xiaoguang, 47, and Wang Yaping, 33, stayed in space for 15 days. Tiangong-1 is China's first space module(舱). It was sent into space in 2011. It will be developed into a large space station around 2020. A space station is a lab for scientific studies.Shenzhou X performed its first docking（对接）with Tiangong-1 on June 13. It docked twice during the 15 days. The US, Russia, Japan, Canada and Europe are working together on the International Space Station (ISS).China wanted to join the ISS but was refused by the US. China decided to build its own space station. Shenzhou X flew around the Tianggong-1 lab for the first time. This was to make sure that spacecraft could dock from more than just one direction. The astronauts carried out repair work and did experiments on the Tiangong-1. Teaching from space Wang Yaping, China's second woman astronaut, taught high school and primary school students about space science. Wang talked about how things move in a micro-gravity(微重量)environment. This helped the students better understand some physics ideas, like Newton's Law. The lessons aimed to encourage more students to learn about the universe and science. Life up in space The three astronauts followed a work and rest schedule（作息时间）that is similar on the Earth. They had Chinese dishes, such as Kung Pao Chicken and fried rice. The food was kept in special bags. At the time of the Dragon Boat Festival, they had Zongzi.

711 Tiangong-1 is _______ which was sent into space in 2011.: A.a space module
B.a manned spacecraft
C.a space station
D.a space lab

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段中Tiangong-1 is China's first space module(舱). It was sent into space in 2011.可知，天宫一号是中国的第一个太空舱，它是2011年被发射进入太空的。故选A。

712 China decided to build its own space station because________.: A.China was very rich
B.the US refused China to join the ISS
C.the astronauts wanted to stay there
D.Chinese scientists wanted to do experiment in space

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第三段中China wanted to join the ISS but was refused by the US. China decided to build its own space station.可知，中国想要加入国际太空站，但是被美国拒绝了，因此中国决定建立自己的空间站。故选B。

713 Wang Yaping taught the lesson to encourage students to________.: A.become the next Newton
B.experience micro-gravity
C.know more about the life of astronauts
D.learn more about the universe and science

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文中Teaching from space 中The lessons aimed to encourage more students to learn about the universe and science.可知，王亚平在太空进行了授课，目的是鼓励更多的学生了解宇宙和科学。由此可知选D。

714 From the last paragraph, we can learn that the three astronauts _______.: A.had a different time schedule in space
B.cooked Chinese food for dinner
C.celebrated Dragon Boat Festival by having Zongzi
D.slept in special sleeping bags

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文的最后一部分Life up in space 中的内容At the time of the Dragon Boat Festival, they had Zongzi. 可知，在端午节的时候，三名宇航员吃了粽子。故选C。根据The three astronauts followed a work and rest schedule（作息时间）that is similar on the Earth可知A不对；根据The food was kept in special bags可知B不对；D选项在文中没有提到。

715 According to the passage, which of the following is not right?: A.Among the three astronauts in China's fifth manned spacecraft, Nie Haisheng is the oldest.
B.In about 2020, Tiangong-1 will become a space station where astronauts can do science research.
C.It is true that Shenzhou X could dock with Tiangong-1 from only one direction.
D.In space, Wang Yaping taught the students how things go in a micro-gravity environment.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据Three astronauts, Nie Haisheng, 49, Zhang Xiaoguang, 47, and Wang Yaping, 33,可知，聂海胜是三名宇航员中年龄最大的，故A表述正确；根据It will be developed into a large space station around 2020可知B的表述是正确的；根据Wang talked about how things move in a micro-gravity(微重量)environment可知D的表述是正确的；根据This was to make sure that spacecraft could dock from more than just one direction可知C的说法是错误的。故选C。

Join us for an English Summer Camp in English ! Students between l3 and l8 are welcome to the English Summer Camp. It's a good chance to learn about British customs and improve your English. Eleven experienced English teachers will give you English classes 4 hours a day on weekdays. There are also weekend visits to London Eye, the Big Ben and London Bridge . It begins on August 8th and ends on August 28th, with the fees: ￥ 23,000. If you are interested, please come to the Children's Palace to register (登记报名）You can also register by calling Jane Parks at 555 --2782. Please register before August 3rd.

716 ____________can take part in the English Summer Camp.: A.Allthestudents
B.Studentsaged13
C.Students betweenl3andl8
D.Students over18

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Students between l3 and l8 are welcome to the English Summer Camp.在 13到18岁之间的学生欢迎来到英语夏令营。故选C。

717 . The English Summer Camp ends on____________.: A.August 3rd.
B.August 8th
C.August 25th
D.August28th

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据It begins on August 8th and ends on August 28th,它8月8日开始，8月28日结束。故选D。

718 .There are ______ways for you to register for the English Summer Camp.: A.one
B.two
C.three
D.Four

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据If you are interested, please come to the Children's Palace to register (登记报名）You can also register by calling Jane Parks at 555 --2782.

The Winter Olympics is also called the White Olympics.At this time，many colorful stamps are published to mark the great Games.The first stamps marking the opening came out on January 25th，1932 in the United States for the 3rd White Olympics. From then on，publishing stamps during the White Olympics became a rule. During the 4th Winter Olympic Games a group of stamps were published in Germany in November l936. The five Olympics rings were drawn on the front of the sportswear.It was the first time that the rings appeared on the stamps of the White Olympics. In the 1950s，the stamps of this kind became more colorful.When the White Olympics came，the host countries(主办国) as well as the non-host countries published stamps to mark those Games.China also published four stamps in February 1980 when the Chinese sportsmen began to take part in the White Olympics. Japan is the only Asian country that has ever held the White Olympics.Altogether 14,500 million stamps were sold to raise money for this sports meeting. Different kinds of sports were drawn on these small stamps.People can enjoy the beauty of the wonderful movements of some sportsmen.

719 The White Olympics and the Winter Olympics_________.: A.are the same thing
B.are different games
C.are not held in winter
D.are held in summer

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第一句The Winter Olympics is also called the White Olympics.说明两者就是同一个，故A正确。

720 The world made it a rule to publish stamps to mark the great world games_______.: A.after the year 1936
B.after the 3rd White Olympics
C.before the 3rd White Olympics
D.before the year 1932

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段3,4行The first stamps marking the opening came out on January 25,1932 in the United States for the 3rd White Olympics. From then on, publishing stamps during the White Olympics became a rule.说明在第三届冬奥会以来印刷邮票就成了规则。故B正确。

721 Which of the following is TRUE?: A.Only the host countries can publish stamps to mark those Games.
B.Only the non-host countries can publish stamps to mark those Games.
C.All the countries can publish stamps to mark those Games.
D.Japan can't publish stamps to mark those Games

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段2,3行the host countries as well as the non-host countries published stamps to mark those Games.说明不仅是东道主，任何国家都可以印刷邮票纪念冬奥会，故C正确。

722 What may appear on the stamps of the White Olympics?: A.Basketball.
B.Table tennis.
C.Football.
D.Skating.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。冬奥会的邮票上应该是在冬奥会上举行的运动，ABC三项都是夏季奥运会上的运动项目，只有D项是冬奥会项目。故D正确。

Tahiti is the largest island of the French Polynesia in South Pacific. It covers 1,045 km and has a population of 183,600.The weather there is neither too hot nor too cold. It's always warm and humid. Tahitian people are very friendly and welcoming. They welcome visitors with music, dance and flowers. The Tiare Tahiti flower, which can only be found in Tahiti, is used for greeting arriving visitors and returning family, It's popular for women and men to wear the flowers behind their left ears. In Tahiti, there are always a lot of things to do and to see. Around the island are hundreds of places perfect for diving. In the waters, you can meet all kinds of colorful fish and many other living things that you can't name. Feeding sharks is another exciting popular activity. You can stand in the water behind a safe rope to watch a shark trainer hand—feed the sharks, or enjoy this fantastic scene from the boat. If you want to find a place to swim, have a sun bath or admire the beautiful sunset, Pointe Venus Lighthouse, a black sand beach, is a great choice. In the evening ,you can have Tahitian food, Chinese food and French—style dishes at To'ata, a square with many small restaurants. All kinds of fruit juice from coconut milk to pineapple juice can be found everywhere. Some hotels in Tahiti are built above the waters. Beautiful fish swimming below can be seen through the glass floor or coffee table. They are really wonderful places to relax and refresh you. Tahiti, an amazing place to do everything or nothing at all, is waiting for you.

723 The weather in Tahiti is usually________.: A.hot
B.cold
C.warm
D.dry

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段最后一句话The weather there is neither too hot nor too cold. It's always warm and humid.可知，塔希提岛的天气既不热，也不冷，它总是温暖，湿润。故选C。

724 Tahitian people use______to greet arriving visitors.: A.flowers
B.drinks
C.fruit
D.fish

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段中Tahitian people are very friendly and welcoming. They welcome visitors with music, dance and flowers可知，塔希提岛上的人们非常友好，他们用音乐、舞蹈和花来欢迎来塔希提的游客。故选A。

725 Paragraph 3 mainly talks about _______.: A.delicious Tahitian food
B.fun activities in Tahiti
C.friendly Tahitian people
D.wonderful hotels in Tahiti

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第三段第一句话In Tahiti, there are always a lot of things to do and to see.可知，在塔希提岛上，有很多事可做，可看。这是这一段的中心句，下面讲述的就是在这个岛上，你可以做的很多事情。故选B。

726 Which of the following is TURE about Tahiti?: A.Visitors are not allowed to dive in Tahiti.
B.It is not easy to find something to eat at To'ate
C.Visitors can enjoy themselves in over—water hotels
D.Pointe Venus Lighthouse is famous for its white sand

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文Around the island are hundreds of places perfect for diving.可知A不正确；根据短文第四段中我们可以知道，塔希提岛上有很多东西可以吃，故B不对；根据Pointe Venus Lighthouse, a black sand beach可知D不对；根据Some hotels in Tahiti are built above the waters.可知，有一些旅馆是修建在水的上面的，所以C选项是正确的。故选C。

When you hear Westerners（西方人）say " Drop in anytime"（随时来玩）or "Come and see me soon" , you should realize that it doesn't mean you are welcome to come over to their house anytime. It's wise to telephone before visiting someone. Never accept an invitation unless you really plan to go. You may refuse by saying, "Thank you for inviting me, but I may not be able to come." If you are unable to come after accepting the invitation, be sure to tell those who invite you in advance（提前）that you will not be there. When you have accepted the invitation to a party or a dinner, it is polite to bring small gifts with you, such as bottles of drink, flowers and chocolate. Sometimes Westerners may take you out to dinner in a restaurant and it does not necessarily mean that he is going to pay the bill at the end of the meal. He might want you to "go Dutch", which means each person pays his own bill.

727 The best title of this passage is ________: A.Drop in anytime.
B.Come and see me soon.
C.Invitation in western countries.
D.Westerners.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
标题归纳题。根据短文的主要内容是围绕西方的邀请文化介绍的故选C。

728 When Westerners say " Drop in anytime" or "Come and see me soon" , it means ________: A.you are welcome to visit them anytime
B.you are welcome to visit them, but you still need to call them before going to their house.
C.they don't want you to visit them.
D.they will hold a party for you.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段you should realize that it doesn't mean you are welcome to come over to their house anytime. It's wise to telephone before visiting someone.描述，可知当人们说随时来玩时，你应该知道那不意味着你能随时拜访他们的家，在拜访之前最好打电话。故选B。

729 If a westerner invites you to go to his house, ________: A.you may refuse if you don't plan to go.
B.you have to accept the invitation even you don't want to go.
C.you can't accept the invitation.
D.and you accept the invitation, you must go.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段Never accept an invitation unless you really plan to go. You may refuse by saying, "Thank you for inviting me, but I may not be able to come描述，除非你真的计划去否则不要接受邀请。你可以通过说谢谢邀请，但是我可能不能来表示拒绝。故选A。

730 If you have accepted the invitation to a party or a dinner, what kind of gifts will you bring? ________: A.Money.
B.Televisions
C.Computers.
D.Books

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第三段When you have accepted the invitation to a party or a dinner, it is polite to bring small gifts with you, such as bottles of drink, flowers and chocolate.描述及选项的对比，故选D。

731 The underlined part "go Dutch" means "________" in Chinese.: A.去荷兰
B.去Dutch这家餐厅
C.实行 AA制
D.请客

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据后面的非限制性定语从句which means each person pays his own bill.，那意味着各人付自己的账单，故选C。

Akuapem is in the eastern part of Ghana. The sun there shines all the time. The local people are very friendly and hospitable(好客的). Now let's have a look at how Akuapem people receive a visitor. A visitor is often welcomed warmly in a family of Akuapem. After the visitor is welcomed into the house, he is offered a seat and water at the very beginning, because the host assumes that the visitor must have come from a very long journey and need water. If there is a group of visitors, the host will greet the visitors from right to left. And the host shakes only with his right hand, because Akuapem people think the left hand is not clean. Next, the visitor is asked how his journey was and why he has come. While the conversation is going on, the wife and the children, especially girls, are preparing food for the visitor. The visitor can choose his favorite food. After the visitor finishes eating, the host and the visitor go on with their conversation. Usually this is short one because the visitor is getting ready to say goodbye. When the visitor is leaving, he is often given some food. He is also accompanied(陪伴) by one of the children to the nearest station. The child who accompanies the visitor will not come back home until the visitor leaves safely. Whether he is a close friend or just a stranger, this is always how friendly Akuapem people receive a visitor.

732 The underlined word "assumes" here probably means "___________".: A.thinks
B.remembers .
C.disagrees
D.follows

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据he is offered a seat and water at the very beginning,和visitor must have come from a very long journey and need water.可知游客一定来自很远的路途，非常需要水，所以此处的主人一开始就提供他们座位和水，是因为他们想着这一点，故此处asumes表示想着、记着，故选A。

733 Which of the following is TRUE to the passage?: A.The host talks little with the visitor.
B.The child accompanies the visitor to the gate of the house.
C.The host offers the visitor a seat only.
D.The visitor takes some food with him when he leaves.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据 When the visitor is leaving, he is often given some food.可知当游客离开时，他们会让游客带着一些食物。故选D。

734 From the passage we know that Akuapem people are___________.: A.noisy
B.friendly
C.impolite
D.quiet

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据Whether he is a close friend or just a stranger, this is always how friendly Akuapem people receive a visitor.可知无论是亲密的朋友还是陌生人，Akuapem的人们总是友好的接待游客，故推断Akuapem的人是友好的。故选B。

Naturally ,American schoolchildren love holidays .And they get a lot of them each year .Besides having national holidays such as Thanksgiving and Presidents; Day off from school ,students get longer breaks in the US only go to school for about 180 days a year.To students ,holidays are perfect .However ,parents think there are advantages and disadvantages . On the one hand ,school holidays allow families to spend time together .Many American parents take time off from work during June,July or august to travel with their children on vacations either in the US or in a foreign country .On the other hand ,schoolchildren get much more time off school than parents get vacation for an time.This means that parents with young children may have to pay more in the babysitting or day care coats.As well ,the long summer holidays mean that students sometimes get bored. Besides going on trips with their parents ,American students enjoy taking part in different kind s of activities during the holidays .For example ,some kids enjoy summer camps and outdoor adventure holidays .Such trips are great adventurous students .They also have a lot to offer students who aren't usually interested in traditional PE activities .ou can do courses in survival skills ,for example .Students learn how to make a camp in the forest ,which wild food they can eat and how to find their way to make a camp in the forest,which wild food they can eat and how to find their way back to the center. Students who are not excited about summer camps and outdoor adventure may take part in courses in computer game design ,film making and photography during the holidays .Finally ,the traditional school trip to foreign countries is always popular .Students can practice their foreign language skills and experience every day life in a different culture.

735 How long are kids in the US at school every year?: A.About 180 days
B.About 280 days
C.About 200 days
D.About 300 days

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In fact, kids in US only go to school for about 180 days a year .可知美国的孩子每年在学校的时间是大约180天。故选A。

736 What does the underlined "they "refer to in the third paragraph?: A.Some kids
B.Different traditional PE activities
C.Parents
D.Summer camps and adventures

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据For example, some kids enjoy summer camps and outdoor adventure(冒险) holidays. Such trips are great for adventurous students.可知一些孩子喜欢夏令营和户外冒险的旅行，故此处的代词指的是夏令营和户外冒险的旅行。故选D。

737 Which of the following is true ?: A.Both parents and students think school holidays are perfect.
B.Parents can take care of their young kinds of activities
C.Students enjoy taking part in different kinds of activities during holidays .
D.Students don;t like to have school trips to foreign counties during holidays .

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Besides going on trips with their parents, American students enjoy taking part in different kinds of activities during the holidays.可知美国的学生在假期期间喜欢参加各种各样的活动。故选C。

738 What would be the best title for the passage ?: A.School Trips in the US .
B.school Holidays in the US .
C.School Activities in the US.
D.Outdoor adventure in the US

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
标题归纳题。根据Naturally, American schoolchildren love holidays. 和American students enjoy taking part in different kinds of activities during the holidays.可知美国学生喜欢假期，他们喜欢在假期里参加各种各样的活动，因此本文主要讲的是美国学校的假期。故选B。

Naturally, American schoolchildren love holidays. And they get a lot of them each year. Besides having national holidays such as Thanksgiving and Presidents' Day off from school, students get longer breaks in the spring and during the summer holidays .In fact, kids in US only go to school for about 180 days a year .To students, holidays are perfect .However, parents think there are advantages and disadvantages. On the one hand, school holidays allow families to spend time together. Many American parents take time off from work during June ,July or August to travel with their children on vacation either in US or a foreign country. On the other hand, schoolchildren get much more time off school than parents get vacation time. This means that parents with young children may have to pay more in babysitting or daycare costs. As well, the long summer holidays mean that students sometimes get bored . Besides going on trips with their parents, American students enjoy taking part in different kinds of activities during the holidays. For example, some kids enjoy summer camps and outdoor adventure(冒险) holidays. Such trips are great for adventurous students. They also have a lot to offer students who aren't usually interested in traditional PE activities. You can do courses in survival(生存) skills, for example. Students learn how to make a camp in the forest, which wild food they can eat and how to find their way back to the center. Students who are not excited about summer camps and outdoor adventure may take part in courses in computer game design, filmmaking and photography during the holidays. Finally, the traditional school trip to foreign countries is always popular. Students can practice their foreign language skills and experience everyday life in a different culture.

739 How long are kids in the US at school every year?: A.About 180 days .
B.About 280 days .
C.About 200 days .
D.About 300 days .

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In fact, kids in US only go to school for about 180 days a year .可知美国的孩子每年在学校的时间是大约180天。故选A。

740 What does the underlined word "They" refer to in the third paragraph?: A.Some kids.
B.Different traditional PE activities
C.Parents
D.Summer camps and outdoor adventure.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据For example, some kids enjoy summer camps and outdoor adventure(冒险) holidays. Such trips are great for adventurous students.可知一些孩子喜欢夏令营和户外冒险的旅行，故此处的代词指的是夏令营和户外冒险的旅行。故选D。

741 Which of the following is ture ?: A.Both parents and students think school holidays are perfect.
B.Parents can take care of their young children during all the holidays.
C.Students enjoy taking part in different kinds of activities during holidays.
D.Students don't like to have school trips to foreign countries during holidays.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Besides going on trips with their parents, American students enjoy taking part in different kinds of activities during the holidays.可知美国的学生在假期期间喜欢参加各种各样的活动。故选C。

742 What would be the best title for the passage?: A.School Trips in the US.
B.School Holidays in the US.
C.School activities in the US.
D.Outdoor Adventure in the US

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
标题归纳题。根据Naturally, American schoolchildren love holidays. 和American students enjoy taking part in different kinds of activities during the holidays.可知美国学生喜欢假期，他们喜欢在假期里参加各种各样的活动，因此本文主要讲的是美国学校的假期。故选B。

World War II lasted from 1939 to 1945. Life changed for everybody, including women and children because of the war. Millions of people lost their lives during the war. The Diary of a Young Girl was a record of that time. The book was written by a girl named Anne Frank. Anne Frank was born in Germany in June 1929. Because the German Nazi(纳粹分子) hated the Jews(犹太人) and warned to kill them, her family had to move to another country. In July 1942, they went into hiding in a secret place in her father's office. During that difficult time, Anne kept writing diaries until she and her family were discovered by the Nazis in August 1944. They were caught and sent to a Nazi camp. The next year, her mother died. In the same year, she and her elder sister died of illness, before the war ended. After the war, her father collected her diaries and the book The Diary of a Young Girl came out in 1947. It has been put into over 30 languages since then. The book has been read by people all over the world. In her diary, Anne wrote down her thoughts, her feelings, her hopes and her dreams for the future, "I want the diary to be my friend, and I'm going to call this friend Kitty." "I can't spend all day complaining because it's impossible to have any fun! ... Every day, I feel the beauty of nature and the goodness of the people around me. With all that, why should 1 be sad?" The Diary of a Young Girl has also become a symbol of the greatness of the human spirit. It is called one of the wisest and most moving records on war.

743 In which year did Anne die of illness?: A.In 1939.
B.In 1942.
C.In 1944.
D.In 1945.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Anne kept writing diaries until she and her family were discovered by the Nazis in August 1944. …The next year, her mother died. In the same year, she and her elder sister died of illness, before the war ended.可知Anne死于1945年，第二次世界大战结束前。故选D。

744 According to the passage, "Kitty" is ________.: A.her diary
B.her elder sister
C.her mother
D.her hiding place

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据I want the diary to be my friend, and I'm going to call this friend Kitty.可知Kitty是她的日记的名字。故选A。

745 Which of the following is true?: A.Anne was lazy, sad and complained all day.
B.The book is mainly about Anne's school life.
C.Anne loved life though she was in difficult time.
D.The book has been put into nearly 30 languages.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据I can't spend all day complaining可知，Anne没有一天到晚的抱怨，所以A错；根据文章开头可知，这本日记主要记录了Anne在二战期间避难的艰难岁月，所以B错；In her diary, Anne wrote down her thoughts, her feelings, her hopes and her dreams for the future, 所以即使在最艰难的岁月里，Anne依然对生活充满了渴望。所以C对；根据It has been put into over 30 languages since then.可知，这本日记被翻译成30多种语言而不是接近30种。所以D错；本题要求找出陈述正确的选项，故选C。

746 From the passage, we can infer(推断) ________.: A.Anne was born in Germany
B.Anne was a Jew
C.Anne's father collected the diaries
D.Anne was a Nazi

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据Anne Frank was born in Germany in June 1929. Because the German Nazi(纳粹分子) hated the Jews(犹太人) and warned to kill them, her family had to move to another country.可知Anne是一个犹太人。学习历史我们知道，在二战期间很多犹太人受到了德国纳粹分子的迫害。Anne Frank was born in Germany 和After the war, her father collected her diaries是文章明确说明的事，不用推理判断。故选B。

National parks are large of areas of public land . They give a safe home for local plants and animal . They help keep the air and water clean . They also give us the best trips . Today ,there are nearly 7，000 national parks around the world . Forbes has listed 12 of the most beautiful ones in the world that will surprise you with their amazing landscape ,geographic wonders and colorful plants and animals . The Grand Canyon National Park of the US is one of the Seven Natural Wonders of the World . It is best known for its size and depth . It is 446 kilometers long ,up to 29 kilometers wide ,and 1. 6 kilometers deep . The immensity of the canyon makes people think big . Every year ,about 5million people visit here . Taking a tour in the South Rim offers vistors the park's full views,while the North Rim shows beautiful wild flowers . If you love animals ,you'll like the Serrengeti Natinoal Park in Tanzania . The "Big Five "live here . They are the lion . African elephant ,African leopard ,black rhinoce and African buffalo . The name "Big Five "came from the five animals that were the hardest to catch . Now they are what people most want to see in the wild . If you visit the park ,you should never miss the migration of over 1. 5million wildebeests and 250，000 zebras every year. This is the most famous site of the park .

747 Which is NOT right about national parks according to Paragraph 1?: A.Anational park is public land that covers a large area.
B.Wild plants and animals are protected in national parks.
C.Forbes has listed twelve of the world's largest national parks.
D.National parks are attractive because of their natural beauty.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段Forbes has listed 12 of the most beautiful ones in the world 描述，可知福布斯列出的是世界上最美丽的12个国家公园。故选项C描述错误。

748 The underlined word"immensity"refered to_______.: A.great size
B.natural wonder
C.colorful view
D.unusual beauty

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。联系前一句It is 446 kilometers long ,up to 29 kilometers wide ,and 1. 6 kilometers deep . 描述，可知此处指的是这个巨大的峡谷让人们认为它很大。故选A，大尺码的。

749 ______kinds of animals are mentioned in the passage.: A.Five
B.Six
C.Seven
D.Eight

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文最后一段描述，可知本文共提到了七种动物，有African elephant ,African leopard ,black rhinoce and African buffalo ……wildebeests 和zebras 等七种，故选C。

750 The best title for the passage may be "_______".: A.Taking a tour in the Grand Canyon
B.Travelling to the Serengeti National Park
C.Seven National Wonders of the World
D.Stepping into the wonders of the wildlife

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
标题归纳题。阅读短文可知这篇短文主要介绍了世界上的几个著名的国家公园，以及这些公园里面的野生动物。故选D，走进神奇的野外生活。

751 If the writer continues the article ,he would most likely write about _______.: A.ways to keep the air and water clean
B.more national parks in the world
C.his wonderful trip to the Grand Canyone
D.famous historic wonders in Africa

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。本文开头介绍了世界上最美丽的国家公园有12个，短文最后一段介绍了坦桑尼亚的国家公园，故这篇短文接下来可能要继续介绍其它的公园，故选B。

"Make-A-Wish" is one of the world's most well-known charities(慈善机构) . It makes wishes come true for childrenwho have serious illnesses. It gives them hope and joy and helps them forget about their health problems and have fun. It all started in 1980 in Phoenix, Arizona. Christopher was a 7-year-old boy who was very sick. He always dreamed ofbecoming a police officer. Tommy Austin and Ron Cox, two police officers, made his wish come true. They gaveChristopher a tour of the city in a police helicopter(直升飞机)and made a real police uniform(制服) for him. There are four kinds of wishes children usually have: I wish to go. Children usually want to travel or go to a concert, a game or a park. I wish to meet. Children sometimes want to meet their favourite actors, singers or players. I wish to be. Some children wish to become actors, singers or police officers. I wish to have. They often want to have a computer, a game, a bike or many other things. Let'shope more wishes Mill come true in the future. People who work in the charity always try for the best. Almost25 ,000 Volunteers (志愿者) help, work or give money. Will you be one of them?

752 "Make-A-Wish" is a charity to help _______.: A.sick children
B.serious officers
C.famous actors
D.popular singers

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第一段第二句话It makes wishes come true for childrenwho have serious illnesses."它为许多患有严重疾病的儿童实现梦想"。可知答案为A。

753 What did the two police officers do for Christopher?: A.They gave him a computer.
B.They gave him a tour of the city.
C.They look him to a concert.
D.They took him to the hospital.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段最后一句话They gave Christopher a tour of the city in a police helicopter and made a real police uniform for him."他们为Christopher安排了一次乘坐直机环绕城市飞行的机会，并且做了一套真正的警服给他"。可知答案为B。

754 Which kind of wishes does Christopher have?: A.I wish to go.
B.I wish to meet.
C.I wish to be.
D.I wish to have.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段第二句话Christopher was a 7-year-old boy who was very sick. He always dreamed ofbecoming a police officer."Christopher是一个岁身体非常虚弱的小男孩，他的梦想就是成为一个警官"。可知答案为C。

755 The purpose of the last paragraph is to _______.: A.explain what " Make-A-Wish" is
B.encourage more people to join the charity
C.tell us how Christopher's wish came true
D.introduce different kinds of children's wishes

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
段落大意题。根据最后一段最后一句话Will you be one of them?"你愿意加入他们吗"可知其为鼓励其他人加入，故答案为B。

756 Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?: A.Sick children just wish to get well.
B.Christopher and Tommy are two officers.
C.A few people are working for "Make-A-Wish".
D."Make-A-Wish" has a history of over 30 years.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第二段第一句话It all started in 1980 in Phoenix, Arizona."它于1980年在Phienix开始"，故答案为D。

According to the traditional Chinese lunar calendar, we officially welcome the Year of the Horse better than others. The horse has played an important role throughout human history all over the world. Horses were used for thousands of years as a means of transportation, a weapon of war and a plougher of fields(犁地农具), but "the horse was more than just a vehicle – it had more character than a car, a tank or a tractor," Clare Balding wrote for The Telegraph. In the Middle Ages in Western societies, the horse was a symbol of chivalry (骑士精神) and nobility(贵族). In fact, the word "chivalry" comes from "cheval" in Old French, which meant horse. The idea of chivalry helped to fashion the 19th-century "gentleman", which was about good manners, courage and honesty to friends. Nowadays, because of economic(经济) development, people in Western societies are less likely to see or ride horses. People living in cities, in particular, hardly ever experience horses except through movies, paintings or books. But horse racing, and betting money on horse races, is still popular. The Kentucky Derby is one of the most popular sporting events every year in the US. In the UK, the royal police still go around the city on horseback and the Queen rides in a traditional horse-drawn carriage on "ceremonial occasions (正式场合)". Some sayings about horses are still used in English today. For example, people still say "hold your horses" to mean "slow down". If someone seems too proud, people might tell him or her to "get off his or her high horse". And since horses are strong and energetic, there are expressions such as "as strong as a horse", "workhorse" and "horsing around". Interestingly, the horse also appears in many Chinese sayings, such as Qianlima, which means a talented person. Other Chinese horse sayings include Madaochenggong (instant success) and Baimawangzi (prince charming). Besides their physical strengths, horses are smart and have "excellent memories", according to Discovery News. Maybe that's why Chinese people say, "An old horse never gets lost". Since the horse is honored as a symbol of many great qualities, people born in the Year of the Horse are said to share them.

757 According to Chinese tradition, which year is welcomed best officially?: A.the Year of the Snake
B.the Year of the Tiger
C.the Year of the Mouse
D.the Year of the Horse

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第一段According to the traditional Chinese lunar calendar, we officially welcome the Year of the Horse better than others.故选D。

758 According to the passage, which is NOT the role of the horse nowadays?: A.A weapon of war.
B.The royal police's transportation to go around in the UK.
C.Race horses.
D.Animal actors in movies.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段Horses were used for thousands of years as a means of transportation, a weapon of war and a plougher of fields(犁地农具)可知作为战争武强，是在古代，不是现代，结合问题，故选A

759 If a friend of yours is overconfident, what are you supposed to tell him or her?: A.Hold your horses.
B.Get off your high horse.
C.Be as strong as a horse
D.An old horse never gets lost

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第六段If someone seems too proud, people might tell him or her to "get off his or her high horse".可知对骄傲的人说的成语，结合题意，故选B

760 According to the passage, which is NOT the reason why people like horses?: A.The horse has played an important role throughout human history all over the world
B.The horse was a symbol of chivalry and nobility in the Middle Ages in Western societies.
C.Besides their physical strengths, horses are smart and have "excellent memories".
D.Horses are only used as a means of transportation like a car, a tank or a tractor.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
是非判断题。根据第二段"the horse was more than just a vehicle – it had more character than a car, a tank or a tractor,"可知D项错误，故选D。

761 From the passage we know that ____________.: A.Economy develops a lot, so people in Western societies hardly see or ride horses nowadays.
B.The Kentucky Derby is one of the most popular betting events every year in the US.
C.Qianlima in Chinese means a person who can run one thousand kilometers a day.
D.Since the horse is honored as a symbol of many great qualities, people born in the Year of the Horse are said to be as strong as a horse.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
归纳理解题。根据第四段Nowadays, because of economic(经济) development, people in Western societies are less likely to see or ride horses故选A。

People believed for a long time that heart was the center of a person's emotions. That is why the word "heart" is used in so many expressions about emotional situations. One such expression is to "lose your heart" to someone. When that happens, you have fallen in love. But if the person who "won your heart" does not love you, then you are sure to have a "broken heart". In your pain and sadness, you may decide that the person you love is "hard-hearted", and in fact, has a "heart of stone". You may decide to "pour out your heart" to a friend. Telling someone about your personal problems can often make you feel better. If your friend does not seem to understand how painful your broken heart is, you may ask her to "have a heart". You are asking your friend to show some sympathy(同情) for your situation. Your friend "has her heart in the right place" if she says she is sorry, and shows great concern(关心). If your friend says no to you, do not "lose heart". Be "strong-hearted". Sit down with him or her and have a "heart to heart" talk. Be open and honest about your situation. Then you may have a "change of heart" Then you could stop worrying and "put your heart at rest".

762 When bob loves Mary, you might say that he ___________________.: A.wins Mary's heart
B.has got his heart
C.loses his heart to Mary
D.lends Mary his heart

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段One such expression is to "lose your heart" to someone. When that happens, you have fallen in love，结合题意，故选C。

763 When you are getting into trouble or feeling sad, you should _______to your best friend.: A.pour out your heart
B.have a rest
C.have a change of heart
D.be hard-hearted

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第三段及题意，可知如果你感觉不愉快，你可能向朋友倾诉，故选A。

764 When one of your best friend has suddenly fallen badly ill, you usually _______to show your worry about his health and try your best to care for him.: A.have a heart of stone
B.have your heart in the right place
C.be strong-heart in the right place
D.have a heart

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第四段Your friend "has her heart in the right place" if she says she is sorry, and shows great concern(关心).及题意，故选B

765 "Don't lose heart, and you are sure to win the match." Here "Don't lose heart" means"____________".: A.put your heart into something
B.you can't find your heart
C.don't worry about something
D.be brave

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据题意，一定会赢，可知上句告诉你不要事情信心，要勇敢，故选D

766 . The underlined words "heart to heart" in the passage means "_______" in Chinese.: A.诚恳的
B.心心相印
C.倾诉衷肠
D.针锋相对

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
归纳理解题。根据Sit down with him or her and have a "heart to heart" talk. Be open and honest about your situation，可知态度是诚实的，故选A

Happy New Year, everyone! The year of 2014 is the Year of the Horse in the Chinese lunar calendar(农历). It begins on January 31, 2014, and ends on February 18, 2015. People say 2014 is the Year of Wood Horse. Wood is something about trees or green, so it is also called Year of Green Horse. 2014 is the ji?w? (甲午) year. Horses are our good friends for a long time. In the past, horses helped people carry heavy things and travel far. Today many people ride horses for fun. Horses are hard-working and loyal animals. So are the people born in the Year of Horse. They are true to others. If you have some friends like that, be nice to them. They could be your friends forever.

767 The year of 2014 is the Year of the ____________.: A.Snake
B.Dragon
C.Monkey
D.Horse

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第二段的第一句The year of 2014 is the Year of the Horse in the Chinese lunar calendar可知，2014年时马年；故选D。

768 The underlined word "loyal" in the last paragraph means __________ in Chinese.: A.令人畏惧的
B.自信的
C.忠诚的
D.固执的

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据短文最后一段可知，本句是对马的性格进行描述，根据后面的If you have some friends like that, be nice to them. They could be your friends forever.可知，马是很勤奋和忠诚的动物；故选C。

Imagine that your hairstyle is important for your future. For teenage boys in Papua New Guinea this is true! The Hulie people believe that beautiful hair shows a man is healthy and strong.. They respect men who wear wigs, so teenage Hulie boys have to grow great hair. With this hair, they make a wig that they can wear every day. The Hulie live deep in the rain forest of Papua New Guinea. Before the 1930s, people from the outside world didn't even know about them. Today, there are about 70000 Hulie people, Most still follow their traditional way of life. The Hulie live in small villages, but families. do not live together. Women and small children live in one house and. men live together in another house. When boys are eight years old, they have to leave their mothers to live with their fathers. Some Hulie children go to school to study reading and math. But after middle school. While teenage girls babysit their younger brothers and sisters, most teenage boys，to wig school. At wig school, they learn how to grow their hair and how to make wigs. The rules are pretty serious 1 .They cannot run, because their hair can be damaged. 2. They have to stay away from fire. 3. They have to put water on their hair 12 times a day to make it Grow faster. When a Hulie teen wears his wig for the first time, he shows he is a man now, he can get married. To prepare, boys grow their hair for 18 months or longer. Then they cut it and use their own hair to make a mushroom-shaped wig. Later they grow their hair again for special wigs. These special wigs are for celebrations and festivals. Hulie men wear their mushroom-shaped wigs every day, but they like to be fashionable, too. To add style, they decorate their wigs with flowers and feathers.

769 The article is mainly about________: A.teenage Hulie girls
B.teenage Hulie boys
C.Hulie men and women

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
主旨大意题。这篇文章主要讲了Hulie男孩子的头发的有关情况，故选B。

770 People didn't know the Hulie people until the 1930s because______: A.they lived in small villages
B.there are only 2700Huli people
C.they were hidden in the rain forest

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中原句The Hulie live deep in the rain forest of Papua New Guinea.（他们居住在巴布亚新几内亚的热带雨林深处）可知此题选C。

771 The underlined phrase "people from the outside world" means______: A.people who don't live in the rain forest
B.people who follow their old traditions
C.people who do things outside of the forest

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
语义猜测题。根据原句理解，划线部分词组的含义是A。

772 According to the article we can refer that Huli_________: A.teenage boys live with the mothers
B.teenage girls live with their fathers
C.husbands and wives do not live together

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据文中原句The Huile live in small villages, but families. do not live together. Women and small children live in one house and men live together in another house.（Huile人住在小村庄里，但是家人不住在一起。女人和小孩子住在一个房间里，男人们在另一个房间里住在一起）可知此题答案是C。

773 Hulie boys do not decorate their wigs with_______: A.flowers
B.mushrooms
C.feathers

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中原句they decorate their wigs with flowers and feathers.（他们用花和羽毛来装饰他们的假发）可知此题答案是B。

Tea is a popular drink in China. Many people can't live if they don't have it. Chinese tea has a long history going back more than 5,000 years. A famous person over 1000 years ago wrote a book about how to make tea. Its name is The Classic of Tea. Today, China has different kinds of tea: white, yellow, green, oolong, black, and dark tea. People in different places have different tea drinking habits. People in Guangdong and Fujian love "Kung Fu Tea" in small tea cups. People in Beijing like flower green tea. In Lasha, people like to drink salty butter tea (酥油茶) to be healthy. There are rules for making tea for friends. It's not good to make the cup full(满的）, because the cup will be too hot for people to hold.

774 Did we have tea around 5,000 years ago?: A.Yes, we did.
B.No, we didn't.
C.I don't know.

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据Chinese tea has a long history going back more than 5,000 years. 可知中国人喝茶有5000年历史了，故选A。

775 How many kinds of tea are there in China now?: A.There are five.
B.There are six.
C.There are seven.

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据China has different kinds of tea: white, yellow, green, oolong, black, and dark tea.可知这里提到了6种茶叶，故选B。

776 What kind of tea do people in Guangdong love?: A.Salty butter tea.
B.Flower tea.
C.Kung Fu tea.

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据People in Guangdong and Fujian love "Kung Fu Tea" in small tea cups. 广东人喜欢喝功夫茶，故选C。

777 Why do the people in Lasha love salty butter tea?: A.To get thin.
B.To keep warm.
C.To keep healthy.

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据In Lasha, people like to drink salty butter tea (酥油茶) to be healthy.可知人们喜欢酥油茶的目的是为了保持健康，故选C。

778 What is the rule of making tea for friends?: A.Make the cup full.
B.Don't make the cup too full.
C.Don't make it too hot.

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据It's not good to make the cup full(满的给朋友沏茶不能太满，故选B。

In America, street dancing is a great outdoor sport for young people to do with a group of friends. Many people bring their radios out onto the streets, and then wait for others to join in. Step 1: Wear comfortable clothes. Also wear comfortable running shoes that allow (允许) you to jump easily. Dancing needs a lot of movements, so it is smart to take care of your feet. Step 2: Get some music that you can dance to and bring a radio or a CD player. Step 3: Invite some friends to street dance. Put some music on and start dancing to it. Use your feet as much as possible and make quick movements. Step4: Put your arms up to the right, and then move them quickly to the left while turning your body. This will make others start street dancing. Step5: Try different movements if possible. Street dancing is all about free-style dancing. You can enjoy yourself while getting exercise by street dancing.

779 Street dancing is a kind of___________sport for young people.: A.indoor
B.outdoor
C.ball
D.difficult

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中第一段第一句话In America, street dancing is a great outdoor sport for young people to do with a group of friends."在美国，街舞是年轻人和朋友共同进行一项室外运动。"可知答案为B。

780 If you want to street dance, you don't need to ___________.: A.wear comfortable clothes
B.have a radio or a CD player
C.invite some friends
D.ask your parents to dance with

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章街舞运动的五步介绍，可知跳街舞需要穿上舒适的衣服，放上音乐，邀请朋友们一起跳，移动左右手并尽可能多的变换动作。因此答案为D，不需要父母加入。

781 Which of the following is NOT right?: A.Young people like to street dance.
B.When you street dance, you need music.
C.You must be careful with your arms while moving.
D.Move your arms quickly while turning your body.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文章第一句In America, street dancing is a great outdoor sport for young people to do with a group of friends.可知A正确；根据文章第三段Get some music that you can dance to and bring a radio or a CD player.可知B正确；根据文章第五段Put your arms up to the right, and then move them quickly to the left while turning your body.可知D正确；文章没有提到选项C，故选C。

782 The main idea for the passage may be___________.: A.how to street dance
B.young people and street dancing
C.the steps for street dancing
D.street dancing in America

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
主旨大意题。文章主要介绍流行于美国年轻人之间的街舞运动，介绍了跳街舞的步骤。故选C。

I'm pretty sure everyone wants to visit Europe at least once in their lifetime. Here's a list of the most amazing places to visit in Europe. Riviera Wow, this is such a beautiful place in Italy. The Cinque Terre is a very beautiful national park, which connects five beautiful villages. Walking paths connect the villages, follow the coastline and offer hikes through hills. The villages remain unaffected by tourism. Tuscany Another Italian region, Tuscany is simply attractive. The buildings there are amazing, and the culture is special. From the historical center of Florence to the Cathedral of Pisa, it's a once-in-a-lifetime experience. Make sure you check out the nature reserves, and enjoy a few bottles of the very famous wine. Lauterbrunnen Since a school trip here, I've always wanted to revisit this city in Switzerland. The city always seems as if it's trapped in time. There are untouched fountains and springs everywhere, and a huge number of waterfalls and valleys. The area is very popular for skiing. The Greek Islands There are plenty of places to visit in Greece. But I love the Greek Islands best. White houses and beautiful churches, beaches and Aegean Sea make this a very popular place to visit. However, there is more to do here than just sunbathe. I cannot wait to go back and check out the caves and culture that make the Greek Islands one of the best places in Europe. Venice I am a big Italy lover, and Venice is another city that is not to be missed. It has its own share of history, art and attractive buildings. However, the attraction comes from the pedestrian （行人） — only streets and rivers filled with boats.

783 According to the passage, people who are interested in waterfalls and valleys would most probably go to _______.: A.Riviera
B.Tuscany
C.Lauterbrunnen
D.the Greek Islands

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第四段中There are untouched fountains and springs everywhere, and a huge number of waterfalls and valleys.可知，在Lauterbrunnen 这个地方，有很多瀑布和山谷。因此如果你对瀑布和山谷感兴趣的话，就可去那里。故选C。

784 From Paragraph 5 we learn that the Greek Islands_______.: A.hasn't been visited by the writer yet
B.is a good place for sunbathing
C.isn't worth exploring
D.has many waterfalls and valleys

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第五段中的内容可知，However, there is more to do here than just sunbathe，在这个地方你可以做的事情不只是太阳浴，由此我们可以推测出，这个地方是一个太阳浴的好地方。故选B。

785 What will you probably see when you are visiting Venice?: A.Royal Palace.
B.The Aegean Sea.
C.Streets without cars.
D.Busy traffic.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文最后一段关于威尼斯的介绍中可知，However, the attraction comes from the pedestrian （行人） — only streets and rivers filled with boats.可知，在威尼斯街道和河流上都布满了船，因此在这里你看不到汽车，故选C。

Usually, when your teacher asks a question, there is only one correct answer. But there is one question that has millions of current answers. That question is "What's your name?" Everyone gives a different answer, but everyone is correct. Have you ever wondered about people's names? Where do they come from? What do they mean? People's first names, or given names, are chosen by their parents. Sometimes the name of a grandparent or other member of the family is used. Some parents choose the name of a well-known person. A boy could be named George Washington Smith; a girl could be named Helen Keller Jones. Some people give their children names that mean good things. Clara means "bright"; Beatrice means "one who gives happiness"; Donald means "world ruler"; Leonard means "as brave as a lion". The earliest last names, or surnames, were taken from place names. A family with the name Brook or Brooks probably lived near brook (С?); someone who was called Longstreet probably lived on a long, paved road. The Greenwood family lived in or near a leafy forest. Other early surnames came from people's occupations. The most common occupational name is Smith, which means a person who makes things with iron or other metals. In the past, smiths were very important workers in every town and village. Some other occupational names are: Carter - a person who owned or drove a cart（手推车）； Potter -a person who made pots and pans. The ancestors (祖先) of the Baker family probably baked bread for their neighbors in their native village. The Carpenter's great-great-great-grandfather probably built houses and furniture. Sometimes people were known for the color of their hair or skin, or their size, or their special abilities. When there were two men who were named John in the same village, the John with the gray hair probably became John Gray. Or the John was very tall could call himself John Tallman. John Fish was probably an excellent swimmer and John Lightfoot was probably a fast runner or a good dancer. Some family names were made by adding something to the father's name. English-speaking people added -s or -son. The Johnsons are descendants of John; the Roberts family's ancestor was Robert. Irish and Scottish people added Mac or Mc or O. Perhaps all of the MacDonnells and the McDonnells and the O'Donnells are descendants of the same Donnell.

786 Which of the following aspects（方面）do the surnames in the passage NOT cover?: A.Places where people lived.
B.People's characters.
C.Talents that people had.
D.People's occupations.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文中The earliest last names, or surnames, were taken from place names.可知A在短文中提到了；根据The ancestors (祖先) of the Baker family probably baked bread for their neighbors in their native village. The Carpenter's great-great-great-grandfather probably built houses and furniture.可知C在短文中提到了；根据Other early surnames came from people's occupations可知D也提到了。但是B选项说人们的名字来源于性格，这个没有说到。故选B。

787 According to the passage, the ancestors of the Potter family most probably _______.: A.owned or drove a cart
B.made things with metals
C.made kitchen tools or contains
D.built houses and furniture

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文中Potter -a person who made pots and pans.可知，有些人的名字跟他们祖先做过的职业有关系。由此我们猜测Potter这个家族的祖先也许是制作厨房的工具或容器的。故选C。

788 If an English couple whose ancestors lived near a leafy forest wanted their new-born son to become a world leader, the baby might be named _______.: A.Beatrice Smith
B.Leonard Carter
C.George Longstreet
D.Donald Greenwood

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据短文第五段可知，有些人的名字来源于他们住的地方，The Greenwood family lived in or near a leafy forest，因此这个家庭的姓应该是Greenwood。而根据题目中要求的，他们希望自己的孩子成为世界的领袖，短文中告诉我们Donald means "world ruler"，因此这个孩子的名字应该是Donald Greenwood。故选D。

789 The underlined word "descendants" in the last paragraph means a person's _______.: A.后代
B.朋友
C.同事
D.同伴

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据短文最后一段以及这个单词所在的句子可知，有些人的名字是在他们父亲的名字后边加上一些东西来的，如Johnsons是John的后代。由此我们可以猜测出descendant这个单词的意思是后代。故选A。

From the world's heaviest apple, the oldest lady to the world's smallest dog, these are all parts of a group of the world's strangest people and things. And they are all in the Guinness Book of Records(《吉尼斯记录》). The book is going to celebrate its birthday this August. It began exactly half a century ago. And it's always one of the best selling books in the world. People now can break over 1000 records every week! Why do so many people want to break the records? Do they want their names in the book or meet more people around the world? "It gives people a chance to show they're the best in the world." said one of the record keepers Stewart Newport. The book was started by Hugh Beaver from Britain. In 1951, he went shooting birds and talked with his friends about the fastest bird in Europe. Three years later, they were still talking about it. So Beaver believed that people must have different ideas. So, he decided to start a book to record the world's truly greatest people and things in it! The newest book came out last Tuesday. This book has a lot of interesting records. Here are two: ☆ A British dog, Whitney, is the world's smallest dog. It's only 76mm tall. ☆ An American woman Lee Redmond has the longest fingernails(指甲).They grew as long as 600 mm! She made the record in 1971.

790 We can see everything in the Guinness Book of Records except ___________.: A.the heaviest fruits and vegetables
B.the smallest people and animals
C.the strangest people and things
D.very ordinary people and things

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据短文第一段From the world's heaviest apple, the oldest lady to the world's smallest dog, these are all parts of a group of the world's strangest people and things.，可知吉尼斯世界纪录这本书记录的都是世界上最奇怪的人和事，故选D。

791 The Guinness Book of Records has been one of the best selling books for ___________.: A.50 years
B.76 years
C.600 years
D.1000 years

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据第二段It began exactly half a century ago. And it's always one of the best selling books in the world.故选A

792 Newport thought many people tried to break Guinness records because ___________.: A.their names be kept in the world records.
B.their names could be seen by the whole world.
C.they could meet more people all over the world.
D.they could be known as the greatest by the world.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第三段"It gives people a chance to show they're the best in the world." said one of the record keepers Stewart Newport.故选D

793 Which of the following is right according to the passage?: A.Newport started the Guinness Book of Records in Britain.
B.More than four thousand records are broken each month.
C.The Guinness Book of Records started in the year 1954.
D.The newest book of Guinness comes out every Tuesday.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。根据第四段描述Three years later, they were still talking about it. So Beaver believed that people must have different ideas. So, he decided to start a book…，三年之后指1951之后的1954年，故选C

794 The writer of this passage wants to ___________.: A.tell us the strangest records in the world
B.show us the beginning of the Guinness Book of Records
C.give us an introduction to the Guinness Book of Records
D.let us know the most interesting things in the world

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
归纳理解题。根据短文描述可知作者主要给我们介绍了这本书的主要内容和来历。故选C

In Canada and the United States, people enjoy entertaining(请客) at home. They often invites friends for a meal, a party or just for coffee and conversation. Here are the kinds of things people say when they invite someone to their homes: "Would you like to come over for dinner this Saturday night?" "Hey, we're having a party on Friday. Can you come?" To answer an invitation, either say thank you and accept or say you are sorry and give an excuse. "Thanks, I'd love to. What time would you like me to come?" or " Oh, sorry. I've tickets for a movie." Sometimes, however, people in the west use expressions(语句) that sound like invitation but which are not real invitation. For example, "Please come over for a drink sometime." "Why not get together for a party sometime?" or "Why don't you come over and see us sometime soon?" They are really polite ways of ending a conversation. They are not real invitations because they don't mention(提到、涉及) a certain time or date. They just show that the person is trying to be friendly. To answer expressions like this, people just say, "Sure, that would be great!" or "OK! Thanks." So next time when you hear what sounds like an invitation, listen carefully. Is it a real invitation or is the person just being friendly?

795 Why do Canadians and Americans often invite friends for meals at home?: A.Because they have modern and beautiful houses.
B.Because they can spend less money.
C.Because they enjoy entertaining at home.
D.Because they can save time.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。从短文第一句可知答案。A.因为贪们有时尚的、漂亮的房子。B.因为他们可以花更少的钱。C.因为他们喜欢在家请客。D.因为他们可以节约时间。故选C。

796 Which of the following is NOT a real invitation?: A.Please go to the concert with me some day.
B.Would you like to have a cup of tea with us this evening?
C.I've two tickets here. Can you go to the cinema with me?
D.If you are free now, let's go to Wang's for a drink.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。A.某天和我一起去听音乐会吧。在这句话中没有具体时间或日期，只是一种友好的表达，其它三个选项都是在表达真正的邀请。故选A。

797 If people say, "Why not get together for a party sometime?", you just say "__________": A.I'm glad to hear that.
B.How about this evening?
C.Oh, sorry. I'm very busy.
D.That's great. Thanks.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。从短文中这句话"To answer expressions like this, people just say, "Sure, that would be great!'or "OK! Thanks.'"可知在回答不是真正的邀请时，只需说：那太好了，谢谢。故选D。

798 People use "an unreal invitation" in order to show __________.: A.they're trying to be friendly
B.they're trying to make friends with others
C.they have already got ready for a party
D.their spirit of generosity

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：A
系统解析：
细节理解题。从短文中这句话"They just show that the person is trying to be friendly."可知答案选A。

799 The passage is mainly about __________.: A.entertainment at home
B.real invitations or not
C.expressions of starting a conversation
D.ways of ending a conversation

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
综合理解题。通读整篇短文，可以知道这篇短文主要介绍什么是真正的邀请，什么只是表达友好。故选B。

One day, I happened to meet an Englishman in the street and soon we began to talk. As I was talking about how I was studying English, the foreigner seemed to be very surprised, gently shaking his head and saying, "You don't say! You don't say!" I was puzzled, and I thought, "Perhaps this is not a right thing to talk about." So I said to him, "Well, shall we talk about the Great Wall? Have you ever been there?" "Certainly, everyone back home will laugh at me if I leave here without seeing it. The Great Wall is wonderful!" "Yes, it is one of the wonders in the world. And people of many countries have come to visit it." As I went on telling him more about it, he stopped me again, "You don't say!" I couldn't help asking, "Why do you ask me not to talk about it?" The foreigner said, "I don't say that. Why do you think so?" "Didn't you say "you don't say!'?" I asked again. Hearing this, the foreigner laughed loudly. He began to explain, "'You don't say!' means "Really?' Perhaps you know little about English idioms." Wow! How foolish I was! Since then I have been careful with English idioms.

800 The writer began to talk about the Great Wall because ______.: A.the Englishman told him to do so
B.he tried to find a new and right topic
C.he couldn't talk about his study any more

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
推理判断题。因为作者设法找到一个新的合适的话题,所以他开始谈长城，。根据文中"Perhaps this is not a right thing to talk about." So I said to him, "Well, shall we talk about the Great Wall?可知作者以为谈学英语不合适，由此可以推断出答案，故选B。

801 When the writer asked, "Why do you ask me not to talk about it?", the Englishman felt ______.: A.angry
B.interested
C.surprised

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
推理判断题。当作者问："为什么你不让我谈这件事情？"，英国人感到很惊讶。根据文中The foreigner said, "I don't say that. Why do you think so?" 可知，作者对这句话的理解和英国人恰恰相反，故英国人感到惊讶，故选C。

802 Here "You don't say!" means ______.: A."Stop talking!"
B."really?"
C."Look out."

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：B
系统解析：
细节理解题。这儿"You don't say!"的意思是"真的吗"？根据文中 ""You don't say!' means "Really?' "可知答案，故选B。

803 The story may happen in ______.: A.China
B.England
C.Australia

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：A
系统解析：
推理判断题。这个故事可能发生在中国。据文中"Well, shall we talk about the Great Wall? Have you ever been there?""Certainly, everyone back home will laugh at me if I leave here without seeing it."可知，文中谈论长城时说的" here"，应该指中国。故选A。

804 This is a story about ______.: A.nice trips
B.good manners
C.English idioms

本题答案： A B C

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。这个故事是关于英国习语的。根据文中"Perhaps you know little about English idioms." Wow! How foolish I was! Since then I have been careful with English idioms."可知答案，故选C。

Although people everywhere seem to enjoy drinking coffee, they don't all have the same coffee culture. In Europe for example, coffee shops are common places for people to meet friends and to talk while they drink coffee. On the other hand, places like this were not as common in North America in the past. Instead, people in North America liked to drink coffee in their homes with friends. The coffee culture in the USA changed when Starbucks coffee shops spread across the country.[来源:学科网ZXXK] The first Starbucks coffee shop opened in 1971 in downtown Seattle, Washington, in the USA. It was a small coffee shop that cooked its own coffee beans. The coffee shop's business did well, and by 1981 there were three Starbucks stores in Seattle. Things really began to change for the company in 1981.That year, Howard Schultz met the three men who ran Starbucks. Schultz worked in New York for a company that made kitchen equipment. He noticed that Starbucks ordered a large number of special coffee makers, which caused his great interest. Schultz went to Seattle to see what Starbucks did. In 1982, the original Starbucks owners hired Schultz as the company's head of marketing（市场营销）. In 1983, Schultz traveled to Italy. The special environment of the espresso (浓咖啡) bars there caught his eyes. Back in the USA, Schultz created an environment for Starbucks coffee shops that was comfortable and casual, and customers everywhere seemed to like it. Starbucks began opening more stores across the USA. Then the company opened coffee shops in other countries as well. Today, there are more than 16,000 Starbucks coffee shops all over the world. However, that does not mean Starbucks has not had problems. In fact, many Starbucks stores have closed over the past few years. On the one hand, this is because there were too many coffee shops competing for business in one small area. On the other hand, stores in some countries closed because the coffee culture there did not match with the "feel the same everywhere" environment offered by Starbucks.

805 The underlined word "ran" in Paragraph 3 probably means "____________".: A.moved
B.managed
C.loved
D.used

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：B
系统解析：
词义猜测题。根据第三段，那一年，霍华德舒尔茨会见了三个经营星巴克的人。可知选B。ran是经营的意思。

806 According to the passage, which is the right order for the following sentences? a. This man helped to make Starbucks a huge coffee company. b. He went to Seattle to learn about the company and later worked for it. c. Howard Schultz noticed Starbucks ordered lots of special coffee makers. d. Starbucks began as a small coffee company in Seattle in the US: A.a-d-c -b
B.a-d-b-c
C.d-c- b-a
D.d-c-a-b

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：C
系统解析：
细节理解题。通读全文可知只有C是正确的。可知应选C。

807 Why did so many Starbucks close in some countries?: A.All of the coffee tastes the same.
B.The coffee in these places was too expensive.
C.The people in these countries didn't drink coffee.
D.There were too many coffee shops in one place.

本题答案： A B C D

参考答案：D
系统解析：
细节理解题。根据文中最后一句On the other hand, stores in some countries closed because the coffee culture there did not match with the "feel the same everywhere" environment offered by Starbucks可知许多星巴克倒闭是因为有许多咖啡公司。故选D。